|
78
|
1 ;;; Do NOT edit this file!
|
|
|
2 ;;; It is automatically generated using "make autoloads"
|
|
|
3 ;;; See update-autoloads.sh and autoload.el for more details.
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
5
|
|
100
|
6 ;;;### (autoloads (BibTeX-auto-store) "latex" "auctex/latex.el")
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
8 (autoload 'BibTeX-auto-store "latex" "\
|
|
|
9 This function should be called from bibtex-mode-hook.
|
|
|
10 It will setup BibTeX to store keys in an auto file." nil nil)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
12 ;;;***
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-info" "auctex/tex-info.el")
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 ;;;***
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
18 ;;;### (autoloads (japanese-latex-mode japanese-plain-tex-mode) "tex-jp" "auctex/tex-jp.el")
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 (autoload 'japanese-plain-tex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
21 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
22 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters plain-tex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
24 (autoload 'japanese-latex-mode "tex-jp" "\
|
|
|
25 Major mode for editing files of input for Japanese plain TeX.
|
|
|
26 Set japanese-TeX-mode to t, and enters latex-mode." t nil)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 ;;;***
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
30 ;;;### (autoloads (TeX-submit-bug-report TeX-insert-quote TeX-auto-generate-global TeX-auto-generate ams-tex-mode) "tex" "auctex/tex.el")
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
32 (autoload 'ams-tex-mode "tex" "\
|
|
|
33 Major mode for editing files of input for AmS TeX.
|
|
|
34 See info under AUC TeX for documentation.
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 Special commands:
|
|
|
37 \\{TeX-mode-map}
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
39 Entering AmS-tex-mode calls the value of text-mode-hook,
|
|
|
40 then the value of TeX-mode-hook, and then the value
|
|
|
41 of AmS-TeX-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
43 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate "tex" "\
|
|
|
44 Generate style file for TEX and store it in AUTO.
|
|
|
45 If TEX is a directory, generate style files for all files in the directory." t nil)
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
47 (autoload 'TeX-auto-generate-global "tex" "\
|
|
|
48 Create global auto directory for global TeX macro definitions." t nil)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
50 (autoload 'TeX-insert-quote "tex" "\
|
|
|
51 Insert the appropriate quote marks for TeX.
|
|
|
52 Inserts the value of `TeX-open-quote' (normally ``) or `TeX-close-quote'
|
|
|
53 \(normally '') depending on the context. If `TeX-quote-after-quote'
|
|
|
54 is non-nil, this insertion works only after \".
|
|
|
55 With prefix argument, always inserts \" characters." t nil)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
57 (autoload 'TeX-submit-bug-report "tex" "\
|
|
|
58 Submit via mail a bug report on AUC TeX" t nil)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 ;;;***
|
|
|
61
|
|
78
|
62 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse batch-byte-compile display-call-tree byte-compile-sexp byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-file byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "bytecomp/bytecomp.el")
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
64 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
65 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
|
|
|
66 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
69 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
|
|
|
70 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
71 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also unless argument
|
|
|
72 NORECURSION is non-nil.
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
74 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
|
|
|
75 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
|
|
|
76 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
|
|
|
77 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
81 If the fourth argument FORCE is non-nil,
|
|
|
82 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
84 (autoload 'byte-recompile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
85 Recompile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME if it needs recompilation.
|
|
|
86 This is if the `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not*
|
|
|
89 compiled. But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user
|
|
|
90 whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 don't ask and recompile anyway." t nil)
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
92 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
93 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
|
|
|
94 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
|
|
|
95 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling." t nil)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
98 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
|
|
|
99 Print the result in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
100 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
102 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
103 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
|
|
|
104 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
106 (autoload 'byte-compile-sexp "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
107 Compile and return SEXP." nil nil)
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
109 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
110 Display a call graph of a specified file.
|
|
|
111 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
|
|
|
112 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
|
|
|
113 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
|
|
|
114 all functions called by those functions.
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
116 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
|
|
|
117 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
|
|
|
118 cons, etc.).
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
|
|
|
121 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
|
|
|
122 invoked interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
124 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
125 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
126 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
|
|
|
127 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
|
|
|
128 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
129 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
131 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory-norecurse "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
132 Same as `batch-byte-recompile-directory' but without recursion." nil nil)
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
134 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
|
|
|
135 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
136 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
137 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
139 ;;;***
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
141 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "bytecomp/disass.el")
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
143 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
|
|
|
144 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
|
|
|
145 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
|
|
|
146 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
|
|
|
147 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
|
|
|
148 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 ;;;***
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el")
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
158 ;;;***
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el")
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
162 (defvar calendar-setup 'one-frame "\
|
|
|
163 The frame set up of the calendar.
|
|
|
164 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
|
|
|
165 dediciated frame) or `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
|
|
|
166 frames); with any other value the current frame is used.")
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
168 ;;;***
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el")
|
|
|
171
|
|
134
|
172 (defcustom calendar-week-start-day 0 "*The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.\n0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
174 (defcustom calendar-offset 0 "*The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.\n0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,\n+1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off\nthe screen." :type 'integer :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176 (defcustom view-diary-entries-initially nil "*Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.\nThe diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,\nif the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed\nis governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
178 (defcustom number-of-diary-entries 1 "*Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.\nThis variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,\nor if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For\nexample, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary\nentries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current\nday's and the next day's entries will be displayed.\n\nThe value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value\nsays to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries\nfor the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,\ndisplay Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only\nSaturday's entries on Saturday.\n\nThis variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command\nfrom the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the\nnumber of days of diary entries displayed." :type 'integer :group 'diary)
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
182 (defcustom view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "*Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.\nThe holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first\ndisplayed." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 (defcustom mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "*Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.\nThe marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 (defcustom all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.\nThis means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
188 (defcustom all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.\nThis means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
190 (defcustom all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "*If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.\nThis means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.\n\nIf t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic\ncalendar." :type 'boolean :group 'holidays)
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
192 (defcustom calendar-load-hook nil "*List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.\nThis is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 (defcustom initial-calendar-window-hook nil "*List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.\nThe functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but\nonce opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command\nand reentering it will cause these functions to be called again." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
196 (defcustom today-visible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.\nThis can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a\nfunction `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)\nIt can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';\na function is also provided for this:\n (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is not visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 (defcustom today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "*List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.\n\nThe corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of\nfunctions called when the calendar function was called when the current\ndate is visible in the window.\n\nOther than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any\ncharacters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the\nfunctions that move by days and weeks." :type 'hook :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 (defcustom diary-file "~/diary" "*Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.\n\nThe file's entries are lines in any of the forms\n\n MONTH/DAY\n MONTH/DAY/YEAR\n MONTHNAME DAY\n MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nat the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry\nstring for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is\na number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.\nIf the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.\nDAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.\nMONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three\ncharacters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,\nMONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,\nrespectively.\n\nThe European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used\ninstead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set\n`european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nTo revert to the default American style from the European style, execute\n`american-calendar' in the calendar.\n\nA diary entry can be preceded by the character\n`diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry\nnonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar\nwindow but will appear in a diary window.\n\nMultiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with\neither a TAB or one or more spaces.\n\nLines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary\nentries (in the default American style):\n\n 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!\n &1/1. Happy New Year!\n 10/22 Ruth's birthday.\n 21: Payday\n Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am\n Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.\n 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!\n &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.\n mar 16 Dad's birthday\n April 15, 1989 Income tax due.\n &* 15 time cards due.\n\nIf the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with\nno trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the\ndiary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the\nsingle diary entry\n\n 02/11/1989\n Bill Blattner visits Princeton today\n 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting\n 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'\n 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden\n 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan\n 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School\n\nwill appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This\nfacility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if\nused with more than one day's entries displayed.\n\nDiary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry\n\n %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation\n\ncauses the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November\n10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',\n`diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',\n`diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',\n`diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', `diary-phases-of-moon',\n`diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', and\n`diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function\n`list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.\n\nDiary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also\npossible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored\nunless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the\n`nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation\nfor these functions for details.\n\nDiary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for\ndetails, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'file :group 'diary)
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 (defcustom diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "*Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
204 (defcustom hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
206 (defcustom islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
208 (defcustom diary-include-string "#include" "*The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.\nSee the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 (defcustom sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "*The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.\nSee the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'." :type 'string :group 'diary)
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
212 (defcustom abbreviated-calendar-year t "*Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.\nFor the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.\nIf this variable is nil, years must be written in full." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
214 (defcustom european-calendar-style nil "*Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.\nIf this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,\n1990. The accepted European date styles are\n\n DAY/MONTH\n DAY/MONTH/YEAR\n DAY MONTHNAME\n DAY MONTHNAME YEAR\n DAYNAME\n\nNames can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three\ncharacters with or without a period." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 (defcustom american-date-diary-pattern '((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
218 (defcustom european-date-diary-pattern '((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<[^*0-9]") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W")) "*List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.\nSee the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation." :type '(repeat (choice (cons :tag "Backup" (const backup) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp)))) (repeat (list :inline t :format "%v" (symbol :tag "Keyword") (choice symbol regexp))))) :group 'diary)
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 (defcustom european-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.\nSee the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
222 (defcustom american-calendar-display-form '((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year) "*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.\nSee the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation." :type 'sexp :group 'calendar)
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 (defcustom print-diary-entries-hook 'lpr-buffer "*List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.\nThe buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary\nbuffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for\nexample, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer\ninstead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 (defcustom list-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.\nIt is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.\n\nA function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of\nthis hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n\n #include \"filename\"\n\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing\nthe variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'\nas part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.\n\nFor example, you could use\n\n (setq list-diary-entries-hook\n '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))\n (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)\n\nin your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with\ndiary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into\nlexicographic order." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
228 (defcustom diary-hook nil "*List of functions called after the display of the diary.\nCan be used for appointment notification." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
230 (defcustom diary-display-hook nil "*List of functions that handle the display of the diary.\nIf nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no\ndiary display.\n\nOrdinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in\nthe mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these\nfunctions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order\nby date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)\nSTRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be\nused, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with\nholidays), or produce hard copy output.\n\nA function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative\nchoice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary\nbuffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement\nwith headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the\nvariable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy\ndiary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even\nif that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy\ndiary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "*List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
234 (defcustom mark-diary-entries-hook nil "*List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.\n\nA function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the\nmark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together\nwith your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines\nof the form\n #include \"filename\"\nThis is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are\nobeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the\nvariable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as\npart of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the\nfunction `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 (defcustom nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "*List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.\nAs the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull\nrelevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'\nand `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions\ndescribes the style of such diary entries." :type 'hook :group 'diary)
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
238 (defcustom diary-list-include-blanks nil "*If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.\nSuch days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they\nare holidays." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
240 (defcustom holidays-in-diary-buffer t "*Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.\nThe holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the\nfancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions\nsomewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster." :type 'boolean :group 'diary)
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
242 (defcustom general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Ground Hog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fool's Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "*General holidays. Default value is for the United States.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
|
|
78
|
243
|
|
|
244 (put 'general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
245
|
|
134
|
246 (defcustom local-holidays nil "*Local holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays :group 'local)
|
|
78
|
247
|
|
|
248 (put 'local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
249
|
|
134
|
250 (defcustom other-holidays nil "*User defined holidays.\nSee the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details." :type 'sexp :group 'holidays)
|
|
78
|
251
|
|
|
252 (put 'other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))))
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))))
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
262 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah"))))
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
264 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc))))
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
270 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
|
|
|
271 *Jewish holidays.
|
|
|
272 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
274 (put 'hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
275
|
|
|
276 (defvar christian-holidays '((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas"))) "\
|
|
|
277 *Christian holidays.
|
|
|
278 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 (put 'christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
282 (defvar islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))) "\
|
|
|
283 *Islamic holidays.
|
|
|
284 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 (put 'islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
288 (defvar solar-holidays '((if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require 'cal-dst) t) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts '(format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) "")))) (funcall 'holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends '(format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp 'atan) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))) "\
|
|
|
289 *Sun-related holidays.
|
|
|
290 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
292 (put 'solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
294 (defvar calendar-holidays (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays christian-holidays hebrew-holidays islamic-holidays solar-holidays) "\
|
|
|
295 *List of notable days for the command M-x holidays.
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the list
|
|
|
298 `other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting any of
|
|
|
299 `general-holidays', `local-holidays' `christian-holidays', `hebrew-holidays',
|
|
|
300 `islamic-holidays', or `solar-holidays' to nil in your .emacs file, you can
|
|
|
301 eliminate unwanted categories of holidays. The intention is that (in the US)
|
|
|
302 `local-holidays' be set in site-init.el and `other-holidays' be set by the
|
|
|
303 user.
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
305 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
|
|
|
306 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the in the
|
|
|
307 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
|
|
|
308 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
310 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
|
|
|
311 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
|
|
|
312 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
|
|
|
313 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
|
|
|
314 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
|
|
|
315 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
|
|
|
316 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
|
|
|
317 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
|
|
|
318 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
|
|
|
319 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
|
|
|
320 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
|
|
|
321 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
|
|
|
322 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
|
|
|
323 is an expression in the variable `date'.
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
325 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
327 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
|
|
|
330 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
332 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
334 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
|
|
|
335 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
337 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan, while to
|
|
|
340 add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday use
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram. To
|
|
|
345 add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
347 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
349 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
|
|
|
350 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
|
|
|
351 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
353 (holiday-sexp
|
|
|
354 (if (zerop (% year 4))
|
|
|
355 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
356 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
357 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
358 (list 11 1 year)))))))
|
|
|
359 \"US Presidential Election\")
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 or
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
363 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
|
|
|
364 (holiday-fixed 11
|
|
|
365 (extract-calendar-day
|
|
|
366 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
|
|
|
367 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
|
|
|
368 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
|
|
|
369 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
|
|
|
370 \"US Presidential Election\"))
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
374 (lunar-phases)
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
|
|
|
377 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
|
|
|
378 with descriptive strings such as
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
|
|
|
385 Display a three-month calendar in another window.
|
|
|
386 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in the middle
|
|
|
387 surrounded by the previous and next months. The cursor is put on today's date.
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
389 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
391 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file; appropriate setting
|
|
|
392 of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' will cause the diary entries for
|
|
|
393 the current date to be displayed in another window. The value of the variable
|
|
|
394 `number-of-diary-entries' controls the number of days of diary entries
|
|
|
395 displayed upon initial display of the calendar.
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
397 An optional prefix argument ARG causes the calendar displayed to be ARG
|
|
|
398 months in the future if ARG is positive or in the past if ARG is negative;
|
|
|
399 in this case the cursor goes on the first day of the month.
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
401 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved into view.
|
|
|
402 Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar can be scrolled forward
|
|
|
403 or backward.
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
405 The cursor can be moved forward or backward by one day, one week, one month,
|
|
|
406 or one year. All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
|
|
|
407 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the digit keys
|
|
|
408 and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. The window is replotted as
|
|
|
409 necessary to display the desired date.
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
411 Diary entries can be marked on the calendar or displayed in another window.
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 Use M-x describe-mode for details of the key bindings in the calendar window.
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 The Gregorian calendar is assumed.
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 After loading the calendar, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
418 `calendar-load-hook' are run. This is the place to add key bindings to the
|
|
|
419 calendar-mode-map.
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
421 After preparing the calendar window initially, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
422 `initial-calendar-window-hook' are run.
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
424 The hooks given by the variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' are run
|
|
|
425 everytime the calendar window gets scrolled, if the current date is visible
|
|
|
426 in the window. If it is not visible, the hooks given by the variable
|
|
|
427 `today-invisible-calendar-hook' are run. Thus, for example, setting
|
|
|
428 `today-visible-calendar-hook' to 'calendar-star-date will cause today's date
|
|
|
429 to be replaced by asterisks to highlight it whenever it is in the window." t nil)
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
431 (autoload 'list-yahrzeit-dates "calendar" "\
|
|
|
432 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
|
|
|
433 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
|
|
|
434 from the cursor position." t nil)
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
436 ;;;***
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
438 ;;;### (autoloads (diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el")
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
440 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
|
|
|
441 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
|
|
|
442 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
|
|
|
443 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
|
|
|
444 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 ;;;***
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 ;;;### (autoloads (holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el")
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
450 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
|
|
|
451 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
452 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
454 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
456 ;;;***
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
458 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el")
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
460 (autoload 'phases-of-moon "lunar" "\
|
|
|
461 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
|
|
|
462 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
|
|
|
463
|
|
|
464 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
466 ;;;***
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
468 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el")
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
470 (defvar calendar-time-display-form '(12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) "\
|
|
|
471 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
473 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
|
|
|
474 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
|
|
|
475 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
477 For example, the form
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
|
|
|
480 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
482 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
|
|
|
485 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
487 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
488 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
489 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
|
|
|
490 York City.
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
|
|
|
495 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
|
|
|
498 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
|
|
|
499 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
|
|
|
500 York City.
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 (defvar calendar-location-name '(let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'north) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) 'east) "E" "W")))) "\
|
|
|
505 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', calendar-latitude'.
|
|
|
506 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
|
|
|
507 pair.
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
509 This variable should be set in site-local.el.")
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
511 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
|
|
|
512 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to +/- 2 minutes.
|
|
|
513 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
515 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
|
|
|
516 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
518 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 (autoload 'solar-equinoxes-solstices "solar" "\
|
|
|
521 Date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
|
|
|
522 Requires floating point." nil nil)
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 ;;;***
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-dynamic-list-completions comint-dynamic-complete comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint/comint.el")
|
|
|
527
|
|
|
528 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
|
|
|
529 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
|
|
|
530 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
|
|
|
531 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
|
|
|
532 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
|
|
|
533 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
|
|
|
534 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
|
|
|
535 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
|
|
|
536
|
|
|
537 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
|
|
|
540 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
|
|
|
541 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
|
|
|
542 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
|
|
|
543 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
|
|
|
544 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
546 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-complete "comint" "\
|
|
|
547 Dynamically perform completion at point.
|
|
|
548 Calls the functions in `comint-dynamic-complete-functions' to perform
|
|
|
549 completion until a function returns non-nil, at which point completion is
|
|
|
550 assumed to have occurred." t nil)
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
552 (autoload 'comint-dynamic-list-completions "comint" "\
|
|
|
553 List in help buffer sorted COMPLETIONS.
|
|
|
554 Typing SPC flushes the help buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
556 ;;;***
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
558 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb) "gdb" "comint/gdb.el")
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 (defvar gdb-command-name "gdb" "\
|
|
|
561 Pathname for executing gdb.")
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
563 (autoload 'gdb "gdb" "\
|
|
|
564 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gdb-FILE*.
|
|
|
565 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
566 and source-file directory for GDB. If you wish to change this, use
|
|
|
567 the GDB commands `cd DIR' and `directory'." t nil)
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
569 ;;;***
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
571 ;;;### (autoloads (gdbsrc) "gdbsrc" "comint/gdbsrc.el")
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
573 (autoload 'gdbsrc "gdbsrc" "\
|
|
|
574 Activates a gdb session with gdbsrc-mode turned on. A numeric prefix
|
|
|
575 argument can be used to specify a running process to attach, and a non-numeric
|
|
|
576 prefix argument will cause you to be prompted for a core file to debug." t nil)
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
578 ;;;***
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
580 ;;;### (autoloads (perldb xdb dbx sdb) "gud" "comint/gud.el")
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
582 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
583 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
584 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
585 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
587 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
|
|
|
588 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
589 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
590 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
591
|
|
|
592 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
|
|
|
593 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
594 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
595 and source-file directory for your debugger.
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
597 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
|
|
|
598 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
|
|
|
599
|
|
|
600 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
|
|
|
601 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
|
|
|
602 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
|
|
|
603 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
|
|
|
604
|
|
|
605 ;;;***
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "comint/inf-lisp.el")
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
609 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 ;;;***
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
613 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "comint/rlogin.el")
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
615 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
|
|
|
618 Open a network login connection to HOST via the `rlogin' program.
|
|
|
619 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
|
|
|
622 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
|
|
|
623 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
|
|
|
624 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
626 When called from a program, if the optional second argument is a string or
|
|
|
627 buffer, it names the buffer to use.
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
|
|
|
630 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
632 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
|
|
|
633 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
|
|
|
634 INPUT-ARGS.
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
636 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
|
|
|
637 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
|
|
|
638 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
|
|
|
639 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
|
|
|
640 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
|
|
|
643 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
|
|
|
644 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
|
|
|
645 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
647 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
|
|
|
648 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
|
|
|
649 variable." t nil)
|
|
|
650
|
|
|
651 ;;;***
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
653 ;;;### (autoloads (shell) "shell" "comint/shell.el")
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
655 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern (purecopy "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *") "\
|
|
|
656 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
|
|
|
657 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
|
|
|
658 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
|
|
|
659 shell buffer.
|
|
|
660
|
|
|
661 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
|
|
|
662 shell-mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
|
|
|
663 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
665 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
667 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
|
|
|
668 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
|
|
|
669 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
|
|
|
670 If buffer exists and shell process is running,
|
|
|
671 just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
|
|
|
672 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
|
|
|
673 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
|
|
|
674 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
|
|
|
675 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
|
|
|
676 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
|
|
|
677 discards input when it starts up.)
|
|
|
678 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
|
|
|
679 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
|
|
|
680 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
682 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
|
|
|
683 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
|
|
|
684 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
|
|
|
685 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
687 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
689 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
|
|
|
690
|
|
|
691 ;;;***
|
|
|
692
|
|
|
693 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "comint/telnet.el")
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
695 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
697 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
|
|
|
698 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
699 With a prefix argument, prompts for the port name or number as well.
|
|
|
700 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*HOST-telnet*'.
|
|
|
701 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
702 See also `\\[rsh]'." t nil)
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
704 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
706 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
|
|
|
707 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
|
|
|
708 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
|
|
|
709 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
|
|
|
710 See also `\\[telnet]'." t nil)
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
712 ;;;***
|
|
|
713
|
|
149
|
714 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all custom-save-customized custom-buffer-create-other-window custom-buffer-create customize-apropos customize-saved customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face customize-variable-other-window customize-variable customize-other-window customize custom-set-variable custom-set-value) "cus-edit" "custom/cus-edit.el")
|
|
|
715
|
|
|
716 (autoload 'custom-set-value "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
717 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
|
|
|
718
|
|
|
719 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
|
|
|
720 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
722 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
|
|
|
723 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value." t nil)
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
725 (autoload 'custom-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
726 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
|
|
|
727
|
|
|
728 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
|
|
|
729 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
|
|
|
730
|
|
|
731 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
|
|
|
732 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
|
|
|
733
|
|
|
734 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
|
|
|
735 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
737 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
|
|
|
738 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. " t nil)
|
|
106
|
739
|
|
|
740 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
741 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
742
|
|
149
|
743 (autoload 'customize-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
744 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a customization group." t nil)
|
|
|
745
|
|
106
|
746 (autoload 'customize-variable "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
747 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a variable." t nil)
|
|
|
748
|
|
124
|
749 (autoload 'customize-variable-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
750 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a variable.
|
|
|
751 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
|
|
|
752
|
|
106
|
753 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
|
|
102
|
754 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
|
|
|
755 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
|
|
98
|
756
|
|
124
|
757 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
758 Show customization buffer for FACE in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
759
|
|
106
|
760 (autoload 'customize-customized "cus-edit" "\
|
|
149
|
761 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
763 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
764 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
|
|
98
|
765
|
|
106
|
766 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
767 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
768 If ALL (e.g., started with a prefix key), include options which are not
|
|
|
769 user-settable." t nil)
|
|
|
770
|
|
106
|
771 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
98
|
772 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
|
|
149
|
773 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
|
|
98
|
774 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
|
|
|
775 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
|
|
|
776 that option." nil nil)
|
|
|
777
|
|
149
|
778 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
779 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
|
|
|
780 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
|
|
|
781 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
|
|
|
782 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
|
|
|
783 that option." nil nil)
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
785 (autoload 'custom-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
786 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
|
|
|
787
|
|
116
|
788 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
789 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
790
|
|
120
|
791 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
792 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
124
|
793 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
794
|
|
|
795 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
|
|
|
796 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
|
|
120
|
797 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
|
|
124
|
798 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
|
|
|
799 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
801 ;;;***
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
803 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-initialize-frame custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "custom/cus-face.el")
|
|
106
|
804
|
|
|
805 (autoload 'custom-declare-face "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
806 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
|
|
|
807
|
|
124
|
808 (autoload 'custom-initialize-frame "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
809 Initialize local faces for FRAME if necessary.
|
|
|
810 If FRAME is missing or nil, the first member of (frame-list) is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
811
|
|
106
|
812 (autoload 'custom-set-faces "cus-face" "\
|
|
|
813 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
|
|
|
814 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
816 (FACE SPEC [NOW])
|
|
|
817
|
|
|
818 SPEC will be stored as the saved value for FACE. If NOW is present
|
|
|
819 and non-nil, FACE will also be created according to SPEC.
|
|
|
820
|
|
|
821 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
|
|
|
822
|
|
|
823 ;;;***
|
|
|
824
|
|
149
|
825 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "custom/wid-browse.el")
|
|
106
|
826
|
|
|
827 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
|
|
98
|
828 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
|
|
|
829
|
|
124
|
830 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
831 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
833 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
834 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
835
|
|
149
|
836 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
|
|
|
837 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
|
|
|
838 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
839
|
|
|
840 ;;;***
|
|
|
841
|
|
|
842 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value widget-apply) "wid-edit" "custom/wid-edit.el")
|
|
118
|
843
|
|
|
844 (autoload 'widget-apply "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
845 Apply the value of WIDGET's PROPERTY to the widget itself.
|
|
|
846 ARGS are passed as extra arguments to the function." nil nil)
|
|
110
|
847
|
|
149
|
848 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
849 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
|
|
|
850 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
851
|
|
110
|
852 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
853 Create widget of TYPE.
|
|
|
854 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
856 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
|
|
|
857 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
|
|
|
858
|
|
|
859 ;;;***
|
|
|
860
|
|
78
|
861 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "edebug/edebug.el")
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
863 (autoload 'def-edebug-spec "edebug" "\
|
|
|
864 Set the edebug-form-spec property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
|
|
|
865 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
|
|
|
866 \(naming a function), or a list." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
867
|
|
|
868 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
870 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
|
|
|
871 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
|
|
|
872 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
|
|
|
873 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
|
|
|
874 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
876 ;;;***
|
|
|
877
|
|
|
878 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff/ediff-mult.el")
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
880 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
|
|
|
881 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
|
|
|
882
|
|
|
883 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
|
|
|
884
|
|
|
885 ;;;***
|
|
|
886
|
|
82
|
887 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "ediff/ediff-util.el")
|
|
78
|
888
|
|
|
889 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
|
|
82
|
890 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
|
|
|
891 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
|
|
78
|
892 which see." t nil)
|
|
|
893
|
|
82
|
894 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
|
|
|
895 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
|
|
|
896 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
|
|
|
897 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
|
|
|
898
|
|
78
|
899 ;;;***
|
|
|
900
|
|
|
901 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff/ediff.el")
|
|
|
902
|
|
|
903 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
904 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
906 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
907 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
|
|
|
910
|
|
|
911 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
913 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
914 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
916 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
|
|
|
917
|
|
|
918 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
919 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
921 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
923 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
924 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
|
|
|
925 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
926 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
928 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
|
|
|
929
|
|
|
930 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
931 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
932 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
933 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
936
|
|
|
937 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
|
|
|
938 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
|
|
|
939 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
|
|
|
940 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
941
|
|
|
942 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
944 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
|
|
|
945 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
|
|
|
946 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
947 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
948
|
|
|
949 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
951 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
952 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
|
|
|
953 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
|
|
|
954 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
|
|
|
955 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
|
|
|
956 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
|
|
|
957
|
|
|
958 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
959 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
|
|
|
960 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
961 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
962
|
|
|
963 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
|
|
|
964
|
|
|
965 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
966 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
|
|
|
967 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
|
|
|
968 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
970 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
972 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
973
|
|
|
974 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
975 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
|
|
|
976 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
977 follows:
|
|
|
978 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
979 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
981 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
982 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
|
|
|
983 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
|
|
|
984 follows:
|
|
|
985 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
|
|
|
986 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
988 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
989 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
990 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
991 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
|
|
|
992 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
|
|
|
993
|
|
|
994 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
|
|
|
995 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
|
|
|
996 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
|
|
|
997 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
|
|
|
998 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
|
|
|
999 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
|
|
|
1000
|
|
|
1001 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
|
|
|
1002
|
|
|
1003 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1004 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1005
|
|
|
1006 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1007 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1008
|
|
|
1009 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
|
|
|
1010
|
|
|
1011 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1012 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1013
|
|
|
1014 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1015 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
1016
|
|
|
1017 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1018 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
|
|
|
1019 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1020 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1021
|
|
|
1022 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1023 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
|
|
80
|
1024 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
78
|
1025 buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1026
|
|
|
1027 (autoload 'run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1028 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
|
|
146
|
1029 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
|
|
78
|
1030 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
|
|
|
1031
|
|
|
1032 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1033 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1034
|
|
|
1035 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1036 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
1037
|
|
|
1038 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
|
|
|
1039
|
|
|
1040 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
|
|
|
1041
|
|
|
1042 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1043 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
|
|
|
1044 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
|
|
|
1045 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
|
|
|
1046
|
|
|
1047 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1048 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
|
|
|
1049 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
|
|
|
1050
|
|
|
1051 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
|
|
|
1052 Display Ediff's manual.
|
|
|
1053 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
|
|
|
1054
|
|
|
1055 ;;;***
|
|
|
1056
|
|
98
|
1057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "default-dir" "efs/default-dir.el")
|
|
|
1058
|
|
|
1059 (defvar default-directory-function nil "\
|
|
|
1060 A function to call to compute the default-directory for the current buffer.
|
|
|
1061 If this is nil, the function default-directory will return the value of the
|
|
|
1062 variable default-directory.
|
|
|
1063 Buffer local.")
|
|
|
1064
|
|
|
1065 ;;;***
|
|
|
1066
|
|
|
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump-back-other-frame dired-jump-back-other-window dired-jump-back dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired) "dired" "efs/dired.el")
|
|
|
1068
|
|
|
1069 (defvar dired-compression-method 'compress "\
|
|
|
1070 *Type of compression program to use.
|
|
|
1071 Give as a symbol.
|
|
|
1072 Currently-recognized methods are: gzip pack compact compress.
|
|
|
1073 To change this variable use \\[dired-do-compress] with a zero prefix.")
|
|
|
1074
|
|
|
1075 (defvar dired-compression-method-alist '((gzip ".gz" ("gzip") ("gzip" "-d") "-f") (compress ".Z" ("compress" "-f") ("compress" "-d") "-f") (pack ".z" ("pack" "-f") ("unpack")) (compact ".C" ("compact") ("uncompact"))) "\
|
|
|
1076 *Association list of compression method descriptions.
|
|
|
1077 Each element of the table should be a list of the form
|
|
|
1078
|
|
|
1079 (compress-type extension (compress-args) (decompress-args) force-flag)
|
|
|
1080
|
|
|
1081 where
|
|
|
1082 `compress-type' is a unique symbol in the alist to which
|
|
|
1083 `dired-compression-method' can be set;
|
|
|
1084 `extension' is the file extension (as a string) used by files compressed
|
|
|
1085 by this method;
|
|
|
1086 `compress-args' is a list of the path of the compression program and
|
|
|
1087 flags to pass as separate arguments;
|
|
|
1088 `decompress-args' is a list of the path of the decompression
|
|
|
1089 program and flags to pass as separate arguments.
|
|
|
1090 `force-flag' is the switch to pass to the command to force overwriting
|
|
|
1091 of existing files.
|
|
|
1092
|
|
|
1093 For example:
|
|
|
1094
|
|
114
|
1095 (setq dired-compression-method-alist
|
|
98
|
1096 (cons '(frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\") \"-f\")
|
|
|
1097 dired-compression-method-alist))
|
|
|
1098 => ((frobnicate \".frob\" (\"frob\") (\"frob\" \"-d\"))
|
|
|
1099 (gzip \".gz\" (\"gzip\") (\"gunzip\"))
|
|
|
1100 ...)
|
|
|
1101
|
|
|
1102 See also: dired-compression-method <V>")
|
|
|
1103
|
|
|
1104 (defvar dired-ls-program "ls" "\
|
|
|
1105 *Absolute or relative name of the ls program used by dired.")
|
|
|
1106
|
|
|
1107 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
|
|
|
1108 *Switches passed to ls for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
|
|
|
1109 Can contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.")
|
|
|
1110
|
|
142
|
1111 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux dgux usg-unix-v linux)) "chown" "/etc/chown") "\
|
|
114
|
1112 *Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
|
|
98
|
1113
|
|
|
1114 (defvar dired-gnutar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1115 *If non-nil, name of the GNU tar executable (e.g. \"tar\" or \"gnutar\").
|
|
|
1116 GNU tar's `z' switch is used for compressed tar files.
|
|
|
1117 If you don't have GNU tar, set this to nil: a pipe using `zcat' is then used.")
|
|
|
1118
|
|
|
1119 (defvar dired-unshar-program nil "\
|
|
|
1120 *Set to the name of the unshar program, if you have it.")
|
|
|
1121
|
|
|
1122 (defvar dired-local-variables-file ".dired" "\
|
|
|
1123 *If non-nil, filename for local variables for Dired.
|
|
|
1124 If Dired finds a file with that name in the current directory, it will
|
|
|
1125 temporarily insert it into the dired buffer and run `hack-local-variables'.
|
|
|
1126
|
|
|
1127 Type \\[info] and `g' `(emacs)File Variables' `RET' for more info on
|
|
|
1128 local variables.")
|
|
|
1129
|
|
|
1130 (defvar dired-kept-versions 2 "\
|
|
|
1131 *When cleaning directory, number of versions to keep.")
|
|
|
1132
|
|
|
1133 (defvar dired-find-subdir nil "\
|
|
|
1134 *Determines whether dired tries to lookup a subdir in existing buffers.
|
|
|
1135 If non-nil, dired does not make a new buffer for a directory if it can be
|
|
|
1136 found (perhaps as subdir) in some existing dired buffer. If there are several
|
|
|
1137 dired buffers for a directory, then the most recently used one is chosen.
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 Dired avoids switching to the current buffer, so that if you have
|
|
|
1140 a normal and a wildcard buffer for the same directory, C-x d RET will
|
|
|
1141 toggle between those two.")
|
|
|
1142
|
|
|
1143 (defvar dired-use-file-transformers t "\
|
|
|
1144 *Determines whether dired uses file transformers.
|
|
|
1145 If non-nil `dired-do-shell-command' will apply file transformers to file names.
|
|
|
1146 See \\[describe-function] for dired-do-shell-command for more information.")
|
|
|
1147
|
|
|
1148 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
|
|
|
1149 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
|
|
|
1150 This means that if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
|
|
|
1151 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1152 The target is put in the prompt for file copy, rename, etc.")
|
|
|
1153
|
|
|
1154 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time nil "\
|
|
|
1155 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
|
|
|
1156 \(This works on only some systems.)\\<dired-mode-map>
|
|
|
1157 Use `\\[dired-do-copy]' with a zero prefix argument to toggle its value.")
|
|
|
1158
|
|
|
1159 (defvar dired-no-confirm nil "\
|
|
|
1160 *If non-nil, a list of symbols for commands dired should not confirm.
|
|
|
1161 It can be a sublist of
|
|
|
1162
|
|
|
1163 '(byte-compile chgrp chmod chown compress copy delete hardlink load
|
|
|
1164 move print shell symlink uncompress recursive-delete kill-file-buffer
|
|
|
1165 kill-dired-buffer patch create-top-dir revert-subdirs)
|
|
|
1166
|
|
|
1167 The meanings of most of the symbols are obvious. A few exceptions:
|
|
|
1168
|
|
|
1169 'compress applies to compression or decompression by any of the
|
|
|
1170 compression program in `dired-compression-method-alist'.
|
|
|
1171
|
|
|
1172 'kill-dired-buffer applies to offering to kill dired buffers for
|
|
|
1173 directories which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1174
|
|
|
1175 'kill-file-buffer applies to offering to kill buffers visiting files
|
|
|
1176 which have been deleted.
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 'recursive-delete applies to recursively deleting non-empty
|
|
|
1179 directories, and all of their contents.
|
|
|
1180
|
|
|
1181 'create-top-dir applies to `dired-up-directory' creating a new top level
|
|
|
1182 directory for the dired buffer.
|
|
|
1183
|
|
|
1184 'revert-subdirs applies to re-reading subdirectories which have
|
|
|
1185 been modified on disk.
|
|
|
1186
|
|
|
1187 Note that this list also applies to remote files accessed with efs
|
|
|
1188 or ange-ftp.")
|
|
|
1189
|
|
|
1190 (defvar dired-backup-if-overwrite nil "\
|
|
|
1191 *Non-nil if Dired should ask about making backups before overwriting files.
|
|
|
1192 Special value 'always suppresses confirmation.")
|
|
|
1193
|
|
|
1194 (defvar dired-omit-files nil "\
|
|
|
1195 *If non-nil un-interesting files will be omitted from this dired buffer.
|
|
|
1196 Use \\[dired-omit-toggle] to see these files. (buffer local)")
|
|
|
1197
|
|
|
1198 (defvar dired-mail-reader 'rmail "\
|
|
|
1199 *Mail reader used by dired for dired-read-mail (\\[dired-read-mail]).
|
|
|
1200 The symbols 'rmail and 'vm are the only two allowed values.")
|
|
|
1201
|
|
118
|
1202 (defvar dired-refresh-automatically t "\
|
|
|
1203 *If non-nil, refresh dired buffers automatically after file operations.")
|
|
|
1204
|
|
98
|
1205 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
|
|
|
1206
|
|
|
1207 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
|
|
|
1208 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
|
|
|
1209 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
|
|
|
1210 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
|
|
|
1211 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
|
|
|
1212 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
|
|
|
1213 its first element is taken as the directory name and the resr as an explicit
|
|
|
1214 list of files to make directory entries for.
|
|
|
1215 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
|
|
|
1216 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
|
|
|
1217 delete them by typing \\[dired-expunge-deletions].
|
|
|
1218 Type \\[dired-describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
|
|
|
1219
|
|
|
1220 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
|
|
|
1221
|
|
|
1222 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
|
|
|
1223
|
|
|
1224 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1225 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
1226
|
|
|
1227 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
|
|
|
1228
|
|
|
1229 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1230 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1231
|
|
|
1232 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
|
|
|
1233 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
|
|
|
1234
|
|
|
1235 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back)
|
|
|
1236
|
|
|
1237 (autoload 'dired-jump-back "dired" "\
|
|
|
1238 Jump back to dired.
|
|
|
1239 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
|
|
|
1240 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
|
|
|
1241 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
|
|
|
1242 buffer and try again." t nil)
|
|
|
1243
|
|
|
1244 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-window)
|
|
|
1245
|
|
|
1246 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-window "dired" "\
|
|
|
1247 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but to other window." t nil)
|
|
|
1248
|
|
|
1249 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "\C-j" 'dired-jump-back-other-frame)
|
|
|
1250
|
|
|
1251 (autoload 'dired-jump-back-other-frame "dired" "\
|
|
|
1252 Like \\[dired-jump-back], but in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
1253
|
|
|
1254 ;;;***
|
|
|
1255
|
|
116
|
1256 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-ftp-path) "efs-cu" "efs/efs-cu.el")
|
|
114
|
1257
|
|
|
1258 (defvar efs-path-root-regexp "^/[^/:]+:" "\
|
|
|
1259 Regexp to match the `/user@host:' root of an efs full path.")
|
|
|
1260
|
|
116
|
1261 (autoload 'efs-ftp-path "efs-cu" "\
|
|
|
1262 Parse PATH according to efs-path-regexp.
|
|
|
1263 Returns a list (HOST USER PATH), or nil if PATH does not match the format." nil nil)
|
|
|
1264
|
|
|
1265 ;;;***
|
|
|
1266
|
|
|
1267 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-path-file-handler-function) "efs-dump" "efs/efs-dump.el")
|
|
|
1268
|
|
|
1269 (or (assoc efs-path-root-regexp file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (cons efs-path-root-regexp 'remote-path-file-handler-function) file-name-handler-alist)))
|
|
|
1270
|
|
|
1271 (autoload 'remote-path-file-handler-function "efs-dump" "\
|
|
|
1272 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
114
|
1273
|
|
|
1274 ;;;***
|
|
|
1275
|
|
118
|
1276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "efs-fnh" "efs/efs-fnh.el")
|
|
|
1277
|
|
|
1278 (defvar allow-remote-paths t "\
|
|
|
1279 *Set this to nil if you don't want remote paths to access
|
|
|
1280 remote files.")
|
|
|
1281
|
|
|
1282 ;;;***
|
|
|
1283
|
|
114
|
1284 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-root-file-name-completion efs-root-file-name-all-completions efs-set-passwd) "efs-netrc" "efs/efs-netrc.el")
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 (autoload 'efs-set-passwd "efs-netrc" "\
|
|
|
1287 For a given HOST and USER, set or change the associated PASSWORD." t nil)
|
|
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-all-completions "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1290
|
|
|
1291 (autoload 'efs-root-file-name-completion "efs-netrc" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1292
|
|
|
1293 ;;;***
|
|
|
1294
|
|
|
1295 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-report-bug) "efs-report" "efs/efs-report.el")
|
|
|
1296
|
|
|
1297 (autoload 'efs-report-bug "efs-report" "\
|
|
|
1298 Submit a bug report for efs." t nil)
|
|
|
1299
|
|
|
1300 ;;;***
|
|
|
1301
|
|
116
|
1302 ;;;### (autoloads (efs-file-handler-function efs-nslookup-host efs-display-ftp-activity) "efs" "efs/efs.el")
|
|
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 (autoload 'efs-display-ftp-activity "efs" "\
|
|
|
1305 Displays the number of active background ftp sessions in the modeline.
|
|
|
1306 Uses the variable `efs-mode-line-format' to determine how this will be
|
|
|
1307 displayed." t nil)
|
|
114
|
1308
|
|
|
1309 (autoload 'efs-nslookup-host "efs" "\
|
|
|
1310 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
1311
|
|
|
1312 (autoload 'efs-file-handler-function "efs" "\
|
|
|
1313 Function to call special file handlers for remote files." nil nil)
|
|
|
1314
|
|
|
1315 ;;;***
|
|
|
1316
|
|
78
|
1317 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "electric/ebuff-menu.el")
|
|
|
1318
|
|
|
1319 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
|
|
|
1320 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
|
|
|
1321 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
|
|
|
1322 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
|
|
|
1323
|
|
|
1324 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
|
|
|
1325 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
|
|
|
1326 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
|
|
|
1327
|
|
|
1328 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
|
|
|
1329 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
|
|
|
1330 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
|
|
|
1331
|
|
|
1332 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
|
|
|
1333
|
|
|
1334 Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers.
|
|
|
1335 When called from Lisp code, FILES-ONLY may be a regular expression,
|
|
|
1336 in which case only buffers whose names match that expression are listed,
|
|
|
1337 or an arbitrary predicate function.
|
|
|
1338
|
|
|
1339 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
1341 ;;;***
|
|
|
1342
|
|
|
1343 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-command-history Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "electric/echistory.el")
|
|
|
1344
|
|
|
1345 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1346 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
|
|
|
1347 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 (autoload 'electric-command-history "echistory" "\
|
|
|
1350 \\<electric-history-map>Major mode for examining and redoing commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
1351 This pops up a window with the Command History listing.
|
|
|
1352 The number of command listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
1353 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1354 Combines typeout Command History list window with menu like selection
|
|
|
1355 of an expression from the history for re-evaluation in the *original* buffer.
|
|
|
1356
|
|
|
1357 The history displayed is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
1358
|
|
|
1359 Like Emacs-Lisp mode except that characters do not insert themselves and
|
|
|
1360 Tab and Linefeed do not indent. Instead these commands are provided:
|
|
|
1361 \\{electric-history-map}
|
|
|
1362
|
|
|
1363 Calls the value of `electric-command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
1364 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
1365
|
|
|
1366 ;;;***
|
|
|
1367
|
|
|
1368 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "electric/ehelp.el")
|
|
|
1369
|
|
|
1370 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
|
|
|
1371 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
|
|
|
1372 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
|
|
|
1373 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
|
|
|
1374 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
|
|
|
1375 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
|
|
|
1376 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
|
|
|
1377 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
|
|
|
1378
|
|
|
1379 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1380 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
|
|
|
1381
|
|
|
1382 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
|
|
|
1383 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
|
|
|
1384 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
|
|
|
1385 this value is non-nil.
|
|
|
1386
|
|
|
1387 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
|
|
|
1388 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
|
|
|
1389 things.
|
|
|
1390
|
|
|
1391 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
|
|
|
1392 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
|
|
|
1393 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
|
|
|
1394
|
|
|
1395 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
1396
|
|
|
1397 ;;;***
|
|
|
1398
|
|
|
1399 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "electric/helper.el")
|
|
|
1400
|
|
|
1401 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
|
|
|
1402 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1403
|
|
|
1404 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
|
|
|
1405 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 ;;;***
|
|
|
1408
|
|
|
1409 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulators/edt.el")
|
|
|
1410
|
|
|
1411 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
|
|
|
1412 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1413
|
|
|
1414 ;;;***
|
|
|
1415
|
|
|
1416 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulators/mlconvert.el")
|
|
|
1417
|
|
|
1418 (autoload 'convert-mocklisp-buffer "mlconvert" "\
|
|
|
1419 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
|
|
|
1420
|
|
|
1421 ;;;***
|
|
|
1422
|
|
|
1423 ;;;### (autoloads (teco-command) "teco" "emulators/teco.el")
|
|
|
1424
|
|
|
1425 (autoload 'teco-command "teco" "\
|
|
|
1426 Read and execute a Teco command string." t nil)
|
|
|
1427
|
|
|
1428 ;;;***
|
|
|
1429
|
|
|
1430 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulators/tpu-edt.el")
|
|
|
1431
|
|
|
1432 (fset 'tpu-edt-mode 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1433
|
|
|
1434 (fset 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
|
|
|
1435
|
|
|
1436 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
|
|
|
1437 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
|
|
|
1438
|
|
|
1439 ;;;***
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "emulators/tpu-extras.el")
|
|
|
1442
|
|
|
1443 (autoload 'tpu-set-scroll-margins "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1444 Set scroll margins." t nil)
|
|
|
1445
|
|
|
1446 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-free "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1447 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
|
|
|
1448
|
|
|
1449 (autoload 'tpu-set-cursor-bound "tpu-extras" "\
|
|
|
1450 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
|
|
|
1451
|
|
|
1452 ;;;***
|
|
|
1453
|
|
|
1454 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulators/ws-mode.el")
|
|
|
1455
|
|
|
1456 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
|
|
|
1457 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
|
|
|
1458
|
|
|
1459 BUGS:
|
|
|
1460 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
|
|
|
1461 are not implemented
|
|
|
1462 - Options for search and replace
|
|
|
1463 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
|
|
|
1464 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
|
|
|
1465
|
|
|
1466 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
|
|
|
1467 Emacs-like.
|
|
|
1468
|
|
|
1469 The key bindings are:
|
|
|
1470
|
|
|
1471 C-a backward-word
|
|
|
1472 C-b fill-paragraph
|
|
|
1473 C-c scroll-up-line
|
|
|
1474 C-d forward-char
|
|
|
1475 C-e previous-line
|
|
|
1476 C-f forward-word
|
|
|
1477 C-g delete-char
|
|
|
1478 C-h backward-char
|
|
|
1479 C-i indent-for-tab-command
|
|
|
1480 C-j help-for-help
|
|
|
1481 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
|
|
|
1482 C-l ws-repeat-search
|
|
|
1483 C-n open-line
|
|
|
1484 C-p quoted-insert
|
|
|
1485 C-r scroll-down-line
|
|
|
1486 C-s backward-char
|
|
|
1487 C-t kill-word
|
|
|
1488 C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1489 C-v overwrite-mode
|
|
|
1490 C-w scroll-down
|
|
|
1491 C-x next-line
|
|
|
1492 C-y kill-complete-line
|
|
|
1493 C-z scroll-up
|
|
|
1494
|
|
|
1495 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
|
|
|
1496 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
|
|
|
1497 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
|
|
|
1498 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
|
|
|
1499 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
|
|
|
1500 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
|
|
|
1501 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
|
|
|
1502 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
|
|
|
1503 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
|
|
|
1504 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
|
|
|
1505 C-k b ws-begin-block
|
|
|
1506 C-k c ws-copy-block
|
|
|
1507 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
|
|
|
1508 C-k f find-file
|
|
|
1509 C-k h ws-show-markers
|
|
|
1510 C-k i ws-indent-block
|
|
|
1511 C-k k ws-end-block
|
|
|
1512 C-k p ws-print-block
|
|
|
1513 C-k q kill-emacs
|
|
|
1514 C-k r insert-file
|
|
|
1515 C-k s save-some-buffers
|
|
|
1516 C-k t ws-mark-word
|
|
|
1517 C-k u ws-exdent-block
|
|
|
1518 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1519 C-k v ws-move-block
|
|
|
1520 C-k w ws-write-block
|
|
|
1521 C-k x kill-emacs
|
|
|
1522 C-k y ws-delete-block
|
|
|
1523
|
|
|
1524 C-o c wordstar-center-line
|
|
|
1525 C-o b switch-to-buffer
|
|
|
1526 C-o j justify-current-line
|
|
|
1527 C-o k kill-buffer
|
|
|
1528 C-o l list-buffers
|
|
|
1529 C-o m auto-fill-mode
|
|
|
1530 C-o r set-fill-column
|
|
|
1531 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1532 C-o wd delete-other-windows
|
|
|
1533 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
|
|
|
1534 C-o wo other-window
|
|
|
1535 C-o wv split-window-vertically
|
|
|
1536
|
|
|
1537 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
|
|
|
1538 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
|
|
|
1539 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
|
|
|
1540 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
|
|
|
1541 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
|
|
|
1542 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
|
|
|
1543 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
|
|
|
1544 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
|
|
|
1545 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
|
|
|
1546 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
|
|
|
1547 C-q a ws-query-replace
|
|
|
1548 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
|
|
|
1549 C-q c end-of-buffer
|
|
|
1550 C-q d end-of-line
|
|
|
1551 C-q f ws-search
|
|
|
1552 C-q k ws-to-block-end
|
|
|
1553 C-q l ws-undo
|
|
|
1554 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
|
|
|
1555 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
|
|
|
1556 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
|
|
|
1557 C-q w ws-last-error
|
|
|
1558 C-q y ws-kill-eol
|
|
|
1559 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
|
|
|
1560 " t nil)
|
|
|
1561
|
|
|
1562 ;;;***
|
|
|
1563
|
|
|
1564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs-eos" "eos/loaddefs-eos.el")
|
|
|
1565
|
|
|
1566 ;;;***
|
|
|
1567
|
|
|
1568 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "games/blackbox.el")
|
|
|
1569
|
|
|
1570 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
|
|
|
1571 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
|
|
|
1572 the default is 4.
|
|
|
1573
|
|
|
1574 What is blackbox?
|
|
|
1575
|
|
|
1576 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
|
|
|
1577 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
|
|
|
1578 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
|
|
|
1579 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
|
|
|
1580 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
|
|
|
1581 your score.
|
|
|
1582
|
|
|
1583 Overview of play:
|
|
|
1584
|
|
|
1585 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
|
|
|
1586 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
|
|
|
1587 four.
|
|
|
1588
|
|
|
1589 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
|
|
|
1590 movement keys.
|
|
|
1591
|
|
|
1592 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
|
|
|
1593 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
|
|
|
1594
|
|
|
1595 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
|
|
|
1596 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
|
|
|
1597
|
|
|
1598 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
|
|
|
1599 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
|
|
|
1600 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
|
|
|
1601 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
|
|
|
1602 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
|
|
|
1603 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
|
|
|
1604
|
|
|
1605 Details:
|
|
|
1606
|
|
|
1607 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
|
|
|
1608
|
|
|
1609 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
|
|
|
1610 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
|
|
|
1611 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
|
|
|
1612 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
|
|
|
1613
|
|
|
1614 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
|
|
|
1615 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
|
|
|
1616 denoted by the letter `R'.
|
|
|
1617
|
|
|
1618 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
|
|
|
1619 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
|
|
|
1620 denoted by the letter `H'.
|
|
|
1621
|
|
|
1622 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
|
|
|
1623 example.
|
|
|
1624
|
|
|
1625 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
|
|
|
1626 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
|
|
|
1627 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
|
|
|
1628 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
|
|
|
1629 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
|
|
|
1630 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
|
|
|
1631 ray.
|
|
|
1632
|
|
|
1633 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
|
|
|
1634 degree deflection it causes.
|
|
|
1635
|
|
|
1636 1
|
|
|
1637 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1638 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1639 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
|
|
|
1640 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
|
|
|
1641 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
|
|
|
1642 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
|
|
|
1643 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
|
|
|
1644 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
|
|
|
1645 2 3
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
|
|
|
1648 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
|
|
|
1649
|
|
|
1650
|
|
|
1651 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1652 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1653 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1654 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1655 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1656 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1657 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1658 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1659
|
|
|
1660 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
|
|
|
1661 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
|
|
|
1662 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
|
|
|
1663 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
|
|
|
1664 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
|
|
|
1665 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
|
|
|
1666 emerging from the box.
|
|
|
1667
|
|
|
1668 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1671 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
|
|
|
1672 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
|
|
|
1673 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
|
|
|
1674 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
|
|
|
1675 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1676 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1677 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
|
|
|
1678
|
|
|
1679 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
|
|
|
1680 a reflection." t nil)
|
|
|
1681
|
|
|
1682 ;;;***
|
|
|
1683
|
|
|
1684 ;;;### (autoloads (conx-load conx conx-region conx-buffer) "conx" "games/conx.el")
|
|
|
1685
|
|
|
1686 (autoload 'conx-buffer "conx" "\
|
|
|
1687 Absorb the text in the current buffer into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1688
|
|
|
1689 (autoload 'conx-region "conx" "\
|
|
|
1690 Absorb the text in the current region into the tree." t nil)
|
|
|
1691
|
|
|
1692 (autoload 'conx "conx" "\
|
|
|
1693 Generate some random sentences in the *conx* buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
1694
|
|
|
1695 (autoload 'conx-load "conx" "\
|
|
|
1696 Load in a CONX database written by the \\[conx-save] command.
|
|
|
1697 This clears the database currently in memory." t nil)
|
|
|
1698
|
|
|
1699 ;;;***
|
|
|
1700
|
|
|
1701 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie) "cookie1" "games/cookie1.el")
|
|
|
1702
|
|
|
1703 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1704 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1705 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1706
|
|
|
1707 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1708 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
|
|
|
1709 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
|
|
|
1710
|
|
|
1711 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1712 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
|
|
|
1713 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
|
|
|
1714 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
|
|
|
1717 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
|
|
|
1718
|
|
|
1719 ;;;***
|
|
|
1720
|
|
80
|
1721 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "games/decipher.el")
|
|
|
1722
|
|
|
1723 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1724 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
|
|
|
1725
|
|
|
1726 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
|
|
|
1727 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
|
|
|
1728 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
|
|
|
1729 Upper-case letters are commands.
|
|
|
1730
|
|
|
1731 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
|
|
|
1732 modify it.
|
|
|
1733
|
|
|
1734 The most useful commands are:
|
|
|
1735 \\<decipher-mode-map>
|
|
|
1736 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
|
|
|
1737 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
|
|
|
1738 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
|
|
|
1739 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
|
|
|
1740 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
|
|
|
1741
|
|
|
1742 ;;;***
|
|
|
1743
|
|
78
|
1744 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "games/dissociate.el")
|
|
|
1745
|
|
|
1746 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
|
|
|
1747 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
|
|
|
1748 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
|
|
|
1749 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
|
|
|
1750 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
|
|
|
1751 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
|
|
|
1752 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
|
|
|
1753 Default is 2." t nil)
|
|
|
1754
|
|
|
1755 ;;;***
|
|
|
1756
|
|
|
1757 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "games/doctor.el")
|
|
|
1758
|
|
|
1759 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
|
|
|
1760 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
|
|
|
1761
|
|
|
1762 ;;;***
|
|
|
1763
|
|
|
1764 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "games/dunnet.el")
|
|
|
1765
|
|
|
1766 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
|
|
|
1767 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
|
|
|
1768
|
|
|
1769 ;;;***
|
|
|
1770
|
|
|
1771 ;;;### (autoloads (flame) "flame" "games/flame.el")
|
|
|
1772
|
|
|
1773 (autoload 'flame "flame" "\
|
|
|
1774 Generate ARG (default 1) sentences of half-crazed gibberish." t nil)
|
|
|
1775
|
|
|
1776 ;;;***
|
|
|
1777
|
|
|
1778 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "games/gomoku.el")
|
|
|
1779
|
|
|
1780 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
|
|
|
1781 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
|
|
|
1782 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
|
|
|
1783 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
|
|
|
1784
|
|
|
1785 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
|
|
|
1786 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
|
|
|
1787 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
|
|
|
1788 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
|
|
|
1789 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
|
|
|
1790 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
|
|
|
1791
|
|
|
1792 ;;;***
|
|
|
1793
|
|
|
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi) "hanoi" "games/hanoi.el")
|
|
|
1795
|
|
|
1796 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
|
|
|
1797 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Argument is number of rings." t nil)
|
|
|
1798
|
|
|
1799 ;;;***
|
|
|
1800
|
|
|
1801 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "games/life.el")
|
|
|
1802
|
|
|
1803 (autoload 'life "life" "\
|
|
|
1804 Run Conway's Life simulation.
|
|
|
1805 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
|
|
|
1806 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
|
|
|
1807 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
|
|
|
1808
|
|
|
1809 ;;;***
|
|
|
1810
|
|
|
1811 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "games/mpuz.el")
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
|
|
|
1814 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
|
|
|
1815
|
|
|
1816 ;;;***
|
|
|
1817
|
|
|
1818 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "games/spook.el")
|
|
|
1819
|
|
|
1820 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
|
|
|
1821 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
1822
|
|
|
1823 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
|
|
|
1824 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
|
|
|
1825
|
|
|
1826 ;;;***
|
|
|
1827
|
|
120
|
1828 ;;;### (autoloads (xmine-mode) "xmine" "games/xmine.el")
|
|
|
1829
|
|
|
1830 (autoload 'xmine-mode "xmine" "\
|
|
|
1831 A mode for playing the well known mine searching game.
|
|
|
1832
|
|
|
1833 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button1]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action1]' unhides a tile,
|
|
|
1834 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button2]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action2]' unhides all neighbours of a tile,
|
|
|
1835 `\\<annotation-local-map-default>\\[xmine-activate-function-button3]' or `\\<xmine-keymap>\\[xmine-key-action3]' (un)flagges a tile to hold a mine.
|
|
|
1836
|
|
|
1837 `\\[xmine-key-new]' starts a new game.
|
|
|
1838 `\\[xmine-key-quit]' ends a game.
|
|
|
1839
|
|
|
1840 All keybindings (with alternatives) currently in effect:
|
|
|
1841 \\{xmine-keymap}
|
|
|
1842
|
|
|
1843 The rules are quite easy: You start by unhiding (random) tiles. An unhidden
|
|
|
1844 tile showing a number tells you something about the number of mines in it's
|
|
|
1845 neighborhood, where the neighborhood are all 8 tiles (or less if it's
|
|
|
1846 at a border) around the tile.
|
|
|
1847
|
|
|
1848 E.g. a \"1\" shows you that there is only one mine in the neighborhood of
|
|
|
1849 this tile. Empty tiles have no mines around them, and empty tiles in
|
|
|
1850 the neighborhood of another empty tile are all automatically unhidden
|
|
|
1851 if you unhide one of them. You need to find a strategy to use the
|
|
|
1852 information you have from the numbers to \"flag\" the tiles with mines
|
|
|
1853 under them and unhide all other tiles. If you correctly made this
|
|
|
1854 without accidently unhiding a mine, you've won.
|
|
|
1855
|
|
|
1856 If you are sure you have correctly flagged all mines around a unhidden tile,
|
|
|
1857 you can use Button-2 or \\[xmine-key-action2] on it to unhide all it's
|
|
|
1858 neighbors. But beware: If you made a mistake by flagging the wrong mines,
|
|
|
1859 you'll blow up!
|
|
|
1860
|
|
|
1861 Have Fun." t nil)
|
|
|
1862
|
|
|
1863 (fset 'xmine 'xmine-mode)
|
|
|
1864
|
|
|
1865 ;;;***
|
|
|
1866
|
|
78
|
1867 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism yow) "yow" "games/yow.el")
|
|
|
1868
|
|
|
1869 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
|
|
|
1870 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
|
|
|
1871
|
|
|
1872 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
|
|
|
1873 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
|
|
|
1876 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
1877 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
|
|
|
1878
|
|
|
1879 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
|
|
|
1880 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
|
|
|
1881
|
|
|
1882 ;;;***
|
|
|
1883
|
|
110
|
1884 ;;;### (autoloads (gnats:summ-pr gnats:query-pr gnats:edit-pr gnats:view-pr gnats:gnats-mode) "gnats" "gnats/gnats.el")
|
|
|
1885
|
|
|
1886 (defvar gnats::mode-name nil "\
|
|
|
1887 Name of the GNATS mode.")
|
|
|
1888
|
|
|
1889 (setq gnats::mode-name 'gnats:gnats-mode)
|
|
|
1890
|
|
|
1891 (fset 'gnats-mode gnats::mode-name)
|
|
|
1892
|
|
|
1893 (autoload 'gnats:gnats-mode "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1894 Major mode for editing problem reports.
|
|
|
1895 For information about the form see gnats(1) and pr_form(5).
|
|
|
1896
|
|
|
1897 When you are finished editing the buffer, type \\[gnats:submit-pr] to commit
|
|
|
1898 your changes to the PR database. To abort the edit, type
|
|
|
1899 \\[gnats:unlock-buffer].
|
|
|
1900
|
|
|
1901 Special commands:
|
|
|
1902 \\{gnats-mode-map}
|
|
|
1903 Turning on gnats-mode calls the value of the variable gnats-mode-hook,
|
|
|
1904 if it is not nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
1905
|
|
|
1906 (fset 'view-pr 'gnats:view-pr)
|
|
|
1907
|
|
|
1908 (autoload 'gnats:view-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1909 Visit the problem report named by the string ID. While viewing, press
|
|
|
1910 'e' to edit the currently viewed PR." t nil)
|
|
|
1911
|
|
|
1912 (fset 'edit-pr 'gnats:edit-pr)
|
|
|
1913
|
|
|
1914 (autoload 'gnats:edit-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1915 Edit the problem report named by the string ID." t nil)
|
|
|
1916
|
|
|
1917 (fset 'query-pr 'gnats:query-pr)
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 (autoload 'gnats:query-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1920 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
1921 While query-pr runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
1922 to find the text that the hits refer to." t nil)
|
|
|
1923
|
|
|
1924 (fset 'summ-pr 'gnats:summ-pr)
|
|
|
1925
|
|
|
1926 (autoload 'gnats:summ-pr "gnats" "\
|
|
|
1927 Run query-pr, with user-specified args, and display a pretty summary.
|
|
|
1928 Well, display a summary, at least." t nil)
|
|
|
1929
|
|
|
1930 ;;;***
|
|
|
1931
|
|
|
1932 ;;;### (autoloads (send-pr:send-pr-mode send-pr:send-pr) "send-pr" "gnats/send-pr.el")
|
|
|
1933
|
|
|
1934 (fset 'send-pr 'send-pr:send-pr)
|
|
|
1935
|
|
|
1936 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
1937 Create a buffer and read in the result of `send-pr -P'.
|
|
|
1938 When finished with editing the problem report use \\[send-pr:submit-pr]
|
|
|
1939 to send the PR with `send-pr -b -f -'." t nil)
|
|
|
1940
|
|
|
1941 (fset 'send-pr-mode 'send-pr:send-pr-mode)
|
|
|
1942
|
|
|
1943 (autoload 'send-pr:send-pr-mode "send-pr" "\
|
|
|
1944 Major mode for submitting problem reports.
|
|
|
1945 For information about the form see gnats(1) and send-pr(1).
|
|
|
1946 Special commands: \\{send-pr-mode-map}
|
|
|
1947 Turning on send-pr-mode calls the value of the variable send-pr-mode-hook,
|
|
|
1948 if it is not nil." t nil)
|
|
|
1949
|
|
|
1950 ;;;***
|
|
|
1951
|
|
78
|
1952 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el")
|
|
|
1953
|
|
|
1954 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
|
|
|
1955 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
1956
|
|
|
1957 ;;;***
|
|
|
1958
|
|
98
|
1959 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el")
|
|
|
1960
|
|
|
1961 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
|
|
|
1962 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
|
|
|
1963
|
|
|
1964 ;;;***
|
|
|
1965
|
|
78
|
1966 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el")
|
|
|
1967
|
|
|
1968 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
98
|
1969 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
|
|
|
1970
|
|
|
1971 Usage:
|
|
|
1972 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
|
|
78
|
1973
|
|
|
1974 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
1975 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
|
|
|
1978 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
|
|
|
1979
|
|
|
1980 ;;;***
|
|
|
1981
|
|
98
|
1982 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el")
|
|
|
1983
|
|
|
1984 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
|
|
|
1985 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
|
|
|
1986 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
|
|
|
1987
|
|
|
1988 ;;;***
|
|
|
1989
|
|
|
1990 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el")
|
|
|
1991
|
|
|
1992 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
|
|
|
1993
|
|
|
1994 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
|
|
|
1995 Run batched scoring.
|
|
|
1996 Usage: emacs -batch -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score <newsgroups> ...
|
|
|
1997 Newsgroups is a list of strings in Bnews format. If you want to score
|
|
|
1998 the comp hierarchy, you'd say \"comp.all\". If you would not like to
|
|
|
1999 score the alt hierarchy, you'd say \"!alt.all\"." t nil)
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
2001 ;;;***
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el")
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
|
|
|
2006 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
|
|
|
2007 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2008
|
|
|
2009 ;;;***
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el")
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
|
|
|
2014 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
|
|
|
2015 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
|
|
|
2016 for matching on group names.
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
|
|
|
2019 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
|
|
|
2020
|
|
|
2021 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"" t nil)
|
|
|
2022
|
|
|
2023 ;;;***
|
|
|
2024
|
|
98
|
2025 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el")
|
|
|
2026
|
|
|
2027 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
|
|
78
|
2028 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
|
|
|
2029
|
|
98
|
2030 ;;;***
|
|
|
2031
|
|
|
2032 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el")
|
|
|
2033
|
|
|
2034 (autoload 'gnus-unload "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
2035 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
|
|
|
2036
|
|
|
2037 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
|
|
|
2038 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 ;;;***
|
|
|
2041
|
|
|
2042 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el")
|
|
|
2043
|
|
|
2044 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
|
|
78
|
2045 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
|
|
|
2046
|
|
98
|
2047 ;;;***
|
|
|
2048
|
|
|
2049 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el")
|
|
|
2050
|
|
78
|
2051 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2052 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server" t nil)
|
|
|
2053
|
|
|
2054 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2055 Read network news.
|
|
|
2056 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2057 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
|
|
|
2058 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2059 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
|
|
|
2060 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
|
|
|
2061
|
|
|
2062 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2063 Read news as a slave." t nil)
|
|
|
2064
|
|
|
2065 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2066 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
|
|
|
2067
|
|
|
2068 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
|
|
|
2069 Read network news.
|
|
|
2070 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
|
|
|
2071 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
|
|
|
2072 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2073
|
|
|
2074 ;;;***
|
|
|
2075
|
|
|
2076 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message" "gnus/message.el")
|
|
|
2077
|
|
98
|
2078 (defcustom message-from-style 'default "*Specifies how \"From\" headers look.\n\nIf `nil', they contain just the return address like:\n king@grassland.com\nIf `parens', they look like:\n king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)\nIf `angles', they look like:\n Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>\n\nOtherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like\n`parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not." :type '(choice (const :tag "simple" nil) (const parens) (const angles) (const default)) :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2079
|
|
|
2080 (defcustom message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "Regexp matching the signature separator." :type 'regexp :group 'message-various)
|
|
|
2081
|
|
|
2082 (defcustom message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "*Local news organization file." :type 'file :group 'message-headers)
|
|
|
2083
|
|
|
2084 (defcustom message-send-mail-function 'message-send-mail-with-sendmail "Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.\nThe headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the\nvariable `mail-header-separator'.\n\nLegal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),\n`message-send-mail-with-mh' and `message-send-mail-with-qmail'." :type '(radio (function-item message-send-mail-with-sendmail) (function-item message-send-mail-with-mh) (function-item message-send-mail-with-qmail) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-sending :group 'message-mail)
|
|
|
2085
|
|
|
2086 (defcustom message-citation-line-function 'message-insert-citation-line "*Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2087
|
|
|
2088 (defcustom message-yank-prefix "> " "*Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.\nnil means use indentation." :type 'string :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2089
|
|
|
2090 (defcustom message-cite-function (if (and (boundp 'mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook) mail-citation-hook 'message-cite-original) "*Function for citing an original message." :type '(radio (function-item message-cite-original) (function-item sc-cite-original) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2091
|
|
|
2092 (defcustom message-indent-citation-function 'message-indent-citation "*Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.\nThis can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the\ncitation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave\npoint and mark around the citation text as modified." :type 'function :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2093
|
|
|
2094 (defcustom message-signature t "*String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.\nIf t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.\nIf a function, the result from the function will be used instead.\nIf a form, the result from the form will be used instead." :type 'sexp :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
|
2095
|
|
|
2096 (defcustom message-signature-file "~/.signature" "*File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer." :type 'file :group 'message-insertion)
|
|
78
|
2097
|
|
|
2098 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
|
|
|
2099 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
|
|
|
2100 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
2101 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
|
|
|
2102 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
2103 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
|
|
|
2104 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
|
|
98
|
2105 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
|
|
78
|
2106 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
|
|
|
2107 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
|
|
98
|
2108 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
|
|
78
|
2109 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
|
|
|
2110 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
|
|
|
2111 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
2112 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
|
|
|
2113 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
2114 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
|
|
|
2115 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
98
|
2116 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
|
|
|
2117 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2118
|
|
|
2119 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
|
|
|
2120 Start editing a mail message to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2121
|
|
|
2122 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2123 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2124
|
|
|
2125 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2126 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2127
|
|
98
|
2128 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
|
|
|
2129 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2130
|
|
|
2131 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
|
|
|
2132 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2133 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2134
|
|
|
2135 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
|
|
|
2136 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
|
|
|
2137
|
|
|
2138 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
|
|
|
2139 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
|
|
|
2140 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
|
|
|
2141 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
|
|
|
2142
|
|
|
2143 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
|
|
|
2144 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
|
|
|
2145
|
|
|
2146 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
|
|
108
|
2147 Forward the current message via mail.
|
|
78
|
2148 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2149
|
|
|
2150 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
|
|
|
2151 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
|
|
|
2152
|
|
|
2153 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
|
|
|
2154 Re-mail the current message.
|
|
|
2155 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
|
|
|
2156 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
|
|
|
2157 you." t nil)
|
|
|
2158
|
|
|
2159 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2160 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
2161
|
|
|
2162 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2163 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
2164
|
|
|
2165 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
|
|
|
2166 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2167
|
|
|
2168 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
|
|
|
2169 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
|
|
|
2170
|
|
|
2171 (autoload 'bold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2172 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
2173 Works by overstriking characters.
|
|
|
2174 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2175 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 (autoload 'unbold-region "message" "\
|
|
|
2178 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
|
|
|
2179 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
2180 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
2181
|
|
|
2182 ;;;***
|
|
|
2183
|
|
98
|
2184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "messcompat" "gnus/messcompat.el")
|
|
|
2185
|
|
|
2186 (defvar message-signature-file mail-signature-file "\
|
|
|
2187 *File containing the text inserted at end of message. buffer.")
|
|
|
2188
|
|
|
2189 ;;;***
|
|
|
2190
|
|
|
2191 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el")
|
|
|
2192
|
|
|
2193 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
|
|
|
2194 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
|
|
|
2195 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
|
|
|
2196 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
|
|
|
2197 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
|
|
|
2198 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
|
|
|
2199
|
|
|
2200 ;;;***
|
|
|
2201
|
|
78
|
2202 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el")
|
|
|
2203
|
|
|
2204 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
|
|
|
2205 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2206
|
|
|
2207 ;;;***
|
|
|
2208
|
|
|
2209 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el")
|
|
|
2210
|
|
|
2211 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
|
|
|
2212 Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups
|
|
|
2213 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
|
|
|
2214
|
|
|
2215 ;;;***
|
|
|
2216
|
|
|
2217 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el")
|
|
|
2218
|
|
|
2219 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
|
|
112
|
2220 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2221
|
|
|
2222 ;;;***
|
|
|
2223
|
|
|
2224 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el")
|
|
|
2225
|
|
|
2226 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2227 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
|
|
|
2228
|
|
|
2229 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2230 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2231
|
|
|
2232 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
|
|
|
2233 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
|
|
|
2234
|
|
|
2235 ;;;***
|
|
|
2236
|
|
|
2237 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el")
|
|
|
2238
|
|
|
2239 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
|
|
|
2240 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
|
|
|
2241 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
|
|
|
2242
|
|
|
2243 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
2244
|
|
|
2245 ;;;***
|
|
|
2246
|
|
|
2247 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-smiley-display smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el")
|
|
|
2248
|
|
|
2249 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2250 Smilify the region between point and mark." t nil)
|
|
|
2251
|
|
|
2252 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2253
|
|
136
|
2254 (autoload 'gnus-smiley-display "smiley" "\
|
|
|
2255 Display \"smileys\" as small graphical icons." t nil)
|
|
78
|
2256
|
|
|
2257 ;;;***
|
|
|
2258
|
|
|
2259 ;;;### (autoloads (hm--html-minor-mode hm--html-mode) "hm--html-mode" "hm--html-menus/hm--html-mode.el")
|
|
|
2260
|
|
|
2261 (autoload 'hm--html-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2262 Major mode for editing HTML hypertext documents.
|
|
|
2263 Special commands:\\{hm--html-mode-map}
|
|
|
2264 Turning on hm--html-mode calls the value of the variable hm--html-mode-hook,
|
|
|
2265 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2266
|
|
|
2267 (autoload 'hm--html-minor-mode "hm--html-mode" "\
|
|
|
2268 Toggle hm--html-minor-mode.
|
|
|
2269 With arg, turn hm--html-minor-mode on iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2270
|
|
|
2271 ;;;***
|
|
|
2272
|
|
|
2273 ;;;### (autoloads (html-view-get-display html-view-goto-url html-view-view-buffer html-view-view-file html-view-start-mosaic) "html-view" "hm--html-menus/html-view.el")
|
|
|
2274
|
|
|
2275 (autoload 'html-view-start-mosaic "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2276 Start Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2277
|
|
|
2278 (autoload 'html-view-view-file "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2279 View an html file with Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 (autoload 'html-view-view-buffer "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2282 View html buffer with Mosaic.
|
|
|
2283 If BUFFER-TO-VIEW is nil, then the current buffer is used." t nil)
|
|
|
2284
|
|
|
2285 (autoload 'html-view-goto-url "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2286 Goto an URL in Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2287
|
|
|
2288 (autoload 'html-view-get-display "html-view" "\
|
|
|
2289 Get the display for Mosaic." t nil)
|
|
|
2290
|
|
|
2291 ;;;***
|
|
|
2292
|
|
98
|
2293 ;;;### (autoloads (tmpl-insert-template-file tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer tmpl-expand-templates-in-region) "tmpl-minor-mode" "hm--html-menus/tmpl-minor-mode.el")
|
|
|
2294
|
|
|
2295 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-region "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2296 Expands the templates in the region from BEGIN to END.
|
|
|
2297 If BEGIN and END are nil, then the current region is used." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2298
|
|
|
2299 (autoload 'tmpl-expand-templates-in-buffer "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2300 Expands all templates in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
98
|
2301
|
|
|
2302 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
|
2303 Inserts a template FILE and expands it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
|
2304 This command tries to read the template file from a list of
|
|
116
|
2305 predefined directories (look at `tmpl-template-dir-list') and it filters
|
|
|
2306 the contents of these directories with the regular expression
|
|
98
|
2307 `tmpl-filter-regexp' (look also at this variable).
|
|
|
2308 The command uses a history variable, which could be changed with the
|
|
|
2309 variable `tmpl-history-variable-name'.
|
|
|
2310
|
|
116
|
2311 The user of the command is able to change interactively to another
|
|
98
|
2312 directory by entering at first the string \"Change the directory\".
|
|
116
|
2313 This may be too difficult for the user. Therefore another command
|
|
98
|
2314 called `tmpl-insert-template-file' exist, which doesn't use fixed
|
|
|
2315 directories and filters." t nil)
|
|
|
2316
|
|
|
2317 (autoload 'tmpl-insert-template-file "tmpl-minor-mode" "\
|
|
116
|
2318 Inserts a template FILE and expand it, if `tmpl-automatic-expand' is t.
|
|
98
|
2319 Look also at `tmpl-template-dir-list', to specify a default template directory.
|
|
|
2320 You should also take a look at `tmpl-insert-template-file-from-fixed-dirs'
|
|
|
2321 which has additional advantages (and disadvantages :-).
|
|
|
2322
|
|
|
2323 ATTENTION: The interface of this function has changed. The old
|
|
|
2324 function had the argument list (&optional TEMPLATE-DIR AUTOMATIC-EXPAND).
|
|
|
2325 The variables `tmpl-template-dir-list' and `tmpl-automatic-expand' must
|
|
|
2326 now be used instead of the args TEMPLATE-DIR and AUTOMATIC-EXPAND." t nil)
|
|
|
2327
|
|
|
2328 ;;;***
|
|
|
2329
|
|
78
|
2330 ;;;### (autoloads (hmail:compose) "hmail" "hyperbole/hmail.el")
|
|
|
2331
|
|
|
2332 (autoload 'hmail:compose "hmail" "\
|
|
|
2333 Compose mail with ADDRESS and evaluation of EXPR.
|
|
|
2334 Optional SUBJECT and HELP message may also be given." t nil)
|
|
|
2335
|
|
|
2336 ;;;***
|
|
|
2337
|
|
|
2338 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-handle-in-note smart-info-assist smart-info) "hmous-info" "hyperbole/hmous-info.el")
|
|
|
2339
|
|
|
2340 (autoload 'smart-info "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2341 Walks through Info documentation networks using one key or mouse key.
|
|
|
2342
|
|
|
2343 If key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2344 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2345 is found;
|
|
|
2346 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2347 the desired node is found;
|
|
|
2348 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2349 the 'Top' node within that file is found;
|
|
|
2350 (4) at the end of the current node, the Next node is found (this will
|
|
|
2351 descend subtrees if the function 'Info-global-next' is bound);
|
|
|
2352 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2353 scrolled up one windowful.
|
|
|
2354
|
|
|
2355 Returns t if key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2356 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2357
|
|
|
2358 (autoload 'smart-info-assist "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2359 Walks through Info documentation networks using one assist-key or mouse assist-key.
|
|
|
2360
|
|
|
2361 If assist-key is pressed within:
|
|
|
2362 (1) the first line of an Info Menu Entry or Cross Reference, the desired node
|
|
|
2363 is found;
|
|
|
2364 (2) the Up, Next, or Previous entries of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2365 the last node in the history list is found;
|
|
|
2366 (3) the File entry of a Node Header (first line),
|
|
|
2367 the 'DIR' root-level node is found;
|
|
|
2368 (4) at the end of the current node, the Previous node is found (this will
|
|
|
2369 return from subtrees if the function 'Info-global-prev is bound);
|
|
|
2370 (5) anywhere else (e.g. at the end of a line), the current node entry is
|
|
|
2371 scrolled down one windowful.
|
|
|
2372
|
|
|
2373 Returns t if assist-key is pressed within an Info Node Header, Cross Reference,
|
|
|
2374 or a Menu; otherwise returns nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2375
|
|
|
2376 (autoload 'Info-handle-in-note "hmous-info" "\
|
|
|
2377 Follows an Info cross-reference.
|
|
|
2378 If point is within the first line of an Info note (cross-reference), follows
|
|
|
2379 cross-reference and returns t; otherwise returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2380
|
|
|
2381 ;;;***
|
|
|
2382
|
|
100
|
2383 ;;;### (autoloads (hkey-help-show) "hmouse-drv" "hyperbole/hmouse-drv.el")
|
|
|
2384
|
|
|
2385 (autoload 'hkey-help-show "hmouse-drv" "\
|
|
|
2386 Saves prior frame configuration if BUFFER displays help. Displays BUFFER.
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
2388 Optional second arg CURRENT-WINDOW non-nil forces display of buffer within
|
|
|
2389 the current window. By default, it is displayed in another window." nil nil)
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 ;;;***
|
|
|
2392
|
|
|
2393 ;;;### (autoloads (smart-tags-file smart-tags-file-path smart-objc smart-lisp-mode-p smart-java-at-tag-p smart-java smart-fortran-at-tag-p smart-c++ smart-c-at-tag-p smart-asm-at-tag-p) "hmouse-tag" "hyperbole/hmouse-tag.el")
|
|
78
|
2394
|
|
|
2395 (autoload 'smart-asm-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2396 Return assembly tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2397
|
|
|
2398 (autoload 'smart-c-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2399 Return C tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2400
|
|
|
2401 (autoload 'smart-c++ "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2402 Jumps to the definition of optional C++ IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2403 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching C++ tag.
|
|
|
2404
|
|
|
2405 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2406 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2407
|
|
|
2408 If:
|
|
100
|
2409 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2410 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2411 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2412 (2) on a C++ identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2413 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2414 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2415 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the C++ identifier is
|
|
78
|
2416 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2417 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2418
|
|
100
|
2419 (autoload 'smart-fortran-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2420 Return Fortran tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2421
|
|
|
2422 (autoload 'smart-java "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2423 Jumps to the definition of optional Java IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2424 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Java tag.
|
|
78
|
2425
|
|
|
2426 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2427 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2428
|
|
100
|
2429 If:
|
|
|
2430 (1) within a commented @see cross-reference, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2431 (2) on a `package' or `import' statement, the referent is displayed;
|
|
|
2432 Look for referent files in the directory list `smart-java-package-dirs'.
|
|
|
2433 (3) on an Java identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
|
2434 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
|
2435 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories." t nil)
|
|
|
2436
|
|
|
2437 (autoload 'smart-java-at-tag-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2438 Return Java tag name that point is within, else nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
2439
|
|
|
2440 (autoload 'smart-lisp-mode-p "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2441 Return t if in a mode which uses Lisp symbols." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2442
|
|
|
2443 (autoload 'smart-objc "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2444 Jumps to the definition of optional Objective-C IDENTIFIER or the one at point.
|
|
|
2445 Optional second arg NEXT means jump to next matching Objective-C tag.
|
|
|
2446
|
|
|
2447 It assumes that its caller has already checked that the key was pressed in an
|
|
|
2448 appropriate buffer and has moved the cursor to the selected buffer.
|
|
|
2449
|
|
|
2450 If:
|
|
100
|
2451 (1) on a `#include' statement, the include file is displayed;
|
|
|
2452 Look for include file in directory lists `smart-c-cpp-include-dirs'
|
|
|
2453 and `smart-c-include-dirs'.
|
|
78
|
2454 (2) on an Objective-C identifier, the identifier definition is displayed,
|
|
100
|
2455 assuming the identifier is found within an `etags' generated tag file
|
|
78
|
2456 in the current directory or any of its ancestor directories.
|
|
100
|
2457 (3) if `smart-c-use-lib-man' is non-nil, the Objective-C identifier is
|
|
78
|
2458 recognized as a library symbol, and a man page is found for the
|
|
|
2459 identifier, then the man page is displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
2460
|
|
|
2461 (autoload 'smart-tags-file-path "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
|
2462 Expand relative FILE name by looking it up in the nearest tags file.
|
|
|
2463 Return FILE unchanged if it exists relative to the current directory or
|
|
|
2464 cannot be expanded via a tags file." nil nil)
|
|
|
2465
|
|
|
2466 (autoload 'smart-tags-file "hmouse-tag" "\
|
|
100
|
2467 Return appropriate tags file name for CURR-FILENAME or `tags-file-name'.
|
|
|
2468 Optional NAME-OF-TAGS-FILE is the literal filename for which to look." nil nil)
|
|
78
|
2469
|
|
|
2470 ;;;***
|
|
|
2471
|
|
108
|
2472 ;;;### (autoloads (hyperbole) "hui-mini" "hyperbole/hui-mini.el")
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 (autoload 'hyperbole "hui-mini" "\
|
|
|
2475 Invokes default Hyperbole menu user interface when not already active.
|
|
|
2476 Suitable for binding to a key, e.g. {C-h h}.
|
|
|
2477 Non-interactively, returns t if menu is actually invoked by call, else nil.
|
|
|
2478
|
|
|
2479 Two optional arguments may be given to invoke alternative menus.
|
|
|
2480 MENU (a symbol) specifies the menu to invoke from MENU-LIST, (a
|
|
|
2481 Hyperbole menu list structure). MENU defaults to 'hyperbole and MENU-LIST
|
|
|
2482 to `hui:menus'. See `hui:menus' definition for the format of the menu list
|
|
|
2483 structure." t nil)
|
|
|
2484
|
|
|
2485 ;;;***
|
|
|
2486
|
|
78
|
2487 ;;;### (autoloads (var:append) "hvar" "hyperbole/hvar.el")
|
|
|
2488
|
|
|
2489 (autoload 'var:append "hvar" "\
|
|
|
2490 Appends to value held by VAR-SYMBOL-NAME, LIST-TO-ADD. Returns new value.
|
|
|
2491 If VAR-SYMBOL-NAME is unbound, it is set to LIST-TO-ADD.
|
|
|
2492 Often used to append to 'hook' variables." nil nil)
|
|
|
2493
|
|
|
2494 ;;;***
|
|
|
2495
|
|
100
|
2496 ;;;### (autoloads (hypb:display-file-with-logo hypb:configuration) "hypb" "hyperbole/hypb.el")
|
|
78
|
2497
|
|
|
2498 (autoload 'hypb:configuration "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2499 Insert Emacs configuration information at the end of optional OUT-BUF or the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2500
|
|
100
|
2501 (autoload 'hypb:display-file-with-logo "hypb" "\
|
|
|
2502 Display an optional text FILE with the InfoDock Associates logo prepended.
|
|
|
2503 Without file, logo is prepended to the current buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
2504
|
|
78
|
2505 ;;;***
|
|
|
2506
|
|
|
2507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hyperbole" "hyperbole/hyperbole.el")
|
|
|
2508
|
|
|
2509 (defvar action-key-url-function 'w3-fetch "\
|
|
|
2510 Value is a function of one argument, a url, which displays the url referent.
|
|
|
2511 Possible values are:
|
|
|
2512 w3-fetch - display using the W3 Emacs web browser;
|
|
|
2513 highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape - display in Netscape;
|
|
|
2514 highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic - display in Mosaic.")
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 (defvar kimport:mode-alist '((t . kimport:text) (outline-mode . kimport:star-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2517 Alist of (major-mode . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2518 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2519 called if the major mode of the import file matches the car of an element in
|
|
|
2520 this list. If there is no match, then `kimport:suffix-alist' is checked. If
|
|
|
2521 that yields no match, the element in this list whose car is 't is used. It
|
|
|
2522 normally does an import of a koutline or text file.
|
|
|
2523
|
|
|
2524 Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to import
|
|
|
2525 and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a third
|
|
|
2526 optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported cells
|
|
|
2527 as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 outline-mode - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with
|
|
|
2530 asterisks;
|
|
|
2531 .kot
|
|
|
2532 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2533
|
|
|
2534 all others - imported as text.")
|
|
|
2535
|
|
|
2536 (defvar kimport:suffix-alist '(("\\.otl$" . kimport:star-outline) ("\\.aug$" . kimport:aug-post-outline)) "\
|
|
|
2537 Alist of (buffer-name-suffix-regexp . importation-function) elements.
|
|
|
2538 This determines the type of importation done on a file when `kimport:file' is
|
|
|
2539 called. Each importation-function must take two arguments, a buffer/file to
|
|
|
2540 import and a buffer/file into which to insert the imported elements and a
|
|
|
2541 third optional argument, CHILDREN-P, which when non-nil means insert imported
|
|
|
2542 cells as the initial set of children of the current cell, if any.
|
|
|
2543
|
|
|
2544 .otl - imported as an Emacs outline whose entries begin with asterisks;
|
|
|
2545 .kot
|
|
|
2546 .kotl - imported as a structured koutline
|
|
|
2547 .aug - imported as an Augment post-numbered outline.")
|
|
|
2548
|
|
|
2549 ;;;***
|
|
|
2550
|
|
|
2551 ;;;### (autoloads (wconfig-yank-pop wconfig-ring-save wconfig-delete-pop wconfig-restore-by-name wconfig-delete-by-name wconfig-add-by-name) "wconfig" "hyperbole/wconfig.el")
|
|
|
2552
|
|
|
2553 (autoload 'wconfig-add-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2554 Saves the current window configuration under the string NAME.
|
|
|
2555 When called interactively and a window configuration already exists under
|
|
|
2556 NAME, confirms whether or not to replace it." t nil)
|
|
|
2557
|
|
|
2558 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2559 Deletes window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2560
|
|
|
2561 (autoload 'wconfig-restore-by-name "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2562 Restores window configuration saved under NAME." t nil)
|
|
|
2563
|
|
|
2564 (autoload 'wconfig-delete-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2565 Replaces current window config with most recently saved config in ring.
|
|
|
2566 Then deletes this new configuration from the ring." t nil)
|
|
|
2567
|
|
|
2568 (autoload 'wconfig-ring-save "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2569 Saves the current window configuration onto the save ring.
|
|
|
2570 Use {\\[wconfig-yank-pop]} to restore it at a later time." t nil)
|
|
|
2571
|
|
|
2572 (autoload 'wconfig-yank-pop "wconfig" "\
|
|
|
2573 Replaces current window config with prefix arg Nth prior one in save ring.
|
|
|
2574 Interactively, default value of N = 1, meaning the last saved window
|
|
|
2575 configuration is displayed.
|
|
|
2576
|
|
|
2577 The sequence of window configurations wraps around, so that after the oldest
|
|
|
2578 one comes the newest one." t nil)
|
|
|
2579
|
|
|
2580 ;;;***
|
|
|
2581
|
|
|
2582 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-logic) "wrolo-logic" "hyperbole/wrolo-logic.el")
|
|
|
2583
|
|
|
2584 (autoload 'rolo-logic "wrolo-logic" "\
|
|
|
2585 Apply FUNC to all entries in optional IN-BUFS, display entries where FUNC is non-nil.
|
|
|
2586 If IN-BUFS is nil, 'rolo-file-list' is used. If optional COUNT-ONLY is
|
|
|
2587 non-nil, don't display entries, return count of matching entries only. If
|
|
|
2588 optional INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES flag is non-nil, FUNC will be applied across all
|
|
|
2589 sub-entries at once. Default is to apply FUNC to each entry and sub-entry
|
|
|
2590 separately. Entries are displayed with all of their sub-entries unless
|
|
|
2591 INCLUDE-SUB-ENTRIES is nil and optional NO-SUB-ENTRIES-OUT flag is non-nil.
|
|
|
2592 FUNC should use the free variables 'start' and 'end' which contain the limits
|
|
|
2593 of the region on which it should operate. Returns number of applications of
|
|
|
2594 FUNC that return non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2595
|
|
|
2596 ;;;***
|
|
|
2597
|
|
114
|
2598 ;;;### (autoloads (rolo-yank rolo-toggle-datestamps rolo-sort rolo-kill rolo-grep rolo-fgrep rolo-edit rolo-display-matches rolo-add) "wrolo" "hyperbole/wrolo.el")
|
|
78
|
2599
|
|
|
2600 (autoload 'rolo-add "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2601 Adds a new entry in personal rolodex for NAME.
|
|
|
2602 Last name first is best, e.g. \"Smith, John\".
|
|
|
2603 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to add entry within.
|
|
|
2604 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to insert child below a parent
|
|
|
2605 entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2606
|
|
|
2607 (autoload 'rolo-display-matches "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2608 Display optional DISPLAY-BUF buffer of previously found rolodex matches.
|
|
114
|
2609 If DISPLAY-BUF is nil, use the value in `rolo-display-buffer'.
|
|
78
|
2610 Second arg RETURN-TO-BUFFER is the buffer to leave point within after the display." t nil)
|
|
|
2611
|
|
|
2612 (autoload 'rolo-edit "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2613 Edits a rolodex entry given by optional NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2614 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
114
|
2615 With no NAME arg, simply displays FILE or first entry in `rolo-file-list' in an
|
|
78
|
2616 editable mode. NAME may be of the form: parent/child to edit child below a
|
|
|
2617 parent entry which begins with the parent string." t nil)
|
|
|
2618
|
|
|
2619 (autoload 'rolo-fgrep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2620 Display rolodex entries matching STRING.
|
|
|
2621 To a maximum of optional prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in file(s) from optional
|
|
|
2622 ROLO-FILE or rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each
|
|
|
2623 entry is displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil
|
|
|
2624 means don't retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY
|
|
|
2625 non-nil means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2626
|
|
|
2627 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2628 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2629 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2630
|
|
|
2631 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2632 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2633
|
|
|
2634 (autoload 'rolo-grep "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2635 Display rolodex entries matching REGEXP.
|
|
|
2636 To a maximum of prefix arg MAX-MATCHES, in buffer(s) from optional ROLO-BUFS or
|
|
|
2637 rolo-file-list. Default is to find all matching entries. Each entry is
|
|
|
2638 displayed with all of its sub-entries. Optional COUNT-ONLY non-nil means don't
|
|
|
2639 retrieve and don't display matching entries. Optional NO-DISPLAY non-nil
|
|
|
2640 means retrieve entries but don't display.
|
|
|
2641
|
|
|
2642 Nil value of MAX-MATCHES means find all matches, t value means find all matches
|
|
|
2643 but omit file headers, negative values mean find up to the inverse of that
|
|
|
2644 number of entries and omit file headers.
|
|
|
2645
|
|
|
2646 Returns number of entries matched. See also documentation for the variable
|
|
|
2647 rolo-file-list." t nil)
|
|
|
2648
|
|
|
2649 (autoload 'rolo-kill "wrolo" "\
|
|
114
|
2650 Kills a rolodex entry given by NAME within `rolo-file-list'.
|
|
78
|
2651 With prefix argument, prompts for optional FILE to locate entry within.
|
|
|
2652 NAME may be of the form: parent/child to kill child below a parent entry
|
|
|
2653 which begins with the parent string.
|
|
|
2654 Returns t if entry is killed, nil otherwise." t nil)
|
|
|
2655
|
|
|
2656 (autoload 'rolo-sort "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2657 Sorts up to 14 levels of entries in ROLO-FILE (default is personal rolo).
|
|
114
|
2658 Assumes entries are delimited by one or more `*'characters.
|
|
78
|
2659 Returns list of number of groupings at each entry level." t nil)
|
|
|
2660
|
|
114
|
2661 (autoload 'rolo-toggle-datestamps "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2662 Toggle whether datestamps are updated when rolodex entries are modified.
|
|
|
2663 With optional ARG, turn them on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
2664
|
|
78
|
2665 (autoload 'rolo-yank "wrolo" "\
|
|
|
2666 Inserts at point the first rolodex entry matching NAME.
|
|
|
2667 With optional prefix arg, REGEXP-P, treats NAME as a regular expression instead
|
|
|
2668 of a string." t nil)
|
|
|
2669
|
|
|
2670 ;;;***
|
|
|
2671
|
|
|
2672 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "iso/iso-acc.el")
|
|
|
2673
|
|
|
2674 (autoload 'iso-accents-mode "iso-acc" "\
|
|
|
2675 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
|
|
|
2676 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
|
|
|
2677 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
|
|
|
2678 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
|
|
|
2679 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
|
|
|
2680
|
|
|
2681 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
|
|
|
2682 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
|
|
|
2683
|
|
|
2684 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
|
|
|
2685 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
|
|
|
2686 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
|
|
|
2687 \"s gives German sharp s.
|
|
|
2688 /a gives a with ring.
|
|
|
2689 /e gives an a-e ligature.
|
|
|
2690 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
|
|
|
2691 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
|
|
|
2692 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
|
|
|
2693
|
|
|
2694 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
|
|
|
2695 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
|
|
|
2696
|
|
|
2697 ;;;***
|
|
|
2698
|
|
|
2699 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-deactivate-passwd mc-install-write-mode mc-install-read-mode) "mailcrypt" "mailcrypt/mailcrypt.el")
|
|
|
2700
|
|
|
2701 (autoload 'mc-install-read-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2702
|
|
|
2703 (autoload 'mc-install-write-mode "mailcrypt" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2704
|
|
|
2705 (autoload 'mc-deactivate-passwd "mailcrypt" "\
|
|
|
2706 *Deactivate the passphrase cache." t nil)
|
|
|
2707
|
|
|
2708 ;;;***
|
|
|
2709
|
|
|
2710 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-pgp-fetch-key mc-scheme-pgp) "mc-pgp" "mailcrypt/mc-pgp.el")
|
|
|
2711
|
|
|
2712 (autoload 'mc-scheme-pgp "mc-pgp" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2713
|
|
|
2714 (autoload 'mc-pgp-fetch-key "mc-pgp" "\
|
|
|
2715 Attempt to fetch a key for addition to PGP keyring. Interactively,
|
|
|
2716 prompt for string matching key to fetch.
|
|
|
2717
|
|
|
2718 Non-interactively, ID must be a pair. The CAR must be a bare Email
|
|
|
2719 address and the CDR a keyID (with \"0x\" prefix). Either, but not
|
|
|
2720 both, may be nil.
|
|
|
2721
|
|
|
2722 Return t if we think we were successful; nil otherwise. Note that nil
|
|
|
2723 is not necessarily an error, since we may have merely fired off an Email
|
|
|
2724 request for the key." t nil)
|
|
|
2725
|
|
|
2726 ;;;***
|
|
|
2727
|
|
|
2728 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-remailer-insert-response-block mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym) "mc-remail" "mailcrypt/mc-remail.el")
|
|
|
2729
|
|
|
2730 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-pseudonym "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2731 Insert pseudonym as a From field in the hash-mark header.
|
|
|
2732
|
|
|
2733 See the documentation for the variable `mc-remailer-pseudonyms' for
|
|
|
2734 more information." t nil)
|
|
|
2735
|
|
|
2736 (autoload 'mc-remailer-encrypt-for-chain "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2737 Encrypt message for a remailer chain, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2738
|
|
|
2739 With \\[universal-argument], pause before each encryption." t nil)
|
|
|
2740
|
|
|
2741 (autoload 'mc-remailer-insert-response-block "mc-remail" "\
|
|
|
2742 Insert response block at point, prompting for chain to use.
|
|
|
2743
|
|
|
2744 With \\[universal-argument], enter a recursive edit of the innermost
|
|
|
2745 layer of the block before encrypting it." t nil)
|
|
|
2746
|
|
|
2747 ;;;***
|
|
|
2748
|
|
|
2749 ;;;### (autoloads (mc-mh-snarf-keys mc-mh-verify-signature mc-mh-decrypt-message mc-gnus-decrypt-message mc-gnus-snarf-keys mc-gnus-verify-signature mc-vm-snarf-keys mc-vm-decrypt-message mc-vm-verify-signature mc-rmail-decrypt-message mc-rmail-verify-signature mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature mc-snarf-keys mc-snarf mc-insert-public-key mc-verify-signature mc-verify mc-sign-message mc-sign mc-decrypt-message mc-decrypt mc-encrypt-message mc-encrypt mc-cleanup-recipient-headers) "mc-toplev" "mailcrypt/mc-toplev.el")
|
|
|
2750
|
|
|
2751 (autoload 'mc-cleanup-recipient-headers "mc-toplev" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
2752
|
|
|
2753 (autoload 'mc-encrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2754 *Encrypt the current buffer.
|
|
|
2755
|
|
|
2756 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2757
|
|
|
2758 With \\[universal-argument], prompt for User ID to sign as.
|
|
|
2759
|
|
|
2760 With \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], prompt for encryption scheme to use." t nil)
|
|
|
2761
|
|
|
2762 (autoload 'mc-encrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2763 *Encrypt a message for RECIPIENTS using the given encryption SCHEME.
|
|
|
2764 RECIPIENTS is a comma separated string. If SCHEME is nil, use the value
|
|
|
2765 of `mc-default-scheme'. Returns t on success, nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
2766
|
|
|
2767 (autoload 'mc-decrypt "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2768 *Decrypt a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2769
|
|
|
2770 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2771
|
|
|
2772 (autoload 'mc-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2773 Decrypt whatever message is in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2774 Returns a pair (SUCCEEDED . VERIFIED) where SUCCEEDED is t if the encryption
|
|
|
2775 succeeded and VERIFIED is t if it had a valid signature." nil nil)
|
|
|
2776
|
|
|
2777 (autoload 'mc-sign "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2778 *Sign a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2779
|
|
|
2780 Exact behavior depends on current major mode.
|
|
|
2781
|
|
|
2782 With one prefix arg, prompts for private key to use, with two prefix args,
|
|
|
2783 also prompts for encryption scheme to use. With negative prefix arg,
|
|
|
2784 inhibits clearsigning (pgp)." t nil)
|
|
|
2785
|
|
|
2786 (autoload 'mc-sign-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2787 Clear sign the message." nil nil)
|
|
|
2788
|
|
|
2789 (autoload 'mc-verify "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2790 *Verify a message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2791
|
|
|
2792 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2793
|
|
|
2794 (autoload 'mc-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2795 *Verify the signature of the signed message in the current buffer.
|
|
|
2796 Show the result as a message in the minibuffer. Returns t if the signature
|
|
|
2797 is verified." nil nil)
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 (autoload 'mc-insert-public-key "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2800 *Insert your public key at point.
|
|
|
2801 With one prefix arg, prompts for user id to use. With two prefix
|
|
|
2802 args, prompts for encryption scheme." t nil)
|
|
|
2803
|
|
|
2804 (autoload 'mc-snarf "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2805 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring.
|
|
|
2806
|
|
|
2807 Exact behavior depends on current major mode." t nil)
|
|
|
2808
|
|
|
2809 (autoload 'mc-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2810 *Add all public keys in the buffer to your keyring." t nil)
|
|
|
2811
|
|
|
2812 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2813 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2814
|
|
|
2815 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2816 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2817
|
|
|
2818 (autoload 'mc-rmail-summary-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2819 *Adds keys from current message to public key ring" t nil)
|
|
|
2820
|
|
|
2821 (autoload 'mc-rmail-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2822 *Verify the signature in the current message." t nil)
|
|
|
2823
|
|
|
2824 (autoload 'mc-rmail-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2825 *Decrypt the contents of this message" t nil)
|
|
|
2826
|
|
|
2827 (autoload 'mc-vm-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2828 *Verify the signature in the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2829
|
|
|
2830 (autoload 'mc-vm-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2831 *Decrypt the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2832
|
|
|
2833 (autoload 'mc-vm-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2834 *Snarf public key from the contents of the current VM message" t nil)
|
|
|
2835
|
|
|
2836 (autoload 'mc-gnus-verify-signature "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2837
|
|
|
2838 (autoload 'mc-gnus-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2839
|
|
|
2840 (autoload 'mc-gnus-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2841
|
|
|
2842 (autoload 'mc-mh-decrypt-message "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2843 Decrypt the contents of the current MH message in the show buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
2844
|
|
|
2845 (autoload 'mc-mh-verify-signature "mc-toplev" "\
|
|
|
2846 *Verify the signature in the current MH message." t nil)
|
|
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 (autoload 'mc-mh-snarf-keys "mc-toplev" nil t nil)
|
|
|
2849
|
|
|
2850 ;;;***
|
|
|
2851
|
|
|
2852 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el")
|
|
|
2853
|
|
|
2854 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2855 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2856 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2857 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2858
|
|
|
2859 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2860
|
|
|
2861 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2862 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2863 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2864 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
|
|
|
2865 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
|
|
|
2866 that want to create a mail buffer.
|
|
|
2867 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
|
|
|
2868
|
|
|
2869 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2870 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2871 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2872 to the MH mail system.
|
|
|
2873
|
|
|
2874 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
|
|
|
2875
|
|
|
2876 (autoload 'mh-letter-mode "mh-comp" "\
|
|
|
2877 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
|
|
|
2878 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
|
|
|
2879 using the MH mail handling system.
|
|
|
2880 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
|
|
|
2881 messages.
|
|
|
2882
|
|
|
2883 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
|
|
|
2884
|
|
|
2885 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
|
|
|
2886
|
|
|
2887 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
|
|
|
2888 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
|
|
|
2889 the yanked message.
|
|
|
2890
|
|
|
2891 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
|
|
|
2892 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
|
|
|
2893 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
|
|
|
2894 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
|
|
|
2895 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
|
|
|
2896
|
|
|
2897 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
|
|
|
2898 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
|
|
|
2899 inserted in a draft letter.
|
|
|
2900
|
|
|
2901 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
|
|
|
2902 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
|
|
|
2903
|
|
|
2904 Upon invoking mh-letter-mode, text-mode-hook and mh-letter-mode-hook are
|
|
|
2905 invoked with no args, if those values are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
2906
|
|
|
2907 ;;;***
|
|
|
2908
|
|
|
2909 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el")
|
|
|
2910
|
|
|
2911 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
2912 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
|
|
|
2913 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
|
|
|
2914 to the MH mail system." t nil)
|
|
|
2915
|
|
|
2916 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
|
|
|
2917 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
|
|
|
2918
|
|
|
2919 ;;;***
|
|
|
2920
|
|
|
2921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el")
|
|
|
2922
|
|
|
2923 (defvar mh-mime-content-types '(("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg")) "\
|
|
|
2924 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
|
|
|
2925
|
|
|
2926 ;;;***
|
|
|
2927
|
|
|
2928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el")
|
|
|
2929
|
|
|
2930 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
2931
|
|
|
2932 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
2933
|
|
|
2934 ;;;***
|
|
|
2935
|
|
|
2936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "modes/abbrev.el")
|
|
|
2937
|
|
|
2938 ;;;***
|
|
|
2939
|
|
|
2940 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-make-filename-from-adaname ada-mode) "ada-mode" "modes/ada-mode.el")
|
|
|
2941
|
|
|
2942 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
2943 Ada Mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
|
|
|
2944
|
|
|
2945 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
|
|
|
2946
|
|
|
2947 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
|
|
|
2948 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
|
|
|
2949
|
|
|
2950 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
|
|
|
2951 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
|
|
|
2952 Call external pretty printer program '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
2953
|
|
|
2954 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
|
|
|
2955 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
|
|
|
2956
|
|
|
2957 Call EXTERNAL pretty printer (if you have one) '\\[ada-call-pretty-printer]'
|
|
|
2958
|
|
|
2959 Fill comment paragraph '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph]'
|
|
|
2960 Fill comment paragraph and justify each line '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-justify]'
|
|
|
2961 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[ada-fill-comment-paragraph-postfix]'
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
|
|
|
2964 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
|
|
|
2965
|
|
|
2966 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
|
|
|
2967 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
|
|
|
2968
|
|
|
2969 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
|
|
|
2970 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
|
|
|
2971 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
|
|
|
2972 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
|
|
|
2973 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
|
|
|
2974
|
|
|
2975 If you use imenu.el:
|
|
|
2976 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
|
|
|
2977
|
|
|
2978 If you use find-file.el:
|
|
|
2979 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
|
|
|
2980 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
|
|
|
2981 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
|
|
|
2982 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
|
|
|
2983 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created
|
|
|
2984 with body stubs.
|
|
|
2985
|
|
|
2986 If you use ada-xref.el:
|
|
|
2987 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
|
|
|
2988 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
|
|
|
2989 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'
|
|
|
2990 Execute Gnatf: '\\[ada-gnatf-current]'" t nil)
|
|
|
2991
|
|
|
2992 (autoload 'ada-make-filename-from-adaname "ada-mode" "\
|
|
|
2993 Determine the filename of a package/procedure from its own Ada name." t nil)
|
|
|
2994
|
|
|
2995 ;;;***
|
|
|
2996
|
|
|
2997 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "modes/arc-mode.el")
|
|
|
2998
|
|
|
2999 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3000 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
|
|
|
3001 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
3002 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
3003 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
|
|
|
3004 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
|
|
|
3005
|
|
|
3006 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
|
|
|
3007 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
|
|
|
3008 archive.
|
|
|
3009
|
|
|
3010 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
3011
|
|
|
3012 ;;;***
|
|
|
3013
|
|
|
3014 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "modes/asm-mode.el")
|
|
|
3015
|
|
|
3016 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
|
|
|
3017 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
|
|
|
3018 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3021 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3022 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
|
|
|
3023 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
|
|
|
3024
|
|
|
3025 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
|
|
|
3026 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?;').
|
|
|
3027
|
|
|
3028 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
|
|
|
3029 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
|
|
|
3030
|
|
|
3031 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
|
|
|
3032
|
|
|
3033 Special commands:
|
|
|
3034 \\{asm-mode-map}
|
|
|
3035 " t nil)
|
|
|
3036
|
|
|
3037 ;;;***
|
|
|
3038
|
|
149
|
3039 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf-mode" "modes/autoconf-mode.el")
|
|
|
3040
|
|
|
3041 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf-mode" "\
|
|
|
3042 A major-mode to edit autoconf input files like configure.in
|
|
|
3043 \\{autoconf-mode-map}
|
|
|
3044 " t nil)
|
|
|
3045
|
|
|
3046 ;;;***
|
|
|
3047
|
|
78
|
3048 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "modes/awk-mode.el")
|
|
|
3049
|
|
|
3050 (autoload 'awk-mode "awk-mode" "\
|
|
|
3051 Major mode for editing AWK code.
|
|
|
3052 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
|
|
|
3053 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
|
|
|
3054 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
|
|
|
3055
|
|
|
3056 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3057 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3058
|
|
|
3059 ;;;***
|
|
|
3060
|
|
|
3061 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "modes/bibtex.el")
|
|
|
3062
|
|
|
3063 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
|
|
|
3064 Major mode for editing bibtex files.
|
|
|
3065
|
|
|
3066 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
|
|
|
3067
|
|
|
3068 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
|
|
|
3069
|
|
|
3070 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and thus ignored by BibTeX.
|
|
|
3071 The OPT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT].
|
|
|
3072 \\[bibtex-kill-optional-field] kills the current optional field entirely.
|
|
|
3073 \\[bibtex-remove-double-quotes] removes the double-quotes around the text of
|
|
|
3074 the current field. \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current
|
|
|
3075 field with the default \"\".
|
|
|
3076
|
|
|
3077 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. (i) removes
|
|
|
3078 double-quotes from entirely numerical fields, (ii) removes OPT from all
|
|
|
3079 non-empty optional fields, (iii) removes all empty optional fields, and (iv)
|
|
|
3080 checks that no non-optional fields are empty.
|
|
|
3081
|
|
|
3082 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the dot at the end of the current field.
|
|
|
3083 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
|
|
|
3084
|
|
|
3085 The following may be of interest as well:
|
|
|
3086
|
|
|
3087 Functions:
|
|
|
3088 find-bibtex-duplicates
|
|
|
3089 find-bibtex-entry-location
|
|
|
3090 hide-bibtex-entry-bodies
|
|
|
3091 sort-bibtex-entries
|
|
|
3092 validate-bibtex-buffer
|
|
|
3093
|
|
|
3094 Variables:
|
|
|
3095 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts
|
|
|
3096 bibtex-entry-field-alist
|
|
|
3097 bibtex-include-OPTannote
|
|
|
3098 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
|
|
|
3099 bibtex-include-OPTkey
|
|
|
3100 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
|
|
|
3101 bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields
|
|
|
3102
|
|
|
3103 Fields:
|
|
|
3104 address
|
|
|
3105 Publisher's address
|
|
|
3106 annote
|
|
|
3107 Long annotation used for annotated bibliographies (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3108 author
|
|
|
3109 Name(s) of author(s), in BibTeX name format
|
|
|
3110 booktitle
|
|
|
3111 Book title when the thing being referenced isn't the whole book.
|
|
|
3112 For book entries, the title field should be used instead.
|
|
|
3113 chapter
|
|
|
3114 Chapter number
|
|
|
3115 crossref
|
|
|
3116 The database key of the entry being cross referenced.
|
|
|
3117 edition
|
|
|
3118 Edition of a book (e.g., \"second\")
|
|
|
3119 editor
|
|
|
3120 Name(s) of editor(s), in BibTeX name format.
|
|
|
3121 If there is also an author field, then the editor field should be
|
|
|
3122 for the book or collection that the work appears in
|
|
|
3123 howpublished
|
|
|
3124 How something strange has been published (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3125 institution
|
|
|
3126 Sponsoring institution
|
|
|
3127 journal
|
|
|
3128 Journal name (macros are provided for many)
|
|
|
3129 key
|
|
|
3130 Alphabetizing and labeling key (needed when no author or editor)
|
|
|
3131 month
|
|
|
3132 Month (macros are provided)
|
|
|
3133 note
|
|
|
3134 To help the reader find a reference (begins sentence)
|
|
|
3135 number
|
|
|
3136 Number of a journal or technical report
|
|
|
3137 organization
|
|
|
3138 Organization (sponsoring a conference)
|
|
|
3139 pages
|
|
|
3140 Page number or numbers (use `--' to separate a range)
|
|
|
3141 publisher
|
|
|
3142 Publisher name
|
|
|
3143 school
|
|
|
3144 School name (for theses)
|
|
|
3145 series
|
|
|
3146 The name of a series or set of books.
|
|
|
3147 An individual book will also have its own title
|
|
|
3148 title
|
|
|
3149 The title of the thing being referenced
|
|
|
3150 type
|
|
|
3151 Type of a technical report (e.g., \"Research Note\") to be used
|
|
|
3152 instead of the default \"Technical Report\"
|
|
|
3153 volume
|
|
|
3154 Volume of a journal or multivolume work
|
|
|
3155 year
|
|
|
3156 Year---should contain only numerals
|
|
|
3157 ---------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
3158 Entry to this mode calls the value of bibtex-mode-hook if that value is
|
|
|
3159 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3160
|
|
|
3161 ;;;***
|
|
|
3162
|
|
118
|
3163 ;;;### (autoloads (c-add-style c-set-style java-mode objc-mode c++-mode c-mode) "cc-mode" "modes/cc-mode.el")
|
|
78
|
3164
|
|
|
3165 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3166 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
|
|
|
3167 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3168 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
3169 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
|
3170 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
|
3171
|
|
110
|
3172 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3173
|
|
|
3174 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
3175 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
|
|
|
3176 run first.
|
|
|
3177
|
|
|
3178 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3179 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3180
|
|
|
3181 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3182 Major mode for editing C++ code.
|
|
|
3183 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
3184 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3185 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3186 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3187 message.
|
|
|
3188
|
|
110
|
3189 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3190
|
|
|
3191 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
|
|
|
3192 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
|
|
|
3193 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
|
|
|
3194
|
|
|
3195 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3196 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3197
|
|
|
3198 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3199 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
|
|
|
3200 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3201 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3202 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3203 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
|
|
|
3204 message.
|
|
|
3205
|
|
110
|
3206 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3207
|
|
|
3208 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3209 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
|
|
|
3210 is run first.
|
|
|
3211
|
|
|
3212 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3213 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3214
|
|
|
3215 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3216 Major mode for editing Java code.
|
|
|
3217 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
|
|
|
3218 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
|
|
|
3219 version information already added. You just need to add a description
|
|
|
3220 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
|
|
|
3221 message.
|
|
|
3222
|
|
110
|
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
|
|
78
|
3224
|
|
|
3225 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
|
|
|
3226 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
|
|
|
3227 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
|
|
|
3228 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
|
|
|
3229 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
|
|
|
3230
|
|
|
3231 Key bindings:
|
|
|
3232 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3233
|
|
|
3234 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
110
|
3235 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
|
|
78
|
3236 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
|
|
|
3237 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
|
|
110
|
3238 for details of setting up styles.
|
|
|
3239
|
|
|
3240 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
|
|
|
3241 style name." t nil)
|
|
78
|
3242
|
|
118
|
3243 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-mode" "\
|
|
|
3244 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
|
|
|
3245 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
|
|
|
3246 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
|
|
|
3247
|
|
|
3248 ((VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
|
|
|
3249
|
|
|
3250 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of VARIABLE and
|
|
|
3251 VALUE. This function also sets the current style to STYLE using
|
|
|
3252 `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3253
|
|
78
|
3254 (fset 'set-c-style 'c-set-style)
|
|
|
3255
|
|
|
3256 ;;;***
|
|
|
3257
|
|
|
3258 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "modes/cl-indent.el")
|
|
|
3259
|
|
|
3260 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3261
|
|
|
3262 ;;;***
|
|
|
3263
|
|
|
3264 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "modes/cmacexp.el")
|
|
|
3265
|
|
|
3266 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
|
|
|
3267 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
|
|
|
3268 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
|
|
|
3269 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
|
|
|
3270
|
|
|
3271 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
|
|
|
3272 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
|
|
|
3273 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
|
|
|
3274
|
|
|
3275 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
|
|
|
3276 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
|
|
|
3277
|
|
|
3278 ;;;***
|
|
|
3279
|
|
|
3280 ;;;### (autoloads (eiffel-mode) "eiffel3" "modes/eiffel3.el")
|
|
|
3281
|
|
|
3282 (autoload 'eiffel-mode "eiffel3" "\
|
|
|
3283 Major mode for editing Eiffel programs." t nil)
|
|
|
3284
|
|
|
3285 ;;;***
|
|
|
3286
|
|
|
3287 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode) "enriched" "modes/enriched.el")
|
|
|
3288
|
|
|
3289 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
|
|
|
3290 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
|
|
|
3291 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
|
|
|
3292 text/enriched format.
|
|
|
3293 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3294
|
|
|
3295 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
|
|
|
3296 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
|
|
|
3297
|
|
|
3298 Commands:
|
|
|
3299
|
|
|
3300 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3301
|
|
|
3302 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3303
|
|
|
3304 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3305
|
|
|
3306 ;;;***
|
|
|
3307
|
|
|
3308 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic) "executable" "modes/executable.el")
|
|
|
3309
|
|
|
3310 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
|
|
|
3311 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
|
|
|
3312 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
|
|
|
3313 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
|
|
|
3314 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
|
|
|
3315 executable." t nil)
|
|
|
3316
|
|
|
3317 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
|
|
|
3318 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
|
|
|
3319 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
|
|
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 ;;;***
|
|
|
3322
|
|
|
3323 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "modes/f90.el")
|
|
|
3324
|
|
|
3325 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
|
|
|
3326 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
|
|
|
3327
|
|
|
3328 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
|
|
|
3329 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
|
|
|
3330 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
|
|
|
3333
|
|
|
3334 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3335 \\{f90-mode-map}
|
|
|
3336
|
|
|
3337 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3338
|
|
|
3339 f90-do-indent
|
|
|
3340 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3341 f90-if-indent
|
|
|
3342 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3343 f90-type-indent
|
|
|
3344 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3345 f90-program-indent
|
|
|
3346 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
|
|
|
3347 (default 2)
|
|
|
3348 f90-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3349 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
|
|
|
3350 f90-comment-region
|
|
|
3351 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3352 region. (default \"!!!$\")
|
|
|
3353 f90-indented-comment-re
|
|
|
3354 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
|
|
|
3355 (default \"!\")
|
|
|
3356 f90-directive-comment-re
|
|
|
3357 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
|
|
|
3358 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
|
|
|
3359 f90-break-delimiters
|
|
|
3360 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
|
|
|
3361 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
|
|
|
3362 f90-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3363 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3364 (default t)
|
|
|
3365 f90-beginning-ampersand
|
|
|
3366 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
|
|
|
3367 f90-smart-end
|
|
|
3368 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
|
|
|
3369 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
|
|
|
3370 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
|
|
|
3371 f90-auto-keyword-case
|
|
|
3372 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
|
|
|
3373 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
|
|
|
3374 f90-leave-line-no
|
|
|
3375 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
|
|
|
3376 f90-startup-message
|
|
|
3377 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
|
|
|
3378 f90-keywords-re
|
|
|
3379 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
|
|
|
3380
|
|
|
3381 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3382 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3383
|
|
|
3384 ;;;***
|
|
|
3385
|
|
|
3386 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "modes/follow.el")
|
|
|
3387
|
|
|
3388 (add-minor-mode 'follow-mode nil 'follow-mode-map)
|
|
|
3389
|
|
|
3390 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3391 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3392
|
|
|
3393 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3394 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
3395
|
|
|
3396 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
|
|
|
3397 Minor mode which combines windows into one tall virtual window.
|
|
|
3398
|
|
|
3399 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
|
|
|
3400 of two major techniques:
|
|
|
3401
|
|
|
3402 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
|
|
|
3403 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
|
|
|
3404 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
|
|
|
3405
|
|
|
3406 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
|
|
|
3407 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
|
|
|
3408 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
|
|
|
3409 movement commands.
|
|
|
3410
|
|
|
3411 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
|
|
|
3412 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
|
|
|
3413 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
|
|
|
3414 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
|
|
108
|
3415 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
|
|
78
|
3416 mileage may vary).
|
|
|
3417
|
|
|
3418 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
|
|
|
3419 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
|
|
|
3420
|
|
|
3421 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
|
|
|
3422
|
|
|
3423 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
|
|
|
3424 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
|
|
|
3425 \(This is the default.)
|
|
|
3426
|
|
|
3427 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3428 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
|
|
|
3429
|
|
|
3430 Keys specific to Follow mode:
|
|
|
3431 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3432
|
|
|
3433 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
|
|
|
3434 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
|
|
|
3435
|
|
|
3436 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
|
|
|
3437 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
|
|
|
3438 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
|
|
|
3439 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
|
|
|
3440 two windows always will display two successive pages.
|
|
|
3441 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
|
|
|
3442
|
|
|
3443 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
|
|
|
3444 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
|
|
|
3445 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
|
|
|
3446
|
|
|
3447 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
|
|
|
3448 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
|
|
|
3449 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
|
|
|
3450
|
|
|
3451 ;;;***
|
|
|
3452
|
|
|
3453 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "modes/fortran.el")
|
|
|
3454
|
|
134
|
3455 (defcustom fortran-tab-mode-default nil "*Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.\nA value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.\nA value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked\nwith a character in column 6." :type 'boolean :group 'fortran-indent)
|
|
78
|
3456
|
|
|
3457 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
|
|
|
3458 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
|
|
|
3459 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
|
|
|
3460 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
|
|
|
3461
|
|
|
3462 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
|
|
|
3463
|
|
|
3464 Key definitions:
|
|
|
3465 \\{fortran-mode-map}
|
|
|
3466
|
|
|
3467 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
|
|
|
3468
|
|
|
3469 comment-start
|
|
|
3470 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
|
|
|
3471 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
|
|
|
3472 fortran-do-indent
|
|
|
3473 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3474 fortran-if-indent
|
|
|
3475 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
|
|
|
3476 fortran-structure-indent
|
|
|
3477 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
|
|
|
3478 (default 3)
|
|
|
3479 fortran-continuation-indent
|
|
|
3480 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
|
|
|
3481 fortran-comment-line-extra-indent
|
|
|
3482 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
|
|
|
3483 fortran-comment-indent-style
|
|
|
3484 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
|
|
|
3485 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
|
|
|
3486 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
|
|
|
3487 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
|
|
|
3488 (for TAB format continuation style).
|
|
|
3489 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
|
|
|
3490 indentation for a line of code.
|
|
|
3491 (default 'fixed)
|
|
|
3492 fortran-comment-indent-char
|
|
|
3493 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
|
|
|
3494 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
|
|
|
3495 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed
|
|
|
3496 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
|
|
|
3497 fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab
|
|
|
3498 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
|
|
|
3499 fortran-line-number-indent
|
|
|
3500 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
|
|
|
3501 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
|
|
|
3502 column 5. (default 1)
|
|
|
3503 fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do
|
|
|
3504 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
|
|
|
3505 statements. (default nil)
|
|
|
3506 fortran-blink-matching-if
|
|
|
3507 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
|
|
|
3508 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
|
|
|
3509 statement. (default nil)
|
|
|
3510 fortran-continuation-string
|
|
|
3511 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
|
|
|
3512 line. (default \"$\")
|
|
|
3513 fortran-comment-region
|
|
|
3514 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
|
|
|
3515 region. (default \"c$$$\")
|
|
|
3516 fortran-electric-line-number
|
|
|
3517 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
|
|
|
3518 as typed. (default t)
|
|
|
3519 fortran-break-before-delimiters
|
|
|
3520 Non-nil causes `fortran-fill' breaks lines before delimiters.
|
|
|
3521 (default t)
|
|
|
3522 fortran-startup-message
|
|
|
3523 Set to nil to inhibit message first time Fortran mode is used.
|
|
|
3524
|
|
|
3525 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3526 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3527
|
|
|
3528 ;;;***
|
|
|
3529
|
|
|
3530 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "modes/hideif.el")
|
|
|
3531
|
|
|
3532 (add-minor-mode 'hide-ifdef-mode " Ifdef")
|
|
|
3533
|
|
|
3534 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
|
|
|
3535 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
|
|
|
3536 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3537 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
|
|
|
3538 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
|
|
|
3539 how the hiding is done:
|
|
|
3540
|
|
|
3541 hide-ifdef-env
|
|
|
3542 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
|
|
|
3543 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3544 is used.
|
|
|
3545
|
|
|
3546 hide-ifdef-define-alist
|
|
|
3547 An association list of defined symbol lists.
|
|
|
3548 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3549 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
|
|
|
3550 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
|
|
|
3551
|
|
|
3552 hide-ifdef-lines
|
|
|
3553 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
|
|
|
3554 #endif lines when hiding.
|
|
|
3555
|
|
|
3556 hide-ifdef-initially
|
|
|
3557 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
|
|
|
3558 is activated.
|
|
|
3559
|
|
|
3560 hide-ifdef-read-only
|
|
|
3561 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
|
|
|
3562 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
|
|
|
3563
|
|
|
3564 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
3565
|
|
|
3566 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
|
|
|
3567 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
|
|
|
3568
|
|
|
3569 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
|
|
|
3570 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
|
|
|
3571
|
|
|
3572 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
|
|
|
3573 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
|
|
|
3574
|
|
|
3575 ;;;***
|
|
|
3576
|
|
|
3577 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-block hs-hide-all) "hideshow" "modes/hideshow.el")
|
|
|
3578
|
|
|
3579 (defvar hs-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3580 Non-nil if using hideshow mode as a minor mode of some other mode.
|
|
|
3581 Use the command `hs-minor-mode' to toggle this variable.")
|
|
|
3582
|
|
|
3583 (autoload 'hs-hide-all "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3584 Hides all top-level blocks, displaying only first and last lines.
|
|
|
3585 It moves point to the beginning of the line, and it runs the normal hook
|
|
|
3586 `hs-hide-hook'. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3587
|
|
|
3588 (autoload 'hs-hide-block "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3589 Selects a block and hides it. With prefix arg, reposition at end.
|
|
|
3590 Block is defined as a sexp for lispish modes, mode-specific otherwise.
|
|
|
3591 Comments are blocks, too. Upon completion, point is at repositioned and
|
|
|
3592 the normal hook `hs-hide-hook' is run. See documentation for `run-hooks'." t nil)
|
|
|
3593
|
|
|
3594 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
|
|
|
3595 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
|
|
|
3596 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
3597 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
|
|
|
3598 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. The variables
|
|
|
3599 `selective-display' and `selective-display-ellipses' are set to t.
|
|
|
3600 Last, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run; see the doc for `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
3601
|
|
|
3602 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
|
|
|
3603 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands." t nil)
|
|
|
3604
|
|
|
3605 (add-minor-mode 'hs-minor-mode " hs" 'hs-minor-mode-map)
|
|
|
3606
|
|
|
3607 ;;;***
|
|
|
3608
|
|
|
3609 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "modes/icon.el")
|
|
|
3610
|
|
|
3611 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
|
|
|
3612 Major mode for editing Icon code.
|
|
|
3613 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
|
|
|
3614 Tab indents for Icon code.
|
|
|
3615 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
3616 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
3617 \\{icon-mode-map}
|
|
|
3618 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3619 icon-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3620 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
3621 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
3622 icon-auto-newline
|
|
|
3623 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
3624 inserted in Icon code.
|
|
|
3625 icon-indent-level
|
|
|
3626 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
3627 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
3628 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
3629 icon-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
3630 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
3631 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
3632 icon-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
3633 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
3634 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
3635 icon-brace-offset
|
|
|
3636 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
3637 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
3638 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
3639 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
3640
|
|
|
3641 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
|
|
|
3642 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
3643
|
|
|
3644 ;;;***
|
|
|
3645
|
|
|
3646 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "modes/imenu.el")
|
|
|
3647
|
|
|
3648 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
|
|
|
3649 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
|
|
|
3650
|
|
|
3651 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu-create-index-with-pattern'
|
|
|
3652 to create a buffer index.
|
|
|
3653
|
|
|
3654 It is an alist with elements that look like this: (MENU-TITLE
|
|
|
3655 REGEXP INDEX).
|
|
|
3656
|
|
|
3657 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
|
|
|
3658 entries are not nested.
|
|
|
3659
|
|
|
3660 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
|
|
|
3661 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
|
|
|
3662 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
|
|
|
3663 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
|
|
|
3664
|
|
|
3665 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
|
|
|
3666 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
|
|
|
3667
|
|
|
3668 For emacs-lisp-mode for example PATTERN would look like:
|
|
|
3669
|
|
|
3670 '((nil \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(un\\\\|subst\\\\|macro\\\\|advice\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3671 (\"*Vars*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(var\\\\|const\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2)
|
|
|
3672 (\"*Types*\" \"^\\\\s-*(def\\\\(type\\\\|struct\\\\|class\\\\|ine-condition\\\\)\\\\s-+\\\\([-A-Za-z0-9+]+\\\\)\" 2))
|
|
|
3673
|
|
|
3674 The variable is buffer-local.")
|
|
|
3675
|
|
|
3676 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
|
|
|
3677
|
|
|
3678 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3679 Adds an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3680 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
|
|
|
3681 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3682
|
|
|
3683 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
|
|
|
3684 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
|
|
|
3685 See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
3686
|
|
|
3687 ;;;***
|
|
|
3688
|
|
|
3689 ;;;### (autoloads (ksh-mode) "ksh-mode" "modes/ksh-mode.el")
|
|
|
3690
|
|
|
3691 (autoload 'ksh-mode "ksh-mode" "\
|
|
149
|
3692 ksh-mode $Revision: 1.28 $ - Major mode for editing (Bourne, Korn or Bourne again)
|
|
78
|
3693 shell scripts.
|
|
|
3694 Special key bindings and commands:
|
|
|
3695 \\{ksh-mode-map}
|
|
|
3696 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
3697 ksh-indent
|
|
|
3698 Indentation of ksh statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
3699 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3700 ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3701 Additional indentation for statements under case items.
|
|
|
3702 Default value is nil which will align the statements one position
|
|
|
3703 past the \")\" of the pattern.
|
|
|
3704 ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3705 Additional indentation for case items within a case statement.
|
|
|
3706 Default value is 2.
|
|
|
3707 ksh-group-offset
|
|
|
3708 Additional indentation for keywords \"do\" and \"then\".
|
|
|
3709 Default value is -2.
|
|
|
3710 ksh-brace-offset
|
|
|
3711 Additional indentation of \"{\" under functions or brace groupings.
|
|
|
3712 Default value is 0.
|
|
|
3713 ksh-multiline-offset
|
|
|
3714 Additional indentation of line that is preceded of a line ending with a
|
|
|
3715 \\ to make it continue on next line.
|
|
|
3716 ksh-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
3717 Controls the operation of the TAB key. If t (the default), always
|
|
|
3718 reindent the current line. If nil, indent the current line only if
|
|
|
3719 point is at the left margin or in the line's indentation; otherwise
|
|
|
3720 insert a tab.
|
|
|
3721 ksh-match-and-tell
|
|
|
3722 If non-nil echo in the minibuffer the matching compound command
|
|
|
3723 for the \"done\", \"}\", \"fi\", or \"esac\". Default value is t.
|
|
|
3724
|
|
|
3725 ksh-align-to-keyword
|
|
|
3726 Controls whether nested constructs align from the keyword or
|
|
|
3727 the current indentation. If non-nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3728 the column the keyword starts. If nil, indentation will be relative to
|
|
|
3729 the current indentation of the line the keyword is on.
|
|
|
3730 The default value is non-nil.
|
|
|
3731
|
|
|
3732 ksh-comment-regexp
|
|
|
3733 Regular expression used to recognize comments. Customize to support
|
|
|
3734 ksh-like languages. Default value is \" \\s *#\".
|
|
|
3735
|
|
|
3736 Style Guide.
|
|
|
3737 By setting
|
|
|
3738 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3739 (setq ksh-group-offset 0)
|
|
|
3740
|
|
|
3741 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3742
|
|
|
3743 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3744 then
|
|
|
3745 bar # <-- ksh-group-offset is additive to ksh-indent
|
|
|
3746 foo
|
|
|
3747 fi
|
|
|
3748
|
|
|
3749 By setting
|
|
|
3750 (setq ksh-indent default-tab-width)
|
|
|
3751 (setq ksh-group-offset (- 0 ksh-indent))
|
|
|
3752
|
|
|
3753 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3754
|
|
|
3755 if [ -z $foo ]
|
|
|
3756 then
|
|
|
3757 bar
|
|
|
3758 foo
|
|
|
3759 fi
|
|
|
3760
|
|
|
3761 By setting
|
|
|
3762 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3763 (setq ksh-case-indent nil)
|
|
|
3764
|
|
|
3765 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3766
|
|
|
3767 case x in *
|
|
|
3768 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3769 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent aligns with \")\"
|
|
|
3770 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3771 bar;;
|
|
|
3772 esac
|
|
|
3773
|
|
|
3774 By setting
|
|
|
3775 (setq ksh-case-item-offset 1)
|
|
|
3776 (setq ksh-case-indent 6)
|
|
|
3777
|
|
|
3778 The following style is obtained:
|
|
|
3779
|
|
|
3780 case x in *
|
|
|
3781 foo) bar # <-- ksh-case-item-offset
|
|
|
3782 baz;; # <-- ksh-case-indent
|
|
|
3783 foobar) foo
|
|
|
3784 bar;;
|
|
|
3785 esac
|
|
|
3786
|
|
|
3787
|
|
|
3788 Installation:
|
|
|
3789
|
|
|
3790 (setq ksh-mode-hook
|
|
|
3791 (function (lambda ()
|
|
|
3792 (font-lock-mode 1) ;; font-lock the buffer
|
|
|
3793 (setq ksh-indent 8)
|
|
|
3794 (setq ksh-group-offset -8)
|
|
|
3795 (setq ksh-brace-offset -8)
|
|
|
3796 (setq ksh-tab-always-indent t)
|
|
|
3797 (setq ksh-match-and-tell t)
|
|
|
3798 (setq ksh-align-to-keyword t) ;; Turn on keyword alignment
|
|
|
3799 )))" t nil)
|
|
|
3800
|
|
|
3801 ;;;***
|
|
|
3802
|
|
|
3803 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-alias build-mail-aliases mail-aliases-setup) "mail-abbrevs" "modes/mail-abbrevs.el")
|
|
|
3804
|
|
120
|
3805 (defcustom mail-abbrev-mailrc-file nil "Name of file with mail aliases. If nil, ~/.mailrc is used." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) file) :group 'mail-abbrevs)
|
|
78
|
3806
|
|
|
3807 (defvar mail-aliases nil "\
|
|
|
3808 Word-abbrev table of mail address aliases.
|
|
|
3809 If this is nil, it means the aliases have not yet been initialized and
|
|
|
3810 should be read from the .mailrc file. (This is distinct from there being
|
|
|
3811 no aliases, which is represented by this being a table with no entries.)")
|
|
|
3812
|
|
|
3813 (autoload 'mail-aliases-setup "mail-abbrevs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
3814
|
|
|
3815 (autoload 'build-mail-aliases "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3816 Read mail aliases from .mailrc and set mail-aliases." nil nil)
|
|
|
3817
|
|
|
3818 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mail-abbrevs" "\
|
|
|
3819 Define NAME as a mail-alias that translates to DEFINITION.
|
|
|
3820 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
|
|
|
3821
|
|
|
3822 ;;;***
|
|
|
3823
|
|
|
3824 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "modes/make-mode.el")
|
|
|
3825
|
|
|
3826 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
|
|
|
3827 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
|
|
|
3828 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3829
|
|
|
3830 \\{makefile-mode-map}
|
|
|
3831
|
|
|
3832 In the browser, use the following keys:
|
|
|
3833
|
|
|
3834 \\{makefile-browser-map}
|
|
|
3835
|
|
|
3836 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
|
|
|
3837
|
|
|
3838 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
|
|
|
3839 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
|
|
|
3840
|
|
|
3841 makefile-target-colon:
|
|
|
3842 The string that gets appended to all target names
|
|
|
3843 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
|
|
|
3844 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
|
|
|
3845
|
|
|
3846 makefile-macro-assign:
|
|
|
3847 The string that gets appended to all macro names
|
|
|
3848 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
|
|
|
3849 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
|
|
|
3850 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
|
|
|
3851 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
|
|
|
3852 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
|
|
|
3853
|
|
|
3854 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
|
|
|
3855 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
|
|
|
3856 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
|
|
|
3857
|
|
|
3858 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
|
|
|
3859 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
|
|
|
3860
|
|
|
3861 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
|
|
|
3862 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
|
|
|
3863 up or down in the browser.
|
|
|
3864
|
|
|
3865 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
|
|
|
3866 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
3867
|
|
|
3868 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
|
|
|
3869 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
|
|
|
3870
|
|
|
3871 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
|
|
|
3872 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
|
|
|
3873 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
|
|
|
3874 has been selected in the browser.
|
|
|
3875
|
|
|
3876 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
|
|
|
3877 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
|
|
|
3878 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
|
|
|
3879 (i.e. it calls `makefile-find-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
|
|
|
3880 filenames are omitted.
|
|
|
3881
|
|
|
3882 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
|
|
|
3883 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then makefile-mode
|
|
|
3884 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
|
|
|
3885 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
|
|
|
3886 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
|
|
|
3887 the backslash itself intact.
|
|
|
3888 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes makefile-mode
|
|
|
3889 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
|
|
|
3890
|
|
|
3891 makefile-browser-hook:
|
|
|
3892 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
|
|
|
3893 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
|
|
|
3894
|
|
|
3895 makefile-special-targets-list:
|
|
|
3896 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
|
|
|
3897 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
|
|
|
3898 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
|
|
|
3899
|
|
|
3900 ;;;***
|
|
|
3901
|
|
|
3902 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "modes/modula2.el")
|
|
|
3903
|
|
|
3904 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
|
|
|
3905 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
|
|
|
3906 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
|
|
|
3907 followed by the first character of the construct.
|
|
|
3908 \\<m2-mode-map>
|
|
|
3909 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
|
|
|
3910 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
|
|
|
3911 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
|
|
|
3912 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
|
|
|
3913 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
|
|
|
3914 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
|
|
|
3915 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
|
|
|
3916 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
|
|
|
3917 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
|
|
|
3918 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
|
|
|
3919 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
|
|
|
3920 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
|
|
|
3921 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
|
|
|
3922 \\[m2-link] link
|
|
|
3923
|
|
|
3924 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
|
|
|
3925 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
|
|
|
3926 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
|
|
|
3927
|
|
|
3928 ;;;***
|
|
|
3929
|
|
|
3930 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-nroff-mode nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "modes/nroff-mode.el")
|
|
|
3931
|
|
|
3932 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
3933 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
|
|
|
3934 \\{nroff-mode-map}
|
|
|
3935 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
3936 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
|
|
|
3937 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
|
|
|
3938
|
|
|
3939 (autoload 'electric-nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
|
|
|
3940 Toggle `nroff-electric-newline' minor mode.
|
|
|
3941 `nroff-electric-newline' forces Emacs to check for an nroff request at the
|
|
|
3942 beginning of the line, and insert the matching closing request if necessary.
|
|
|
3943 This command toggles that mode (off->on, on->off), with an argument,
|
|
|
3944 turns it on iff arg is positive, otherwise off." t nil)
|
|
|
3945
|
|
|
3946 (defvar nroff-electric-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3947 Non-nil if in electric-nroff minor mode.")
|
|
|
3948
|
|
|
3949 (add-minor-mode 'nroff-electric-mode " Electric" nil nil 'electric-nroff-mode)
|
|
|
3950
|
|
|
3951 ;;;***
|
|
|
3952
|
|
|
3953 ;;;### (autoloads (outl-mouse-minor-mode outl-mouse-mode) "outl-mouse" "modes/outl-mouse.el")
|
|
|
3954
|
|
|
3955 (autoload 'outl-mouse-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
3956 Calls outline-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
3957
|
|
|
3958 (autoload 'outl-mouse-minor-mode "outl-mouse" "\
|
|
|
3959 Toggles outline-minor-mode, with outl-mouse extensions" t nil)
|
|
|
3960
|
|
|
3961 ;;;***
|
|
|
3962
|
|
|
3963 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "modes/outline.el")
|
|
|
3964
|
|
|
3965 (defvar outline-minor-mode nil "\
|
|
|
3966 Non-nil if using Outline mode as a minor mode of some other mode.")
|
|
|
3967
|
|
|
3968 (make-variable-buffer-local 'outline-minor-mode)
|
|
|
3969
|
|
|
3970 (put 'outline-minor-mode 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
3971
|
|
|
3972 (add-minor-mode 'outline-minor-mode " Outl")
|
|
|
3973
|
|
|
3974 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
3975 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
|
|
|
3976 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
|
|
|
3977 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
|
|
|
3978
|
|
|
3979 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
|
|
|
3980 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
|
|
|
3981 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
|
|
|
3982 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
|
|
|
3983
|
|
|
3984 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
|
|
|
3985 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
|
|
|
3986 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
|
|
|
3987 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
|
|
|
3988 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
|
|
|
3989 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
|
|
|
3990
|
|
|
3991 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
|
|
|
3992 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
|
|
|
3993
|
|
|
3994 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
|
|
|
3995 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
|
|
|
3996 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
3997 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
|
|
|
3998 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
|
|
|
3999 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
|
|
|
4000 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
|
|
|
4001 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
|
|
|
4002 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
|
|
|
4003 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
|
|
|
4004 The subheadings remain visible.
|
|
|
4005 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
|
|
|
4006
|
|
|
4007 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
|
|
|
4008 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
|
|
|
4009 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
|
|
|
4010
|
|
|
4011 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
|
|
|
4012 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4013
|
|
|
4014 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
|
|
|
4015 Toggle Outline minor mode.
|
|
|
4016 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
|
|
|
4017 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
|
|
|
4018
|
|
|
4019 ;;;***
|
|
|
4020
|
|
|
4021 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "modes/pascal.el")
|
|
|
4022
|
|
|
4023 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
|
|
|
4024 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
|
|
|
4025 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4026
|
|
|
4027 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
|
|
|
4028 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
|
|
|
4029
|
|
|
4030 Other useful functions are:
|
|
|
4031
|
|
|
4032 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
4033 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
4034 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
|
|
|
4035 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
|
|
|
4036 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
|
|
|
4037 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
4038 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
|
4039 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
|
|
|
4040 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
|
|
|
4041
|
|
|
4042 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
4043
|
|
|
4044 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
4045 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
4046 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
4047 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
4048 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
110
|
4049 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation mark
|
|
78
|
4050 after an end.
|
|
|
4051 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
4052 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
4053 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4054 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
|
4055 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
|
|
|
4056 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
|
|
|
4057 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
|
|
108
|
4058 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
78
|
4059
|
|
|
4060 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
|
|
|
4061 pascal-separator-keywords.
|
|
|
4062
|
|
|
4063 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4064 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4065
|
|
|
4066 ;;;***
|
|
|
4067
|
|
|
4068 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "modes/perl-mode.el")
|
|
|
4069
|
|
|
4070 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
|
|
|
4071 Major mode for editing Perl code.
|
|
|
4072 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
|
|
|
4073 Tab indents for Perl code.
|
|
|
4074 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
|
|
|
4075 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4076 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4077 \\{perl-mode-map}
|
|
|
4078 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4079 perl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4080 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
|
|
|
4081 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4082 perl-tab-to-comment
|
|
|
4083 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
|
|
|
4084 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
|
|
|
4085 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
|
|
|
4086 perl-nochange
|
|
|
4087 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
|
|
|
4088 perl-indent-level
|
|
|
4089 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4090 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
|
|
|
4091 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
|
|
|
4092 perl-continued-statement-offset
|
|
|
4093 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
|
|
|
4094 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
|
|
|
4095 perl-continued-brace-offset
|
|
|
4096 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
|
|
|
4097 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
|
|
|
4098 perl-brace-offset
|
|
|
4099 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
|
|
|
4100 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
|
|
|
4101 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
|
|
|
4102 this far to the right of the start of its line.
|
|
|
4103 perl-label-offset
|
|
|
4104 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
|
|
|
4105
|
|
|
4106 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
|
|
|
4107 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
|
|
|
4108 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
|
|
|
4109 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
|
|
|
4110 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
|
|
|
4111 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
|
|
|
4112 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
|
|
|
4113
|
|
|
4114 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
4115
|
|
|
4116 ;;;***
|
|
|
4117
|
|
|
4118 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "modes/picture.el")
|
|
|
4119
|
|
|
4120 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
|
|
|
4121 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
|
|
|
4122 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
|
|
|
4123 afterwards settable by these commands:
|
|
|
4124 C-c < Move left after insertion.
|
|
|
4125 C-c > Move right after insertion.
|
|
|
4126 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
|
|
|
4127 C-c . Move down after insertion.
|
|
|
4128 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4129 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
|
|
|
4130 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
|
|
|
4131 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
|
|
|
4132 The current direction is displayed in the modeline. The initial
|
|
|
4133 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
|
|
|
4134 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
|
|
|
4135 with these commands:
|
|
|
4136 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
|
|
|
4137 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
|
|
|
4138 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
|
|
|
4139 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
|
|
|
4140 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
|
|
|
4141 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4142 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
|
|
|
4143 Return Move to beginning of next line.
|
|
|
4144 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
|
|
|
4145 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
|
|
|
4146 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
|
|
|
4147 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
|
|
|
4148 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
|
|
|
4149 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
|
|
|
4150 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
|
|
|
4151 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
|
|
|
4152 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
|
|
|
4153 You can manipulate text with these commands:
|
|
|
4154 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
|
|
|
4155 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
|
|
|
4156 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
|
|
|
4157 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
|
|
|
4158 text is saved in the kill ring.
|
|
|
4159 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
|
|
|
4160 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
|
|
|
4161 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
|
|
|
4162 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
|
|
|
4163 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
|
|
|
4164 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
|
|
|
4165 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
|
|
|
4166 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
|
|
|
4167 commands if invoked soon enough.
|
|
|
4168 You can return to the previous mode with:
|
|
|
4169 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
|
|
|
4170 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
|
|
|
4171
|
|
|
4172 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
|
|
|
4173
|
|
|
4174 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
|
|
|
4175 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
|
|
|
4176
|
|
|
4177 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
|
|
|
4178
|
|
|
4179 ;;;***
|
|
|
4180
|
|
|
4181 ;;;### (autoloads (postscript-mode) "postscript" "modes/postscript.el")
|
|
|
4182
|
|
|
4183 (autoload 'postscript-mode "postscript" "\
|
|
|
4184 Major mode for editing PostScript files.
|
|
|
4185
|
|
|
4186 \\[ps-execute-buffer] will send the contents of the buffer to the NeWS
|
|
|
4187 server using psh(1). \\[ps-execute-region] sends the current region.
|
|
|
4188 \\[ps-shell] starts an interactive psh(1) window which will be used for
|
|
|
4189 subsequent \\[ps-execute-buffer] or \\[ps-execute-region] commands.
|
|
|
4190
|
|
|
4191 In this mode, TAB and \\[indent-region] attempt to indent code
|
|
|
4192 based on the position of {}, [], and begin/end pairs. The variable
|
|
|
4193 ps-indent-level controls the amount of indentation used inside
|
|
|
4194 arrays and begin/end pairs.
|
|
|
4195
|
|
|
4196 \\{ps-mode-map}
|
|
|
4197
|
|
|
4198 \\[postscript-mode] calls the value of the variable postscript-mode-hook
|
|
|
4199 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4200
|
|
|
4201 ;;;***
|
|
|
4202
|
|
|
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog inferior-prolog-mode prolog-mode) "prolog" "modes/prolog.el")
|
|
|
4204
|
|
|
4205 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4206 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
|
|
|
4207 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4208 Commands:
|
|
|
4209 \\{prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4210 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4211 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4212
|
|
|
4213 (autoload 'inferior-prolog-mode "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4214 Major mode for interacting with an inferior Prolog process.
|
|
|
4215
|
|
|
4216 The following commands are available:
|
|
|
4217 \\{inferior-prolog-mode-map}
|
|
|
4218
|
|
|
4219 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' with no arguments,
|
|
|
4220 if that value is non-nil. Likewise with the value of `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4221 `prolog-mode-hook' is called after `comint-mode-hook'.
|
|
|
4222
|
|
|
4223 You can send text to the inferior Prolog from other buffers
|
|
|
4224 using the commands `send-region', `send-string' and \\[prolog-consult-region].
|
|
|
4225
|
|
|
4226 Commands:
|
|
|
4227 Tab indents for Prolog; with argument, shifts rest
|
|
|
4228 of expression rigidly with the current line.
|
|
|
4229 Paragraphs are separated only by blank lines and '%%'.
|
|
|
4230 '%'s start comments.
|
|
|
4231
|
|
|
4232 Return at end of buffer sends line as input.
|
|
|
4233 Return not at end copies rest of line to end and sends it.
|
|
|
4234 \\[comint-kill-input] and \\[backward-kill-word] are kill commands, imitating normal Unix input editing.
|
|
|
4235 \\[comint-interrupt-subjob] interrupts the shell or its current subjob if any.
|
|
|
4236 \\[comint-stop-subjob] stops. \\[comint-quit-subjob] sends quit signal." t nil)
|
|
|
4237
|
|
|
4238 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
|
|
|
4239 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
|
|
|
4240
|
|
|
4241 ;;;***
|
|
|
4242
|
|
|
4243 ;;;### (autoloads (py-shell python-mode) "python-mode" "modes/python-mode.el")
|
|
|
4244
|
|
|
4245 (eval-when-compile (condition-case nil (progn (require 'cl) (require 'imenu)) (error nil)))
|
|
|
4246
|
|
|
4247 (autoload 'python-mode "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4248 Major mode for editing Python files.
|
|
|
4249 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[py-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
4250 `python-mode' buffer. Do `\\[py-describe-mode]' for detailed
|
|
|
4251 documentation. To see what version of `python-mode' you are running,
|
|
|
4252 enter `\\[py-version]'.
|
|
|
4253
|
|
|
4254 This mode knows about Python indentation, tokens, comments and
|
|
|
4255 continuation lines. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4256
|
|
|
4257 COMMANDS
|
|
|
4258 \\{py-mode-map}
|
|
|
4259 VARIABLES
|
|
|
4260
|
|
|
4261 py-indent-offset indentation increment
|
|
|
4262 py-block-comment-prefix comment string used by comment-region
|
|
|
4263 py-python-command shell command to invoke Python interpreter
|
|
|
4264 py-scroll-process-buffer always scroll Python process buffer
|
|
|
4265 py-temp-directory directory used for temp files (if needed)
|
|
|
4266 py-beep-if-tab-change ring the bell if tab-width is changed" t nil)
|
|
|
4267
|
|
|
4268 (autoload 'py-shell "python-mode" "\
|
|
|
4269 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
|
|
|
4270 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
|
|
|
4271 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
|
|
|
4272 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
|
|
|
4273 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
|
|
|
4274
|
|
|
4275 See the docs for variable `py-scroll-buffer' for info on scrolling
|
|
|
4276 behavior in the process window.
|
|
|
4277
|
|
|
4278 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
|
|
|
4279 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
|
|
|
4280 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
|
|
|
4281 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
|
|
|
4282 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
|
|
|
4283 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
|
|
|
4284 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
|
|
|
4285 mode.
|
|
|
4286
|
|
|
4287 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
|
|
|
4288 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
|
|
|
4289 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
|
|
|
4290 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
|
|
|
4291 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
|
|
|
4292 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
|
|
|
4293 filter." t nil)
|
|
|
4294
|
|
|
4295 ;;;***
|
|
|
4296
|
|
|
4297 ;;;### (autoloads (rexx-mode) "rexx-mode" "modes/rexx-mode.el")
|
|
|
4298
|
|
|
4299 (autoload 'rexx-mode "rexx-mode" "\
|
|
|
4300 Major mode for editing REXX code.
|
|
|
4301 \\{rexx-mode-map}
|
|
|
4302
|
|
|
4303 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4304 rexx-indent
|
|
|
4305 The basic indentation for do-blocks.
|
|
|
4306 rexx-end-indent
|
|
|
4307 The relative offset of the \"end\" statement. 0 places it in the
|
|
|
4308 same column as the statements of the block. Setting it to the same
|
|
|
4309 value as rexx-indent places the \"end\" under the do-line.
|
|
|
4310 rexx-cont-indent
|
|
|
4311 The indention for lines following \"then\", \"else\" and \",\"
|
|
|
4312 (continued) lines.
|
|
|
4313 rexx-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4314 Non-nil means TAB in REXX mode should always reindent the current
|
|
|
4315 line, regardless of where in the line the point is when the TAB
|
|
|
4316 command is used.
|
|
|
4317
|
|
|
4318 If you have set rexx-end-indent to a nonzero value, you probably want to
|
|
|
4319 remap RETURN to rexx-indent-newline-indent. It makes sure that lines
|
|
|
4320 indents correctly when you press RETURN.
|
|
|
4321
|
|
108
|
4322 An extensive abbreviation table consisting of all the keywords of REXX are
|
|
78
|
4323 supplied. Expanded keywords are converted into upper case making it
|
|
|
4324 easier to distinguish them. To use this feature the buffer must be in
|
|
|
4325 abbrev-mode. (See example below.)
|
|
|
4326
|
|
|
4327 Turning on REXX mode calls the value of the variable rexx-mode-hook with
|
|
|
4328 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
4329
|
|
|
4330 For example:
|
|
|
4331 \(setq rexx-mode-hook '(lambda ()
|
|
|
4332 (setq rexx-indent 4)
|
|
|
4333 (setq rexx-end-indent 4)
|
|
|
4334 (setq rexx-cont-indent 4)
|
|
|
4335 (local-set-key \"\\C-m\" 'rexx-indent-newline-indent)
|
|
|
4336 (abbrev-mode 1)
|
|
|
4337 ))
|
|
|
4338
|
|
|
4339 will make the END aligned with the DO/SELECT. It will indent blocks and
|
|
108
|
4340 IF-statements four steps and make sure that the END jumps into the
|
|
|
4341 correct position when RETURN is pressed. Finally it will use the abbrev
|
|
78
|
4342 table to convert all REXX keywords into upper case." t nil)
|
|
|
4343
|
|
|
4344 ;;;***
|
|
|
4345
|
|
|
4346 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-minibuf" "modes/rsz-minibuf.el")
|
|
|
4347
|
|
134
|
4348 (defgroup resize-minibuffer nil "Dynamically resize minibuffer to display entire contents" :group 'frames)
|
|
|
4349
|
|
|
4350 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer window is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, the limit is the height of the frame in\nwhich the active minibuffer window resides." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4351
|
|
|
4352 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer window can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4353
|
|
|
4354 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame nil "*If non-`nil' and the active minibuffer is the sole window in its frame, allow changing the frame height." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
|
4355
|
|
|
4356 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "*Maximum size the minibuffer frame is allowed to become.\nIf less than 1 or not a number, there is no limit.")
|
|
|
4357
|
|
|
4358 (defcustom resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly nil "*If non-`nil', make minibuffer frame exactly the size needed to display all its contents.\nOtherwise, the minibuffer frame can temporarily increase in size but\nnever get smaller while it is active." :type 'boolean :group 'resize-minibuffer)
|
|
78
|
4359
|
|
|
4360 (autoload 'resize-minibuffer-mode "rsz-minibuf" "\
|
|
|
4361 Enable or disable resize-minibuffer mode.
|
|
|
4362 A negative prefix argument disables this mode. A positive argument or
|
|
|
4363 argument of 0 enables it.
|
|
|
4364
|
|
|
4365 When this minor mode is enabled, the minibuffer is dynamically resized to
|
|
|
4366 contain the entire region of text put in it as you type.
|
|
|
4367
|
|
|
4368 The variable `resize-minibuffer-mode' is set to t or nil depending on
|
|
|
4369 whether this mode is active or not.
|
|
|
4370
|
|
|
4371 The maximum height to which the minibuffer can grow is controlled by the
|
|
|
4372 variable `resize-minibuffer-window-max-height'.
|
|
|
4373
|
|
|
4374 The variable `resize-minibuffer-window-exactly' determines whether the
|
|
|
4375 minibuffer window should ever be shrunk to make it no larger than needed to
|
|
|
4376 display its contents.
|
|
|
4377
|
|
108
|
4378 When using a window system, it is possible for a minibuffer to be the sole
|
|
78
|
4379 window in a frame. Since that window is already its maximum size, the only
|
|
|
4380 way to make more text visible at once is to increase the size of the frame.
|
|
|
4381 The variable `resize-minibuffer-frame' controls whether this should be
|
|
|
4382 done. The variables `resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height' and
|
|
|
4383 `resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly' are analogous to their window
|
|
|
4384 counterparts." t nil)
|
|
|
4385
|
|
|
4386 ;;;***
|
|
|
4387
|
|
|
4388 ;;;### (autoloads (scheme-mode) "scheme" "modes/scheme.el")
|
|
|
4389
|
|
|
4390 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
|
|
|
4391 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
|
|
|
4392 Editing commands are similar to those of lisp-mode.
|
|
|
4393
|
|
|
4394 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
|
|
|
4395 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
|
|
|
4396 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
|
|
|
4397 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
|
|
|
4398 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
|
|
|
4399 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
|
|
|
4400
|
|
|
4401 Commands:
|
|
|
4402 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4403 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
|
|
|
4404 \\{scheme-mode-map}
|
|
|
4405 Entry to this mode calls the value of scheme-mode-hook
|
|
|
4406 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
4407
|
|
|
4408 ;;;***
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "modes/scribe.el")
|
|
|
4411
|
|
|
4412 (autoload 'scribe-mode "scribe" "\
|
|
|
4413 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
|
|
|
4414 Scribe-mode is similar text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
|
|
|
4415 \\{scribe-mode-map}
|
|
|
4416
|
|
|
4417 Interesting variables:
|
|
|
4418
|
|
|
4419 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
|
|
|
4420 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
|
|
|
4421
|
|
|
4422 scribe-electric-quote
|
|
|
4423 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
|
|
|
4424
|
|
|
4425 scribe-electric-parenthesis
|
|
|
4426 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
|
|
|
4427 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
|
|
|
4428
|
|
|
4429 ;;;***
|
|
|
4430
|
|
114
|
4431 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode user-mail-address) "sendmail" "modes/sendmail.el")
|
|
78
|
4432
|
|
|
4433 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
|
|
|
4434 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
|
|
|
4435
|
|
|
4436 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
|
|
|
4437 king@grassland.com
|
|
|
4438 If `parens', they look like:
|
|
|
4439 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
|
|
|
4440 If `angles', they look like:
|
|
|
4441 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
|
|
|
4442
|
|
|
4443 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
|
|
|
4444 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
|
|
|
4445 This is done when the message is initialized,
|
|
|
4446 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
|
|
|
4447
|
|
|
4448 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
|
|
|
4449 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
|
|
|
4450 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
|
|
|
4451
|
|
|
4452 (defvar mail-dir nil "\
|
|
|
4453 *Default directory for saving messages.")
|
|
|
4454
|
|
|
4455 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Sender:" "References:" "Return-Path:" "Received:" "[^: \n]*Message-ID:" "Errors-To:" "Path:" "Expires:" "Xref:" "Lines:" "Approved:" "Distribution:" "Content-Length:" "Mime-Version:" "Content-Type:" "Content-Transfer-Encoding:" "X400-Received:" "X400-Originator:" "X400-Mts-Identifier:" "X400-Content-Type:" "Content-Identifier:" "Status:" "Summary-Line:" "X-Attribution:" "Via:" "Sent-Via:" "Mail-From:" "Origin:" "Comments:" "Originator:" "NF-ID:" "NF-From:" "Posting-Version:" "Posted:" "Posted-Date:" "Date-Received:" "Relay-Version:" "Article-I\\.D\\.:" "NNTP-Version:" "NNTP-Posting-Host:" "X-Mailer:" "X-Newsreader:" "News-Software:" "X-Received:" "X-References:" "X-Envelope-To:" "X-VMS-" "Remailed-" "X-Plantation:" "X-Windows:" "X-Pgp-") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4456 *Gubbish header fields one would rather not see.")
|
|
|
4457
|
|
|
4458 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat rmail-ignored-headers "\\|" "^\\(" (mapconcat 'identity '("Resent-To:" "Resent-By:" "Resent-CC:" "To:" "Subject:" "In-Reply-To:") "\\|") "\\)")) "\
|
|
|
4459 Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
|
|
|
4460
|
|
|
4461 (defvar send-mail-function 'sendmail-send-it "\
|
|
|
4462 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
|
|
|
4463 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents
|
|
|
4464 match the variable `mail-header-separator'.")
|
|
|
4465
|
|
|
4466 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
|
|
|
4467 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
|
|
|
4468
|
|
|
4469 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
|
|
|
4470 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
|
|
|
4471 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
|
|
|
4472
|
|
|
4473 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
|
|
|
4474 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
|
|
|
4475 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
|
|
|
4476 when you first send mail.")
|
|
|
4477
|
|
|
4478 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
|
|
|
4479 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
|
|
|
4480 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
|
|
|
4481 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
|
|
|
4482 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
|
|
|
4483
|
|
|
4484 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
|
|
|
4485 *Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
|
|
|
4486 nil means use indentation.")
|
|
|
4487
|
|
|
4488 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
|
|
|
4489 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
|
|
|
4490 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.")
|
|
|
4491
|
|
114
|
4492 (autoload 'user-mail-address "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4493 Query the user for his mail address, unless it is already known." t nil)
|
|
|
4494
|
|
78
|
4495 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4496 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
|
|
|
4497 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
|
|
|
4498 C-c C-s mail-send (send the message) C-c C-c mail-send-and-exit
|
|
|
4499 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
|
|
|
4500 C-c C-f C-t move to To: C-c C-f C-s move to Subj:
|
|
|
4501 C-c C-f C-b move to BCC: C-c C-f C-c move to CC:
|
|
|
4502 C-c C-f C-f move to FCC: C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To:
|
|
|
4503 C-c C-t mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
|
|
|
4504 C-c C-w mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
|
|
|
4505 C-c C-y mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
|
|
|
4506 C-c C-q mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
|
|
|
4507 C-c C-v mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
|
|
|
4508
|
|
|
4509 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4510 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
|
|
|
4511 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
|
|
|
4512 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
|
|
|
4513
|
|
|
4514 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
|
|
|
4515 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
|
|
|
4516
|
|
|
4517 \\<mail-mode-map>
|
|
|
4518 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
|
|
|
4519
|
|
|
4520 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
|
|
|
4521 to move to message header fields:
|
|
|
4522 \\{mail-mode-map}
|
|
|
4523
|
|
|
4524 The variable `mail-signature' controls whether the signature file
|
|
|
4525 `mail-signature-file' is inserted immediately.
|
|
|
4526
|
|
|
4527 If `mail-signature' is nil, use \\[mail-signature] to insert the
|
|
|
4528 signature in `mail-signature-file'.
|
|
|
4529
|
|
|
4530 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
|
|
|
4531 when the message is initialized.
|
|
|
4532
|
|
|
4533 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
|
|
|
4534 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
|
|
|
4535
|
|
|
4536 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
|
|
|
4537 is inserted.
|
|
|
4538
|
|
|
4539 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
|
|
|
4540 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
|
|
|
4541
|
|
|
4542 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
|
|
|
4543 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
|
|
|
4544
|
|
|
4545 The second through fifth arguments,
|
|
|
4546 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
|
|
|
4547 the initial contents of those header fields.
|
|
|
4548 These arguments should not have final newlines.
|
|
|
4549 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer whose contents
|
|
|
4550 should be yanked if the user types C-c C-y.
|
|
|
4551 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
|
|
|
4552 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
|
|
|
4553 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
|
|
|
4554 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
|
|
|
4555
|
|
|
4556 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4557 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
|
|
|
4558
|
|
|
4559 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
|
|
|
4560 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
|
|
|
4561
|
|
|
4562 (define-key ctl-x-map "m" 'mail)
|
|
|
4563
|
|
|
4564 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "m" 'mail-other-window)
|
|
|
4565
|
|
|
4566 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "m" 'mail-other-frame)
|
|
|
4567
|
|
|
4568 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
|
|
|
4569
|
|
|
4570 ;;;***
|
|
|
4571
|
|
|
4572 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "modes/sh-script.el")
|
|
|
4573
|
|
|
4574 (put 'sh-mode 'mode-class 'special)
|
|
|
4575
|
|
|
4576 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
|
|
|
4577 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
|
|
|
4578 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
|
|
|
4579 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
|
|
|
4580 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
|
|
|
4581 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
|
|
|
4582
|
|
|
4583 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
|
|
|
4584 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
|
|
|
4585 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
|
|
|
4586 shell-specific features.
|
|
|
4587
|
|
|
4588 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
|
|
|
4589 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
|
|
|
4590 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
|
|
|
4591
|
|
|
4592 \\[sh-case] case statement
|
|
|
4593 \\[sh-for] for loop
|
|
|
4594 \\[sh-function] function definition
|
|
|
4595 \\[sh-if] if statement
|
|
|
4596 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
|
|
|
4597 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
|
|
|
4598 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
|
|
|
4599 \\[sh-select] select loop
|
|
|
4600 \\[sh-until] until loop
|
|
|
4601 \\[sh-while] while loop
|
|
|
4602
|
|
|
4603 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
|
|
|
4604 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
|
|
|
4605 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
|
|
|
4606 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
|
|
|
4607 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
|
|
|
4608 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
|
|
|
4609
|
|
|
4610 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
|
|
|
4611 {, (, [, ', \", `
|
|
|
4612 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
|
|
|
4613
|
|
|
4614 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
|
|
|
4615 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
|
|
|
4616 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
|
|
|
4617
|
|
|
4618 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
|
|
|
4619 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
|
|
|
4620
|
|
|
4621 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
|
|
|
4622
|
|
|
4623 ;;;***
|
|
|
4624
|
|
|
4625 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl" "modes/tcl.el")
|
|
|
4626
|
|
|
4627 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4628 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
|
|
|
4629 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
|
|
|
4630 Tab indents for Tcl code.
|
|
|
4631 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
4632 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4633
|
|
|
4634 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
4635 tcl-indent-level
|
|
|
4636 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
4637 tcl-continued-indent-level
|
|
|
4638 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
|
|
|
4639
|
|
|
4640 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
4641 documentation for details):
|
|
|
4642 tcl-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
4643 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
4644 tcl-auto-newline
|
|
|
4645 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
|
|
|
4646 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
|
|
|
4647 tcl-electric-hash-style
|
|
|
4648 Controls action of `#' key.
|
|
|
4649 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
|
|
|
4650 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
|
|
|
4651 This variable is only used in GNU Emacs 19.
|
|
|
4652 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
|
|
|
4653 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
|
|
|
4654 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
|
|
|
4655
|
|
|
4656 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
|
|
|
4657 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
4658 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
4659 already exist.
|
|
|
4660
|
|
|
4661 Commands:
|
|
|
4662 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
4663
|
|
|
4664 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4665 Run inferior Tcl process.
|
|
|
4666 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
|
|
|
4667 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
|
|
|
4668
|
|
|
4669 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
|
|
|
4670 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
|
|
|
4671 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
|
|
|
4672
|
|
|
4673 ;;;***
|
|
|
4674
|
|
|
4675 ;;;### (autoloads (latex-mode plain-tex-mode tex-mode) "tex-mode" "modes/tex-mode.el")
|
|
|
4676
|
|
|
4677 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4678 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
|
|
|
4679 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
|
|
|
4680 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls plain-tex-mode,
|
|
|
4681 latex-mode, or slitex-mode, respectively. If it cannot be determined,
|
|
|
4682 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of tex-default-mode
|
|
|
4683 is used." t nil)
|
|
|
4684
|
|
|
4685 (fset 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
|
|
|
4686
|
|
|
4687 (fset 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
|
|
|
4688
|
|
|
4689 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4690 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
|
|
|
4691 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4692 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4693 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4694
|
|
|
4695 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
|
|
|
4696 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
|
|
|
4697 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4698 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4699 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4700 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4701 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4702
|
|
|
4703 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4704 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4705
|
|
|
4706 Special commands:
|
|
|
4707 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4708
|
|
|
4709 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4710 tex-run-command
|
|
|
4711 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4712 tex-directory
|
|
|
4713 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
|
|
|
4714 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4715 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4716 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4717 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4718 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4719 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4720 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4721 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4722 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4723 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4724 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4725
|
|
|
4726 Entering Plain-tex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4727 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of plain-tex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4728 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4729
|
|
|
4730 (fset 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
|
|
|
4731
|
|
|
4732 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
|
|
|
4733 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
|
|
|
4734 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
|
|
|
4735 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
|
|
|
4736 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
|
|
|
4737
|
|
|
4738 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
|
|
|
4739 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
|
|
|
4740 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
|
|
|
4741 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
|
|
|
4742 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4743 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
|
|
|
4744 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
|
|
|
4745
|
|
|
4746 Use \\[validate-tex-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
|
|
|
4747 mismatched $'s or braces.
|
|
|
4748
|
|
|
4749 Special commands:
|
|
|
4750 \\{tex-mode-map}
|
|
|
4751
|
|
|
4752 Mode variables:
|
|
|
4753 latex-run-command
|
|
|
4754 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4755 tex-directory
|
|
|
4756 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
|
|
|
4757 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
|
|
|
4758 tex-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4759 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4760 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
|
|
|
4761 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
|
|
|
4762 argument) to print a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4763 tex-dvi-view-command
|
|
|
4764 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
|
|
|
4765 tex-show-queue-command
|
|
|
4766 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
|
|
|
4767 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
|
|
|
4768
|
|
|
4769 Entering Latex mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, then the value of
|
|
|
4770 tex-mode-hook, and then the value of latex-mode-hook. When the special
|
|
|
4771 subshell is initiated, the value of tex-shell-hook is called." t nil)
|
|
|
4772
|
|
|
4773 ;;;***
|
|
|
4774
|
|
|
4775 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "modes/texinfo.el")
|
|
|
4776
|
|
|
4777 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
|
|
|
4778 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
|
|
|
4779
|
|
|
4780 It has these extra commands:
|
|
|
4781 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
|
|
|
4782
|
|
|
4783 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
|
|
|
4784 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
|
|
|
4785 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
|
|
|
4786 modified version of TeX input format.
|
|
|
4787
|
|
|
4788 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
|
|
|
4789 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
|
|
|
4790 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
|
|
|
4791 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
|
|
|
4792
|
|
|
4793 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
|
|
|
4794 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
|
|
|
4795 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
|
|
|
4796 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
|
|
|
4797 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
|
|
|
4798 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
|
|
|
4799 in the Texinfo file.
|
|
|
4800
|
|
|
4801 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
|
|
|
4802 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
|
|
|
4803 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
|
|
|
4804 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
|
|
|
4805 move forward past the closing brace.
|
|
|
4806
|
|
|
4807 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
|
|
|
4808 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
|
|
|
4809
|
|
|
4810 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
|
|
|
4811 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
|
|
|
4812 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
|
|
|
4813
|
|
|
4814 Here are the functions:
|
|
|
4815
|
|
|
4816 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
4817 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
4818 texinfo-sequential-node-update
|
|
|
4819
|
|
|
4820 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
4821 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
4822 texinfo-master-menu
|
|
|
4823
|
|
|
4824 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
4825
|
|
|
4826 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
4827 which menu descriptions are indented.
|
|
|
4828
|
|
|
4829 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
|
|
|
4830 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
|
|
|
4831 in the region.
|
|
|
4832
|
|
|
4833 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
|
|
|
4834 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
|
|
|
4835 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
|
|
|
4836 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
|
|
|
4837
|
|
|
4838 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
|
|
|
4839 be the first node in the file.
|
|
|
4840
|
|
|
4841 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
|
|
|
4842 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
|
|
|
4843
|
|
|
4844 ;;;***
|
|
|
4845
|
|
|
4846 ;;;### (autoloads (tc-recenter tc-scroll-down tc-scroll-up tc-scroll-line tc-associated-buffer tc-merge tc-dissociate tc-split tc-associate-buffer tc-two-columns) "two-column" "modes/two-column.el")
|
|
|
4847
|
|
|
4848 (defvar tc-mode-map nil "\
|
|
|
4849 Keymap for commands for two-column mode.")
|
|
|
4850
|
|
|
4851 (if tc-mode-map nil (setq tc-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) (define-key tc-mode-map "1" 'tc-merge) (define-key tc-mode-map "2" 'tc-two-columns) (define-key tc-mode-map "b" 'tc-associate-buffer) (define-key tc-mode-map "d" 'tc-dissociate) (define-key tc-mode-map "\^L" 'tc-recenter) (define-key tc-mode-map "o" 'tc-associated-buffer) (define-key tc-mode-map "s" 'tc-split) (define-key tc-mode-map "{" 'shrink-window-horizontally) (define-key tc-mode-map "}" 'enlarge-window-horizontally) (define-key tc-mode-map " " 'tc-scroll-up) (define-key tc-mode-map "" 'tc-scroll-down) (define-key tc-mode-map "
" 'tc-scroll-line))
|
|
|
4852
|
|
|
4853 (global-set-key "6" tc-mode-map)
|
|
|
4854
|
|
|
4855 (defvar tc-other nil "\
|
|
|
4856 Marker to the associated buffer, if non-nil.")
|
|
|
4857
|
|
|
4858 (make-variable-buffer-local 'tc-other)
|
|
|
4859
|
|
|
4860 (put 'tc-other 'permanent-local t)
|
|
|
4861
|
|
|
4862 (autoload 'tc-two-columns "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4863 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
|
|
|
4864
|
|
|
4865 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
|
|
|
4866 buffer. Both buffers are put in two-column minor mode and
|
|
|
4867 tc-mode-hook gets called on both. These buffers remember
|
|
|
4868 about one another, even when renamed.
|
|
|
4869
|
|
|
4870 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
|
|
|
4871 first and the associated buffer to it's right.
|
|
|
4872
|
|
|
4873 If you include long lines, i.e which will span both columns (eg.
|
|
|
4874 source code), they should be in what will be the first column, with
|
|
|
4875 the associated buffer having empty lines next to them.
|
|
|
4876
|
|
|
4877 You have the following commands at your disposal:
|
|
|
4878
|
|
|
4879 \\[tc-two-columns] Rearrange screen
|
|
|
4880 \\[tc-associate-buffer] Reassociate buffer after changing major mode
|
|
|
4881 \\[tc-scroll-up] Scroll both buffers up by a screenfull
|
|
|
4882 \\[tc-scroll-down] Scroll both buffers down by a screenful
|
|
|
4883 \\[tc-scroll-line] Scroll both buffers up by one or more lines
|
|
|
4884 \\[tc-recenter] Recenter and realign other buffer
|
|
|
4885 \\[shrink-window-horizontally], \\[enlarge-window-horizontally] Shrink, enlarge current column
|
|
|
4886 \\[tc-associated-buffer] Switch to associated buffer
|
|
|
4887 \\[tc-merge] Merge both buffers
|
|
|
4888
|
|
|
4889 These keybindings can be customized in your ~/.emacs by `tc-prefix'
|
|
|
4890 and `tc-mode-map'.
|
|
|
4891
|
|
|
4892 The appearance of the screen can be customized by the variables
|
|
|
4893 `tc-window-width', `tc-beyond-fill-column',
|
|
|
4894 `tc-mode-line-format' and `truncate-partial-width-windows'." t nil)
|
|
|
4895
|
|
|
4896 (add-minor-mode 'tc-other " 2C" nil nil 'tc-two-columns)
|
|
|
4897
|
|
|
4898 (autoload 'tc-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4899 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
|
|
|
4900 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
|
|
|
4901 accepting the proposed default buffer.
|
|
|
4902
|
|
|
4903 See \\[tc-two-columns] and `lisp/two-column.el' for further details." t nil)
|
|
|
4904
|
|
|
4905 (autoload 'tc-split "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4906 Unmerge a two-column text into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
|
|
|
4907 The text is unmerged at the cursor's column which becomes the local
|
|
|
4908 value of `tc-window-width'. Only lines that have the ARG same
|
|
|
4909 preceding characters at that column get split. The ARG preceding
|
|
|
4910 characters without any leading whitespace become the local value for
|
|
|
4911 `tc-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
|
|
|
4912 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
|
|
|
4913
|
|
|
4914 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things as
|
|
|
4915 you like them. You write the first line of each column with the
|
|
|
4916 separator you like and then unmerge that line. E.g.:
|
|
|
4917
|
|
|
4918 First column's text sSs Second columns text
|
|
|
4919 \\___/\\
|
|
|
4920 / \\
|
|
|
4921 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[tc-split] with the point here
|
|
|
4922
|
|
|
4923 See \\[tc-two-columns] and `lisp/two-column.el' for further details." t nil)
|
|
|
4924
|
|
|
4925 (autoload 'tc-dissociate "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4926 Turn off two-column minor mode in current and associated buffer.
|
|
|
4927 If the associated buffer is unmodified and empty, it is killed." t nil)
|
|
|
4928
|
|
|
4929 (autoload 'tc-merge "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4930 Merges the associated buffer with the current buffer.
|
|
|
4931 They get merged at the column, which is the value of
|
|
|
4932 `tc-window-width', i.e. usually at the vertical window
|
|
|
4933 separator. This separator gets replaced with white space. Beyond
|
|
|
4934 that the value of gets inserted on merged lines. The two columns are
|
|
|
4935 thus pasted side by side, in a single text. If the other buffer is
|
|
|
4936 not displayed to the left of this one, then this one becomes the left
|
|
|
4937 column.
|
|
|
4938
|
|
|
4939 If you want `tc-separator' on empty lines in the second column,
|
|
|
4940 you should put just one space in them. In the final result, you can strip
|
|
|
4941 off trailing spaces with \\[beginning-of-buffer] \\[replace-regexp] [ SPC TAB ] + $ RET RET" t nil)
|
|
|
4942
|
|
|
4943 (autoload 'tc-associated-buffer "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4944 Switch to associated buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
4945
|
|
|
4946 (autoload 'tc-scroll-line "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4947 Scroll current window upward by ARG lines.
|
|
|
4948 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4949
|
|
|
4950 (autoload 'tc-scroll-up "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4951 Scroll current window upward by ARG screens.
|
|
|
4952 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4953
|
|
|
4954 (autoload 'tc-scroll-down "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4955 Scroll current window downward by ARG screens.
|
|
|
4956 The associated window gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4957
|
|
|
4958 (autoload 'tc-recenter "two-column" "\
|
|
|
4959 Center point in window. With ARG, put point on line ARG.
|
|
|
4960 This counts from bottom if ARG is negative. The associated window
|
|
|
4961 gets scrolled to the same line." t nil)
|
|
|
4962
|
|
|
4963 ;;;***
|
|
|
4964
|
|
98
|
4965 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "modes/verilog-mode.el")
|
|
|
4966
|
|
|
4967 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
|
|
|
4968 Major mode for editing Verilog code. \\<verilog-mode-map>
|
|
|
4969 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
|
|
|
4970 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
4971 Supports highlighting.
|
|
|
4972
|
|
|
4973 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
|
|
|
4974
|
|
|
4975 verilog-indent-level (default 3)
|
|
|
4976 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
|
|
134
|
4977 verilog-indent-level-module (default 3)
|
|
|
4978 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
|
|
|
4979 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
|
|
|
4980 on the left side of your screen.
|
|
|
4981 verilog-indent-level-declaration (default 3)
|
|
|
4982 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
|
|
|
4983 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
|
|
|
4984 verilog-indent-level-behavorial (default 3)
|
|
|
4985 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
|
|
|
4986 Set to 0 to get such code to linedup underneath the task or function keyword
|
|
98
|
4987 verilog-cexp-indent (default 1)
|
|
|
4988 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines.
|
|
|
4989 verilog-case-indent (default 2)
|
|
|
4990 Indentation for case statements.
|
|
|
4991 verilog-auto-newline (default nil)
|
|
134
|
4992 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctation
|
|
|
4993 mark after an end.
|
|
98
|
4994 verilog-auto-indent-on-newline (default t)
|
|
|
4995 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline
|
|
|
4996 verilog-tab-always-indent (default t)
|
|
|
4997 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
|
|
|
4998 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
|
|
|
4999 verilog-indent-begin-after-if (default t)
|
|
108
|
5000 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
|
|
98
|
5001 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. otherwise,
|
|
108
|
5002 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
|
|
98
|
5003 if (a)
|
|
|
5004 begin
|
|
|
5005 otherwise you get:
|
|
|
5006 if (a)
|
|
|
5007 begin
|
|
|
5008 verilog-auto-endcomments (default t)
|
|
134
|
5009 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
|
|
|
5010 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
|
|
98
|
5011 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
|
|
134
|
5012 verilog-minimum-comment-distance (default 40)
|
|
|
5013 Minimum distance between begin and end required before a comment
|
|
|
5014 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
|
|
|
5015 end aquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundanet
|
|
|
5016 comments in tight quarters.
|
|
98
|
5017 verilog-auto-lineup (default `(all))
|
|
|
5018 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
|
|
|
5019
|
|
|
5020 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable verilog-mode-hook with
|
|
|
5021 no args, if that value is non-nil.
|
|
|
5022 Other useful functions are:
|
|
134
|
5023 \\[verilog-complete-word] -complete word with appropriate possibilities
|
|
|
5024 (functions, verilog keywords...)
|
|
|
5025 \\[verilog-comment-region] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing
|
|
|
5026 nested comments.
|
|
|
5027 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
|
|
98
|
5028 \\[verilog-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
|
|
|
5029 \\[verilog-star-comment] - insert /* ... */
|
|
|
5030 \\[verilog-mark-defun] - Mark function.
|
|
|
5031 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
|
|
|
5032 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
|
|
134
|
5033 \\[verilog-label-be] - Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join
|
|
|
5034 and case ... endcase statements;
|
|
98
|
5035 " t nil)
|
|
|
5036
|
|
|
5037 ;;;***
|
|
|
5038
|
|
78
|
5039 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "modes/vhdl-mode.el")
|
|
|
5040
|
|
|
5041 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
|
|
|
5042 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
|
|
149
|
5043 vhdl-mode $Revision: 1.28 $
|
|
78
|
5044 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' from a
|
|
|
5045 vhdl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
|
|
|
5046 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
|
|
108
|
5047 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
|
|
78
|
5048
|
|
|
5049 Note that the details of configuring vhdl-mode will soon be moved to the
|
|
|
5050 accompanying texinfo manual. Until then, please read the README file
|
|
|
5051 that came with the vhdl-mode distribution.
|
|
|
5052
|
|
|
5053 The hook variable `vhdl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
|
|
|
5054 bound and has a non-nil value.
|
|
|
5055
|
|
|
5056 Key bindings:
|
|
|
5057 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5058
|
|
|
5059 ;;;***
|
|
|
5060
|
|
|
5061 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-view-mode view-major-mode view-mode view-minor-mode view-buffer-other-window view-file-other-window view-buffer view-file) "view-less" "modes/view-less.el")
|
|
|
5062
|
|
116
|
5063 (defvar view-minor-mode-map (let ((map (make-keymap))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-minor-mode-map) (suppress-keymap map) (define-key map "-" 'negative-argument) (define-key map " " 'scroll-up) (define-key map "f" 'scroll-up) (define-key map "" 'scroll-down) (define-key map "b" 'scroll-down) (define-key map 'backspace 'scroll-down) (define-key map "
" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "\n" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "e" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "j" 'view-scroll-lines-up) (define-key map "y" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "k" 'view-scroll-lines-down) (define-key map "d" 'view-scroll-some-lines-up) (define-key map "u" 'view-scroll-some-lines-down) (define-key map "r" 'recenter) (define-key map "t" 'toggle-truncate-lines) (define-key map "N" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "E" 'view-file) (define-key map "P" 'view-buffer) (define-key map "!" 'shell-command) (define-key map "|" 'shell-command-on-region) (define-key map "=" 'what-line) (define-key map "?" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "h" 'view-mode-describe) (define-key map "s" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "n" 'view-repeat-search) (define-key map "/" 'view-search-forward) (define-key map "\\" 'view-search-backward) (define-key map "g" 'view-goto-line) (define-key map "G" 'view-last-windowful) (define-key map "%" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "p" 'view-goto-percent) (define-key map "m" 'point-to-register) (define-key map "'" 'register-to-point) (define-key map "C" 'view-cleanup-backspaces) (define-key map "" 'view-quit) (define-key map "" 'view-quit-toggle-ro) (define-key map "q" 'view-quit) map))
|
|
|
5064
|
|
|
5065 (defvar view-mode-map (let ((map (copy-keymap view-minor-mode-map))) (set-keymap-name map 'view-mode-map) map))
|
|
|
5066
|
|
78
|
5067 (autoload 'view-file "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5068 Find FILE, enter view mode. With prefix arg OTHER-P, use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5069
|
|
|
5070 (autoload 'view-buffer "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5071 Switch to BUF, enter view mode. With prefix arg use other window." t nil)
|
|
|
5072
|
|
|
5073 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5074 Find FILE in other window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5075
|
|
|
5076 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5077 Switch to BUFFER in another window, and enter view mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5078
|
|
|
5079 (autoload 'view-minor-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5080 Minor mode for viewing text, with bindings like `less'.
|
|
|
5081 Commands are:
|
|
|
5082 \\<view-minor-mode-map>
|
|
|
5083 0..9 prefix args
|
|
|
5084 - prefix minus
|
|
|
5085 \\[scroll-up] page forward
|
|
|
5086 \\[scroll-down] page back
|
|
|
5087 \\[view-scroll-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 1.
|
|
|
5088 \\[view-scroll-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 1.
|
|
|
5089 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-down] scroll prefix-arg lines backward, default 10.
|
|
|
5090 \\[view-scroll-some-lines-up] scroll prefix-arg lines forward, default 10.
|
|
|
5091 \\[what-line] print line number
|
|
|
5092 \\[view-mode-describe] print this help message
|
|
|
5093 \\[view-search-forward] regexp search, uses previous string if you just hit RET
|
|
|
5094 \\[view-search-backward] as above but searches backward
|
|
|
5095 \\[view-repeat-search] repeat last search
|
|
|
5096 \\[view-goto-line] goto line prefix-arg, default 1
|
|
|
5097 \\[view-last-windowful] goto line prefix-arg, default last line
|
|
|
5098 \\[view-goto-percent] goto a position by percentage
|
|
|
5099 \\[toggle-truncate-lines] toggle truncate-lines
|
|
|
5100 \\[view-file] view another file
|
|
|
5101 \\[view-buffer] view another buffer
|
|
|
5102 \\[view-cleanup-backspaces] cleanup backspace constructions
|
|
|
5103 \\[shell-command] execute a shell command
|
|
|
5104 \\[shell-command-on-region] execute a shell command with the region as input
|
|
|
5105 \\[view-quit] exit view-mode, and bury the current buffer.
|
|
|
5106
|
|
|
5107 If invoked with the optional (prefix) arg non-nil, view-mode cleans up
|
|
|
5108 backspace constructions.
|
|
|
5109
|
|
|
5110 More precisely:
|
|
|
5111 \\{view-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5112
|
|
|
5113 (autoload 'view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5114 View the current buffer using view-minor-mode. This exists to be 99.9%
|
|
|
5115 compatible with the implementations of `view-mode' in view.el and older
|
|
|
5116 versions of view-less.el." t nil)
|
|
|
5117
|
|
|
5118 (autoload 'view-major-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5119 View the current buffer using view-mode, as a major mode.
|
|
|
5120 This function has a nonstandard name because `view-mode' is wrongly
|
|
|
5121 named but is like this for compatibility reasons." t nil)
|
|
|
5122
|
|
|
5123 (autoload 'auto-view-mode "view-less" "\
|
|
|
5124 If the file of the current buffer is not writable, call view-mode.
|
|
|
5125 This is meant to be added to `find-file-hooks'." nil nil)
|
|
|
5126
|
|
|
5127 ;;;***
|
|
|
5128
|
|
|
5129 ;;;### (autoloads (vrml-mode) "vrml-mode" "modes/vrml-mode.el")
|
|
|
5130
|
|
|
5131 (autoload 'vrml-mode "vrml-mode" "\
|
|
|
5132 Major mode for editing VRML code.
|
|
|
5133 Expression and list commands understand all VRML brackets.
|
|
|
5134 Tab indents for VRML code.
|
|
|
5135 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
|
|
|
5136 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
|
|
|
5137
|
|
|
5138 Variables controlling indentation style:
|
|
|
5139 vrml-indent-level
|
|
|
5140 Indentation of VRML statements within surrounding block.
|
|
|
5141
|
|
|
5142 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
|
|
|
5143 documentation for details):
|
|
|
5144 vrml-tab-always-indent
|
|
|
5145 Controls action of TAB key.
|
|
|
5146 vrml-auto-newline
|
|
|
5147 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
|
|
|
5148 inserted in VRML code.
|
|
|
5149
|
|
|
5150 Turning on VRML mode calls the value of the variable `vrml-mode-hook'
|
|
|
5151 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
|
|
|
5152 `vrml-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
|
|
|
5153 already exist.
|
|
|
5154
|
|
|
5155 Commands:
|
|
|
5156 \\{vrml-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5157
|
|
|
5158 ;;;***
|
|
|
5159
|
|
|
5160 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-mode) "xpm-mode" "modes/xpm-mode.el")
|
|
|
5161
|
|
|
5162 (autoload 'xpm-mode "xpm-mode" "\
|
|
|
5163 Treat the current buffer as an xpm file and colorize it.
|
|
|
5164
|
|
|
5165 Shift-button-1 lets you paint by dragging the mouse. Shift-button-1 on a
|
|
|
5166 color definition line will change the current painting color to that line's
|
|
|
5167 value.
|
|
|
5168
|
|
|
5169 Characters inserted from the keyboard will NOT be colored properly yet.
|
|
|
5170 Use the mouse, or do xpm-init (\\[xpm-init]) after making changes.
|
|
|
5171
|
|
|
5172 \\[xpm-add-color] Add a new color, prompting for character and value
|
|
|
5173 \\[xpm-show-image] show the current image at the top of the buffer
|
|
|
5174 \\[xpm-parse-color] parse the current line's color definition and add
|
|
|
5175 it to the color table. Provided as a means of changing colors.
|
|
|
5176 XPM minor mode bindings:
|
|
|
5177 \\{xpm-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5178
|
|
|
5179 ;;;***
|
|
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 ;;;### (autoloads (br-env-load br-env-browse) "br-env" "oobr/br-env.el")
|
|
|
5182
|
|
|
5183 (autoload 'br-env-browse "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5184 Invoke the OO-Browser on an existing or to be created Environment ENV-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
5185
|
|
|
5186 (autoload 'br-env-load "br-env" "\
|
|
|
5187 Load browser Environment or spec from optional ENV-FILE or 'br-env-file'.
|
|
|
5188 Non-nil PROMPT means prompt user before building tables.
|
|
|
5189 Non-nil NO-BUILD means skip build of Environment entirely.
|
|
|
5190 Return t if load is successful, else nil." t nil)
|
|
|
5191
|
|
|
5192 ;;;***
|
|
|
5193
|
|
|
5194 ;;;### (autoloads (oo-browser) "br-start" "oobr/br-start.el")
|
|
|
5195
|
|
|
5196 (fset 'oobr 'oo-browser)
|
|
|
5197
|
|
|
5198 (autoload 'oo-browser "br-start" "\
|
|
|
5199 Prompt for an Environment and language over which to run the OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5200 Optional prefix argument SAME-ENV-FLAG means browse the current Environment,
|
|
120
|
5201 if any, without prompting. Otherwise, if called interactively, give the user
|
|
|
5202 a choice whether to re-browse the last Environment or to browse a new one." t nil)
|
|
78
|
5203
|
|
|
5204 ;;;***
|
|
|
5205
|
|
|
5206 ;;;### (autoloads (br-to-from-viewer br-add-class-file) "br" "oobr/br.el")
|
|
|
5207
|
|
|
5208 (autoload 'br-add-class-file "br" "\
|
|
|
5209 Add a file of classes to the current Environment.
|
|
|
5210 Interactively or when optional CLASS-PATH is nil, CLASS-PATH defaults to the
|
|
|
5211 current buffer file pathname. If optional LIB-TABLE-P is non-nil, add to
|
|
|
5212 Library Environment, otherwise add to System Environment. If optional
|
|
|
5213 SAVE-FILE is t, the Environment is then stored to the filename given by
|
|
100
|
5214 `br-env-file'. If SAVE-FILE is non-nil and not t, its string value is used
|
|
78
|
5215 as the file to which to save the Environment." t nil)
|
|
|
5216
|
|
|
5217 (autoload 'br-to-from-viewer "br" "\
|
|
|
5218 Move point to viewer window or back to last recorded listing window." t nil)
|
|
|
5219
|
|
|
5220 ;;;***
|
|
|
5221
|
|
|
5222 ;;;### (autoloads (c++-browse) "c++-browse" "oobr/c++-browse.el")
|
|
|
5223
|
|
|
5224 (autoload 'c++-browse "c++-browse" "\
|
|
|
5225 Invoke the C++ OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5226 This allows browsing through C++ library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5227 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5228 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5229 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5230
|
|
|
5231 ;;;***
|
|
|
5232
|
|
|
5233 ;;;### (autoloads (clos-browse) "clos-brows" "oobr/clos-brows.el")
|
|
|
5234
|
|
|
5235 (autoload 'clos-browse "clos-brows" "\
|
|
|
5236 Invoke the CLOS OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5237 This allows browsing through CLOS library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5238 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5239 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5240 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5241
|
|
|
5242 ;;;***
|
|
|
5243
|
|
|
5244 ;;;### (autoloads (eif-browse) "eif-browse" "oobr/eif-browse.el")
|
|
|
5245
|
|
|
5246 (autoload 'eif-browse "eif-browse" "\
|
|
|
5247 Invoke the Eiffel OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5248 This allows browsing through Eiffel library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5249 With an optional prefix arg ENV-FILE equal to t, prompt for Environment file
|
|
|
5250 to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5251 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5252
|
|
|
5253 ;;;***
|
|
|
5254
|
|
|
5255 ;;;### (autoloads (info-browse) "info-brows" "oobr/info-brows.el")
|
|
|
5256
|
|
|
5257 (autoload 'info-browse "info-brows" "\
|
|
|
5258 Invoke the Info OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5259 This allows browsing through Info library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5260 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5261 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5262 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5263
|
|
|
5264 ;;;***
|
|
|
5265
|
|
|
5266 ;;;### (autoloads (java-browse) "java-brows" "oobr/java-brows.el")
|
|
|
5267
|
|
|
5268 (autoload 'java-browse "java-brows" "\
|
|
|
5269 Invoke the Java OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5270 This allows browsing through Java library and system class hierarchies. With
|
|
|
5271 an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment file to
|
|
|
5272 use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the Environment
|
|
|
5273 file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5274
|
|
|
5275 ;;;***
|
|
|
5276
|
|
|
5277 ;;;### (autoloads (objc-browse) "objc-brows" "oobr/objc-brows.el")
|
|
|
5278
|
|
|
5279 (autoload 'objc-browse "objc-brows" "\
|
|
|
5280 Invoke the Objective-C OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5281 This allows browsing through Objective-C library and system class
|
|
|
5282 hierarchies. With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for
|
|
|
5283 Environment file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used
|
|
|
5284 as the Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5285
|
|
|
5286 ;;;***
|
|
|
5287
|
|
|
5288 ;;;### (autoloads (python-browse) "python-browse" "oobr/python-browse.el")
|
|
|
5289
|
|
|
5290 (autoload 'python-browse "python-browse" "\
|
|
|
5291 Invoke the Python OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5292 This allows browsing through Python library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5293 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5294 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5295 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5296
|
|
|
5297 ;;;***
|
|
|
5298
|
|
|
5299 ;;;### (autoloads (smt-browse) "smt-browse" "oobr/smt-browse.el")
|
|
|
5300
|
|
|
5301 (autoload 'smt-browse "smt-browse" "\
|
|
|
5302 Invoke the Smalltalk OO-Browser.
|
|
|
5303 This allows browsing through Smalltalk library and system class hierarchies.
|
|
|
5304 With an optional non-nil prefix argument ENV-FILE, prompt for Environment
|
|
|
5305 file to use. Alternatively, a string value of ENV-FILE is used as the
|
|
|
5306 Environment file name. See also the file \"br-help\"." t nil)
|
|
|
5307
|
|
|
5308 ;;;***
|
|
|
5309
|
|
|
5310 ;;;### (autoloads (add-log-current-defun change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "packages/add-log.el")
|
|
|
5311
|
|
120
|
5312 (defcustom change-log-default-name nil "*Name of a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry]." :type '(choice (const :tag "default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5313
|
|
|
5314 (defcustom add-log-current-defun-function nil "*If non-nil, function to guess name of current function from surrounding text.\n\\[add-change-log-entry] calls this function (if nil, `add-log-current-defun'\ninstead) with no arguments. It returns a string or nil if it cannot guess." :type 'boolean :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 (defcustom add-log-full-name nil "*Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.\nThis defaults to the value returned by the `user-full-name' function." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
|
5317
|
|
|
5318 (defcustom add-log-mailing-address nil "*Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.\nThis defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'." :type '(choice (const :tag "Default" nil) string) :group 'change-log)
|
|
78
|
5319
|
|
|
5320 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5321 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5322
|
|
|
5323 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5324 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
|
|
|
5325
|
|
|
5326 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
|
|
|
5327 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5328 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
|
|
|
5329 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
|
|
|
5330
|
|
|
5331 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
|
|
|
5332 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
|
|
|
5333 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
|
|
|
5334
|
|
|
5335 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
|
|
|
5336 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
|
|
|
5337
|
|
|
5338 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5339 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5340 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5341 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
|
|
|
5342 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
|
|
|
5343 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
|
|
|
5344 never append to an existing entry." t nil)
|
|
|
5345
|
|
|
5346 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5347 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
|
|
|
5348 Optional arg (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site.
|
|
|
5349 Second arg is file name of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'." t nil)
|
|
|
5350
|
|
|
5351 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
|
|
|
5352
|
|
|
5353 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5354 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
|
|
|
5355 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
|
|
|
5356 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
|
|
|
5357 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
|
|
|
5358 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
|
|
|
5359
|
|
|
5360 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
|
|
|
5361 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
|
|
|
5362
|
|
|
5363 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
|
|
|
5364 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
|
|
|
5365
|
|
|
5366 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
|
|
|
5367 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
|
|
|
5368 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variable
|
|
|
5369 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp'.
|
|
|
5370
|
|
|
5371 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
|
|
|
5372
|
|
|
5373 ;;;***
|
|
|
5374
|
|
|
5375 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command) "apropos" "packages/apropos.el")
|
|
|
5376
|
|
|
5377 (fset 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
|
|
|
5378
|
|
|
5379 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5380 Shows commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5381 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
|
|
|
5382 variables." t nil)
|
|
|
5383
|
|
|
5384 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5385 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
|
|
|
5386 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
|
|
|
5387 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
|
|
|
5388 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5389
|
|
|
5390 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5391 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
|
|
|
5392 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
|
|
|
5393 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
|
|
|
5394 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
|
|
|
5395
|
|
|
5396 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
|
|
|
5397 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
|
|
|
5398 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
|
|
|
5399 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
|
|
|
5400 bindings.
|
|
|
5401 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
|
|
|
5402
|
|
|
5403 ;;;***
|
|
|
5404
|
|
|
5405 ;;;### (autoloads (define-auto-insert auto-insert) "autoinsert" "packages/autoinsert.el")
|
|
|
5406
|
|
|
5407 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5408 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
|
|
|
5409 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
5410
|
|
|
5411 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
|
|
|
5412 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
|
|
|
5413 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
|
|
|
5414 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
|
|
|
5415
|
|
|
5416 ;;;***
|
|
|
5417
|
|
|
5418 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "packages/avoid.el")
|
|
|
5419
|
|
80
|
5420 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
|
|
|
5421 Value is t or a symbol if the mouse pointer should avoid the cursor.
|
|
|
5422 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. Changing this
|
|
|
5423 variable is NOT the recommended way to change modes; use that function
|
|
|
5424 instead.")
|
|
|
5425
|
|
78
|
5426 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
|
|
|
5427 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
|
|
|
5428 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
|
|
|
5429 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
|
|
|
5430
|
|
|
5431 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
|
|
|
5432 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
|
|
|
5433 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
|
|
|
5434
|
|
|
5435 Effects of the different modes:
|
|
|
5436 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
|
|
|
5437 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
|
|
|
5438 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
|
|
|
5439 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
|
|
|
5440 a random distance & direction.
|
|
|
5441 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
|
|
|
5442 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
|
|
|
5443 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
|
|
|
5444
|
|
|
5445 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
|
|
|
5446
|
|
|
5447 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
|
|
|
5448 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
|
|
|
5449 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
|
|
|
5450
|
|
|
5451 (add-minor-mode 'mouse-avoidance-mode " Avoid")
|
|
|
5452
|
|
|
5453 ;;;***
|
|
|
5454
|
|
|
5455 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-cursor-mode) "blink-cursor" "packages/blink-cursor.el")
|
|
|
5456
|
|
|
5457 (autoload 'blink-cursor-mode "blink-cursor" "\
|
|
|
5458 Enable or disable a blinking cursor.
|
|
|
5459 If TIMEOUT is nil, toggle on or off.
|
|
|
5460 If TIMEOUT is t, enable with the previous timeout value.
|
|
|
5461 If TIMEOUT is 0, disable.
|
|
|
5462 If TIMEOUT is greater than 0, then the cursor will blink once
|
|
|
5463 each TIMEOUT secs (can be a float)." t nil)
|
|
|
5464
|
|
|
5465 ;;;***
|
|
|
5466
|
|
|
5467 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "packages/bookmark.el")
|
|
|
5468
|
|
|
5469 (if (symbolp (key-binding "r")) nil (progn (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set) (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)))
|
|
|
5470
|
|
|
5471 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
|
|
|
5472 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
|
|
|
5473 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
|
|
|
5474 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
|
|
|
5475 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
|
|
|
5476 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
|
|
|
5477
|
|
|
5478 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
|
|
|
5479
|
|
|
5480 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5481
|
|
|
5482 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
|
|
|
5483
|
|
|
5484 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5485
|
|
|
5486 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump)
|
|
|
5487
|
|
|
5488 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
|
|
|
5489
|
|
|
5490 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
|
|
|
5491
|
|
|
5492 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location)
|
|
|
5493
|
|
|
5494 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
|
|
|
5495
|
|
|
5496 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
|
|
|
5497
|
|
|
5498 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
|
|
|
5499
|
|
|
5500 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
|
|
|
5501
|
|
|
5502 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
|
|
|
5503
|
|
|
5504 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5505 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
|
|
|
5506 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
|
|
|
5507 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
|
|
|
5508 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
|
|
|
5509 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
|
|
|
5510 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
|
|
|
5511 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
|
|
|
5512 recent one.
|
|
|
5513
|
|
|
5514 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
|
|
|
5515 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
|
|
|
5516 yank successive words.
|
|
|
5517
|
|
|
5518 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
|
|
|
5519 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
|
|
|
5520 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
|
|
|
5521 name of the file being visited.
|
|
|
5522
|
|
|
5523 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
|
|
|
5524 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
|
|
|
5525 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
|
|
|
5526
|
|
|
5527 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5528 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5529 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5530 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5531 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5532 this.
|
|
|
5533
|
|
|
5534 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
|
|
|
5535 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
|
|
|
5536 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
|
|
|
5537 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
|
|
|
5538
|
|
|
5539 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5540 Relocate BOOKMARK -- prompts for a filename, and makes an already
|
|
|
5541 existing bookmark point to that file, instead of the one it used to
|
|
|
5542 point at. Useful when a file has been renamed after a bookmark was
|
|
|
5543 set in it." t nil)
|
|
|
5544
|
|
|
5545 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5546 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5547 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
|
|
|
5548 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
|
|
|
5549
|
|
|
5550 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5551 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. If called from
|
|
|
5552 keyboard, prompts for OLD and NEW. If called from menubar, OLD is
|
|
|
5553 selected from a menu, and prompts for NEW.
|
|
|
5554
|
|
|
5555 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
|
|
|
5556 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
|
|
|
5557 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5560 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5561 name." t nil)
|
|
|
5562
|
|
|
5563 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5564 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5565 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5566 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5567 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5568 this." t nil)
|
|
|
5569
|
|
|
5570 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5571 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5572 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5573 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5574 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5575 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5576 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
|
|
|
5577 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
|
|
|
5578
|
|
|
5579 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5580 Write bookmarks to a file (for which the user will be prompted
|
|
|
5581 interactively). Don't use this in Lisp programs; use bookmark-save
|
|
|
5582 instead." t nil)
|
|
|
5583
|
|
|
5584 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5585 Save currently defined bookmarks.
|
|
|
5586 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
|
|
|
5587 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
|
|
|
5588 \(second argument).
|
|
|
5589
|
|
|
5590 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
|
|
|
5591 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
|
|
|
5592 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
|
|
|
5593 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
|
|
|
5594 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
|
|
|
5595
|
|
|
5596 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
|
|
|
5597 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
|
|
|
5598 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
|
|
|
5599 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
|
|
|
5600
|
|
|
5601 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5602 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
|
|
|
5603 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
|
|
|
5604 optional second argument REVERT is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
|
|
|
5605 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
|
|
|
5606 while loading.
|
|
|
5607
|
|
|
5608 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
|
|
|
5609 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
|
|
|
5610 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
|
|
|
5611 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
|
|
|
5612 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
|
|
|
5613 explicitly." t nil)
|
|
|
5614
|
|
|
5615 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5616 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
|
|
|
5617 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
|
|
|
5618 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
|
|
|
5619 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
|
|
|
5620
|
|
|
5621 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5622
|
|
|
5623 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
|
|
|
5624
|
|
|
5625 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-insert "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5626 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5627 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5628 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5629 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5630 this.
|
|
|
5631
|
|
|
5632 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5633 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5634 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5635
|
|
|
5636 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-jump "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5637 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
|
|
|
5638 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
|
|
|
5639 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
|
|
|
5640 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
|
|
|
5641 this.
|
|
|
5642
|
|
|
5643 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5644 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5645 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5646
|
|
|
5647 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-locate "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5648 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
|
|
|
5649 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
|
|
|
5650
|
|
|
5651 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5652 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5653 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5654
|
|
|
5655 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-rename "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5656 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5657 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5658 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
|
|
|
5659 prompts for NEWNAME.
|
|
|
5660 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
|
|
|
5661 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
|
|
|
5662 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
|
|
|
5663
|
|
|
5664 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
|
|
108
|
5665 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
|
|
78
|
5666 name.
|
|
|
5667
|
|
|
5668 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5669 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5670 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5671
|
|
|
5672 (autoload 'bookmark-menu-delete "bookmark" "\
|
|
|
5673 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
|
|
|
5674 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
|
|
|
5675 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
|
|
|
5676 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
|
|
|
5677 one most recently used in this file, if any).
|
|
|
5678
|
|
|
5679 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
|
|
|
5680 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
|
|
|
5681 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
|
|
|
5682
|
|
|
5683 ;;;***
|
|
|
5684
|
|
|
5685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "buff-menu" "packages/buff-menu.el")
|
|
|
5686
|
|
|
5687 (defvar list-buffers-directory nil)
|
|
|
5688
|
|
|
5689 (make-variable-buffer-local 'list-buffers-directory)
|
|
|
5690
|
|
|
5691 ;;;***
|
|
|
5692
|
|
|
5693 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history-mode list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "packages/chistory.el")
|
|
|
5694
|
|
|
5695 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5696 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
|
|
|
5697 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
|
|
|
5698 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
|
|
|
5699 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
|
|
|
5700 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
|
|
|
5701
|
|
|
5702 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5703 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
|
|
|
5704 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5705 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
|
|
|
5706 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
|
|
|
5707
|
|
|
5708 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
|
|
|
5709
|
|
|
5710 (autoload 'command-history-mode "chistory" "\
|
|
|
5711 Major mode for examining commands from `command-history'.
|
|
|
5712 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
|
|
|
5713 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
|
|
|
5714 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
|
|
|
5715
|
|
|
5716 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
|
|
|
5717 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
|
|
|
5718 \\{command-history-map}
|
|
|
5719 Calls the value of `command-history-hook' if that is non-nil.
|
|
|
5720 The Command History listing is recomputed each time this mode is invoked." t nil)
|
|
|
5721
|
|
|
5722 ;;;***
|
|
|
5723
|
|
|
5724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "packages/cmuscheme.el")
|
|
|
5725
|
|
|
5726 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
|
|
|
5727
|
|
|
5728 ;;;***
|
|
|
5729
|
|
|
5730 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "packages/compare-w.el")
|
|
|
5731
|
|
|
5732 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
|
|
|
5733 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
|
|
|
5734 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
|
|
|
5735 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
|
|
|
5736
|
|
|
5737 This command pushes the mark in each window
|
|
|
5738 at the prior location of point in that window.
|
|
|
5739 If both windows display the same buffer,
|
|
|
5740 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
|
|
|
5741 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
|
|
|
5742
|
|
|
5743 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
|
|
|
5744 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
|
|
|
5745 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
5746
|
|
|
5747 ;;;***
|
|
|
5748
|
|
|
5749 ;;;### (autoloads (first-error previous-error next-error compilation-minor-mode grep compile) "compile" "packages/compile.el")
|
|
|
5750
|
|
120
|
5751 (defcustom compilation-mode-hook nil "*List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks')." :type 'hook :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5752
|
|
|
5753 (defcustom compilation-window-height nil "*Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default." :type '(choice (const nil) integer) :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5754
|
|
|
5755 (defcustom compilation-buffer-name-function nil "Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.\nThe function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the\ncompilation buffer. It should return a string.\nnil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5756
|
|
|
5757 (defcustom compilation-finish-function nil "*Function to call when a compilation process finishes.\nIt is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string\ndescribing how the process finished." :type 'function :group 'compilation)
|
|
|
5758
|
|
|
5759 (defcustom compilation-search-path '(nil) "*List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.\nElements should be directory names, not file names of directories.\nnil as an element means to try the default directory." :type '(repeat (choice (const :tag "Default" nil) directory)) :group 'compilation)
|
|
78
|
5760
|
|
|
5761 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
|
|
|
5762 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
|
|
|
5763 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
|
|
|
5764 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
|
|
|
5765
|
|
|
5766 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
|
|
|
5767 and move to the source code that caused it.
|
|
|
5768
|
|
|
5769 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
|
|
|
5770 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
|
|
|
5771
|
|
|
5772 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
|
|
|
5773 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
|
|
|
5774 Then start the next one.
|
|
|
5775
|
|
|
5776 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
|
|
|
5777 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
|
|
|
5778 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
|
|
|
5779
|
|
|
5780 (autoload 'grep "compile" "\
|
|
|
5781 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
|
|
|
5782 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
|
|
|
5783 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
|
|
|
5784
|
|
|
5785 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
|
|
|
5786 easily repeat a grep command." t nil)
|
|
|
5787
|
|
|
5788 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
|
|
|
5789 Toggle compilation minor mode.
|
|
|
5790 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
5791 See `compilation-mode'.
|
|
|
5792 ! \\{compilation-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5793
|
|
|
5794 (autoload 'next-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5795 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5796 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command.
|
|
|
5797 If all preparsed error messages have been processed,
|
|
|
5798 the error message buffer is checked for new ones.
|
|
|
5799
|
|
|
5800 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
|
|
|
5801 negative means move back to previous error messages.
|
|
|
5802 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
|
|
|
5803 and start at the first error.
|
|
|
5804
|
|
|
5805 \\[next-error] normally applies to the most recent compilation started,
|
|
|
5806 but as long as you are in the middle of parsing errors from one compilation
|
|
|
5807 output buffer, you stay with that compilation output buffer.
|
|
|
5808
|
|
|
5809 Use \\[next-error] in a compilation output buffer to switch to
|
|
|
5810 processing errors from that compilation.
|
|
|
5811
|
|
|
5812 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
|
|
|
5813 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
|
|
|
5814
|
|
|
5815 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
|
|
|
5816
|
|
|
5817 (autoload 'previous-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5818 Visit previous compilation error message and corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5819 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5820
|
|
|
5821 (autoload 'first-error "compile" "\
|
|
|
5822 Reparse the error message buffer and start at the first error
|
|
|
5823 Visit corresponding source code.
|
|
|
5824 This operates on the output from the \\[compile] command." t nil)
|
|
|
5825
|
|
|
5826 ;;;***
|
|
|
5827
|
|
|
5828 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "packages/dabbrev.el")
|
|
|
5829
|
|
|
5830 (define-key global-map [(meta /)] 'dabbrev-expand)
|
|
|
5831
|
|
|
5832 (define-key global-map [(meta control /)] 'dabbrev-completion)
|
|
|
5833
|
|
|
5834 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
5835 Completion on current word.
|
|
|
5836 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
|
|
|
5837 and presents suggestions for completion.
|
|
|
5838
|
|
|
5839 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
|
|
|
5840 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
|
|
|
5841 completions.
|
|
|
5842
|
|
|
5843 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
|
|
|
5844 then it searches *all* buffers.
|
|
|
5845
|
|
|
5846 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
|
|
|
5847 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
|
|
|
5848
|
|
|
5849 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
|
|
|
5850 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
|
|
|
5851
|
|
|
5852 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
|
|
|
5853 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
|
|
|
5854 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
|
|
|
5855 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
|
|
|
5856 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
|
|
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
|
|
|
5859 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
|
|
|
5860
|
|
|
5861 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
|
|
|
5862 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
|
|
|
5863 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
|
|
|
5864
|
|
|
5865 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
|
|
|
5866 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
|
|
|
5867
|
|
|
5868 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
|
|
|
5869
|
|
|
5870 ;;;***
|
|
|
5871
|
|
104
|
5872 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff) "diff" "packages/diff.el")
|
|
|
5873
|
|
120
|
5874 (defcustom diff-switches "-c" "*A list of switches (strings) to pass to the diff program." :type '(choice string (repeat string)) :group 'diff)
|
|
104
|
5875
|
|
|
5876 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
|
|
|
5877 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
|
|
|
5878 Interactively you are prompted with the current buffer's file name for NEW
|
|
|
5879 and what appears to be its backup for OLD." t nil)
|
|
|
5880
|
|
|
5881 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
|
|
|
5882 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
|
|
|
5883 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
|
|
|
5884 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
|
|
|
5885 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
|
|
|
5886
|
|
|
5887 ;;;***
|
|
|
5888
|
|
78
|
5889 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-faces) "edit-faces" "packages/edit-faces.el")
|
|
|
5890
|
|
|
5891 (autoload 'edit-faces "edit-faces" "\
|
|
|
5892 Alter face characteristics by editing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
5893 Pops up a buffer containing a list of defined faces.
|
|
|
5894
|
|
|
5895 Editing commands:
|
|
|
5896
|
|
|
5897 \\{edit-faces-mode-map}" t nil)
|
|
|
5898
|
|
|
5899 ;;;***
|
|
|
5900
|
|
|
5901 ;;;### (autoloads (report-xemacs-bug) "emacsbug" "packages/emacsbug.el")
|
|
|
5902
|
|
|
5903 (autoload 'report-xemacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
|
|
|
5904 Report a bug in XEmacs.
|
|
|
5905 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
5906
|
|
|
5907 ;;;***
|
|
|
5908
|
|
|
5909 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge" "packages/emerge.el")
|
|
|
5910
|
|
|
5911 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5912 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
|
|
|
5913
|
|
|
5914 (fset 'emerge 'emerge-files)
|
|
|
5915
|
|
|
5916 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5917 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5918
|
|
|
5919 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5920 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
5921
|
|
|
5922 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5923 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5924
|
|
|
5925 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5926
|
|
|
5927 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5928
|
|
|
5929 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5930
|
|
|
5931 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
5932
|
|
|
5933 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5934 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
|
|
|
5935
|
|
|
5936 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
|
|
|
5937 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
|
|
|
5938
|
|
|
5939 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" nil t nil)
|
|
|
5940
|
|
|
5941 ;;;***
|
|
|
5942
|
|
|
5943 ;;;### (autoloads (tags-apropos list-tags tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file find-tag-other-window find-tag visit-tags-table) "etags" "packages/etags.el")
|
|
|
5944
|
|
142
|
5945 (defcustom tags-build-completion-table 'ask "*If this variable is nil, then tags completion is disabled.\nIf this variable is t, then things which prompt for tags will do so with \n completion across all known tags.\nIf this variable is the symbol `ask', then you will be asked whether each\n tags table should be added to the completion list as it is read in.\n (With the exception that for very small tags tables, you will not be asked,\n since they can be parsed quickly.)" :type '(radio (const :tag "Disabled" nil) (const :tag "Complete All" t) (const :tag "Ask" ask)) :group 'etags)
|
|
|
5946
|
|
|
5947 (defcustom tags-always-exact nil "*If this variable is non-nil, then tags always looks for exact matches." :type 'boolean :group 'etags)
|
|
|
5948
|
|
|
5949 (defcustom tag-table-alist nil "*A list which determines which tags files should be active for a \ngiven buffer. This is not really an association list, in that all \nelements are checked. The CAR of each element of this list is a \npattern against which the buffer's file name is compared; if it \nmatches, then the CDR of the list should be the name of the tags\ntable to use. If more than one element of this list matches the\nbuffer's file name, then all of the associated tags tables will be\nused. Earlier ones will be searched first.\n\nIf the CAR of elements of this list are strings, then they are treated\nas regular-expressions against which the file is compared (like the\nauto-mode-alist). If they are not strings, then they are evaluated.\nIf they evaluate to non-nil, then the current buffer is considered to\nmatch.\n\nIf the CDR of the elements of this list are strings, then they are\nassumed to name a TAGS file. If they name a directory, then the string\n\"TAGS\" is appended to them to get the file name. If they are not \nstrings, then they are evaluated, and must return an appropriate string.\n\nFor example:\n (setq tag-table-alist\n '((\"/usr/src/public/perl/\" . \"/usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/\")\n (\"\\\\.el$\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")\n (\"/jbw/gnu/\" . \"/usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/\")\n (\"\" . \"/usr/local/emacs/src/\")\n ))\n\nThis means that anything in the /usr/src/public/perl/ directory should use\nthe TAGS file /usr/src/public/perl/perl-3.0/TAGS; and file ending in .el should\nuse the TAGS file /usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS; and anything in or below the\ndirectory /jbw/gnu/ should use the TAGS file /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS.\nA file called something like \"/usr/jbw/foo.el\" would use both the TAGS files\n/usr/local/emacs/src/TAGS and /usr15/degree/stud/jbw/gnu/TAGS (in that order)\nbecause it matches both patterns.\n\nIf the buffer-local variable `buffer-tag-table' is set, then it names a tags\ntable that is searched before all others when find-tag is executed from this\nbuffer.\n\nIf there is a file called \"TAGS\" in the same directory as the file in \nquestion, then that tags file will always be used as well (after the\n`buffer-tag-table' but before the tables specified by this list.)\n\nIf the variable tags-file-name is set, then the tags file it names will apply\nto all buffers (for backwards compatibility.) It is searched first.\n" :type '(repeat (cons regexp sexp)) :group 'etags)
|
|
78
|
5950
|
|
|
5951 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
|
|
|
5952 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE first.
|
|
|
5953 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
|
|
|
5954 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory." t nil)
|
|
|
5955
|
|
|
5956 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
|
|
|
5957 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
5958 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in
|
|
|
5959 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
5960 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
5961 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
5962 If called interactively with a numeric argument, searches for the next tag
|
|
|
5963 in the tag table that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
5964 If second arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, uses another window to display
|
|
|
5965 the tag.
|
|
|
5966
|
|
|
5967 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
5968 and completion.
|
|
|
5969
|
|
|
5970 Variables of note:
|
|
|
5971
|
|
|
5972 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
5973 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
5974 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
5975 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
5976 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
5977 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
5978
|
|
|
5979 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
|
|
|
5980 *Find tag whose name contains TAGNAME.
|
|
|
5981 Selects the buffer that the tag is contained in in another window
|
|
|
5982 and puts point at its definition.
|
|
|
5983 If TAGNAME is a null string, the expression in the buffer
|
|
|
5984 around or before point is used as the tag name.
|
|
|
5985 If second arg NEXT is non-nil (interactively, with prefix arg),
|
|
|
5986 searches for the next tag in the tag table
|
|
|
5987 that matches the tagname used in the previous find-tag.
|
|
|
5988
|
|
|
5989 This version of this function supports multiple active tags tables,
|
|
|
5990 and completion.
|
|
|
5991
|
|
|
5992 Variables of note:
|
|
|
5993
|
|
|
5994 tag-table-alist controls which tables apply to which buffers
|
|
|
5995 tags-file-name a default tags table
|
|
|
5996 tags-build-completion-table controls completion behavior
|
|
|
5997 buffer-tag-table another way of specifying a buffer-local table
|
|
|
5998 make-tags-files-invisible whether tags tables should be very hidden
|
|
|
5999 tag-mark-stack-max how many tags-based hops to remember" t nil)
|
|
|
6000
|
|
|
6001 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
|
|
|
6002 Select next file among files in current tag table(s).
|
|
|
6003
|
|
|
6004 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
|
|
|
6005 beginning of the list of files in the (first) tags table. If the argument
|
|
|
6006 is neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
|
|
|
6007
|
|
|
6008 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
|
|
|
6009 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
|
|
|
6010
|
|
|
6011 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
|
|
|
6012 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
|
|
|
6013
|
|
|
6014 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
|
|
|
6015 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
|
|
|
6016 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
|
|
|
6017 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
|
|
|
6018 Two variables control the processing we do on each file:
|
|
|
6019 the value of `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file
|
|
|
6020 to see if it is interesting (it returns non-nil if so)
|
|
|
6021 and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to execute to operate on an interesting file
|
|
|
6022 If the latter returns non-nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
|
|
|
6023
|
|
|
6024 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
|
|
|
6025 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
|
|
|
6026 Stops when a match is found.
|
|
|
6027 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6028
|
|
|
6029 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6030
|
|
|
6031 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
|
|
|
6032 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
|
|
|
6033 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
|
|
|
6034 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
|
|
|
6035 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
|
|
|
6036
|
|
|
6037 See documentation of variable `tag-table-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
6038
|
|
|
6039 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
|
|
|
6040 Display list of tags in file FILE.
|
|
|
6041 FILE should not contain a directory spec
|
|
|
6042 unless it has one in the tag table." t nil)
|
|
|
6043
|
|
|
6044 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
|
|
|
6045 Display list of all tags in tag table REGEXP matches." t nil)
|
|
|
6046
|
|
|
6047 ;;;***
|
|
|
6048
|
|
|
6049 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "packages/fast-lock.el")
|
|
|
6050
|
|
|
6051 (autoload 'fast-lock-mode "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6052 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
|
|
|
6053 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6054 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
|
|
|
6055
|
|
|
6056 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
|
|
|
6057
|
|
|
6058 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
|
|
|
6059 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
|
|
|
6060 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
|
|
|
6061
|
|
|
6062 Font Lock caches may be saved:
|
|
100
|
6063 - When you save the file's buffer.
|
|
|
6064 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
|
|
|
6065 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
|
|
78
|
6066 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
|
|
|
6067 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
|
|
|
6068
|
|
|
6069 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
|
|
|
6070
|
|
|
6071 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
|
|
|
6072 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
|
|
|
6073 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
|
|
98
|
6074 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
|
|
78
|
6075
|
|
|
6076 (autoload 'turn-on-fast-lock "fast-lock" "\
|
|
|
6077 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6078
|
|
100
|
6079 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'fast-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
6080
|
|
|
6081 ;;;***
|
|
|
6082
|
|
|
6083 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "packages/feedmail.el")
|
|
|
6084
|
|
|
6085 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6086
|
|
|
6087 ;;;***
|
|
|
6088
|
|
|
6089 ;;;### (autoloads (make-file-part) "file-part" "packages/file-part.el")
|
|
|
6090
|
|
|
6091 (autoload 'make-file-part "file-part" "\
|
|
|
6092 Make a file part on buffer BUFFER out of the region. Call it NAME.
|
|
|
6093 This command creates a new buffer containing the contents of the
|
|
|
6094 region and marks the buffer as referring to the specified buffer,
|
|
|
6095 called the `master buffer'. When the file-part buffer is saved,
|
|
|
6096 its changes are integrated back into the master buffer. When the
|
|
|
6097 master buffer is deleted, all file parts are deleted with it.
|
|
|
6098
|
|
|
6099 When called from a function, expects four arguments, START, END,
|
|
|
6100 NAME, and BUFFER, all of which are optional and default to the
|
|
|
6101 beginning of BUFFER, the end of BUFFER, a name generated from
|
|
|
6102 BUFFER's name, and the current buffer, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 ;;;***
|
|
|
6105
|
|
|
6106 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer turn-off-font-lock turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "packages/font-lock.el")
|
|
|
6107
|
|
|
6108 (defvar font-lock-auto-fontify t "\
|
|
|
6109 *Whether font-lock should automatically fontify files as they're loaded.
|
|
|
6110 This will only happen if font-lock has fontifying keywords for the major
|
|
|
6111 mode of the file. You can get finer-grained control over auto-fontification
|
|
|
6112 by using this variable in combination with `font-lock-mode-enable-list' or
|
|
|
6113 `font-lock-mode-disable-list'.")
|
|
|
6114
|
|
|
6115 (defvar font-lock-mode-enable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6116 *List of modes to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is nil.")
|
|
|
6117
|
|
|
6118 (defvar font-lock-mode-disable-list nil "\
|
|
|
6119 *List of modes not to auto-fontify, if `font-lock-auto-fontify' is t.")
|
|
|
6120
|
|
|
6121 (defvar font-lock-use-colors '(color) "\
|
|
|
6122 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up color defaults.
|
|
|
6123 Normally this should be '(color), meaning that Font Lock will set up
|
|
|
6124 color defaults that are only used on color displays. Set this to nil
|
|
|
6125 if you don't want Font Lock to set up color defaults at all. This
|
|
|
6126 should be one of
|
|
|
6127
|
|
|
6128 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6129 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(color x))
|
|
|
6130 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6131 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6132 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6133 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6134
|
|
|
6135 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6136 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6137 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6138
|
|
|
6139 See also `font-lock-use-fonts'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6140 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6141 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6142
|
|
|
6143 (defvar font-lock-use-fonts '(or (mono) (grayscale)) "\
|
|
|
6144 *Specification for when Font Lock will set up non-color defaults.
|
|
|
6145
|
|
|
6146 Normally this should be '(or (mono) (grayscale)), meaning that Font
|
|
|
6147 Lock will set up non-color defaults that are only used on either mono
|
|
|
6148 or grayscale displays. Set this to nil if you don't want Font Lock to
|
|
|
6149 set up non-color defaults at all. This should be one of
|
|
|
6150
|
|
|
6151 -- a list of valid tags, meaning that the non-color defaults will be used
|
|
|
6152 when all of the tags apply. (e.g. '(grayscale x))
|
|
|
6153 -- a list whose first element is 'or and whose remaining elements are
|
|
|
6154 lists of valid tags, meaning that the defaults will be used when
|
|
|
6155 any of the tag lists apply.
|
|
|
6156 -- nil, meaning that the defaults should not be set up at all.
|
|
|
6157
|
|
|
6158 \(If you specify face values in your init file, they will override any
|
|
|
6159 that Font Lock specifies, regardless of whether you specify the face
|
|
|
6160 values before or after loading Font Lock.)
|
|
|
6161
|
|
|
6162 See also `font-lock-use-colors'. If you want more control over the faces
|
|
|
6163 used for fontification, see the documentation of `font-lock-mode' for
|
|
|
6164 how to do it.")
|
|
|
6165
|
|
|
6166 (defvar font-lock-maximum-decoration nil "\
|
|
|
6167 *If non-nil, the maximum decoration level for fontifying.
|
|
|
6168 If nil, use the minimum decoration (equivalent to level 0).
|
|
|
6169 If t, use the maximum decoration available.
|
|
|
6170 If a number, use that level of decoration (or if not available the maximum).
|
|
|
6171 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . LEVEL),
|
|
|
6172 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6173 ((c++-mode . 2) (c-mode . t) (t . 1))
|
|
|
6174 means use level 2 decoration for buffers in `c++-mode', the maximum decoration
|
|
|
6175 available for buffers in `c-mode', and level 1 decoration otherwise.")
|
|
|
6176
|
|
|
6177 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'font-lock-use-maximal-decoration 'font-lock-maximum-decoration)
|
|
|
6178
|
|
|
6179 (defvar font-lock-maximum-size (* 250 1024) "\
|
|
|
6180 *If non-nil, the maximum size for buffers for fontifying.
|
|
|
6181 Only buffers less than this can be fontified when Font Lock mode is turned on.
|
|
|
6182 If nil, means size is irrelevant.
|
|
|
6183 If a list, each element should be a cons pair of the form (MAJOR-MODE . SIZE),
|
|
|
6184 where MAJOR-MODE is a symbol or t (meaning the default). For example:
|
|
|
6185 ((c++-mode . 256000) (c-mode . 256000) (rmail-mode . 1048576))
|
|
|
6186 means that the maximum size is 250K for buffers in `c++-mode' or `c-mode', one
|
|
|
6187 megabyte for buffers in `rmail-mode', and size is irrelevant otherwise.")
|
|
|
6188
|
|
|
6189 (defvar font-lock-keywords nil "\
|
|
|
6190 *A list of the keywords to highlight.
|
|
|
6191 Each element should be of the form:
|
|
|
6192
|
|
|
6193 MATCHER
|
|
|
6194 (MATCHER . MATCH)
|
|
|
6195 (MATCHER . FACENAME)
|
|
|
6196 (MATCHER . HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
6197 (MATCHER HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
108
|
6198 (eval . FORM)
|
|
78
|
6199
|
|
|
6200 where HIGHLIGHT should be either MATCH-HIGHLIGHT or MATCH-ANCHORED.
|
|
|
6201
|
|
108
|
6202 FORM is an expression, whose value should be a keyword element,
|
|
|
6203 evaluated when the keyword is (first) used in a buffer. This feature
|
|
|
6204 can be used to provide a keyword that can only be generated when Font
|
|
|
6205 Lock mode is actually turned on.
|
|
|
6206
|
|
78
|
6207 For highlighting single items, typically only MATCH-HIGHLIGHT is required.
|
|
108
|
6208 However, if an item or (typically) items is to be highlighted following the
|
|
78
|
6209 instance of another item (the anchor) then MATCH-ANCHORED may be required.
|
|
|
6210
|
|
|
6211 MATCH-HIGHLIGHT should be of the form:
|
|
|
6212
|
|
|
6213 (MATCH FACENAME OVERRIDE LAXMATCH)
|
|
|
6214
|
|
102
|
6215 Where MATCHER can be either the regexp to search for, a variable
|
|
|
6216 containing the regexp to search for, or the function to call to make
|
|
|
6217 the search (called with one argument, the limit of the search). MATCH
|
|
|
6218 is the subexpression of MATCHER to be highlighted. FACENAME is either
|
|
|
6219 a symbol naming a face, or an expression whose value is the face name
|
|
|
6220 to use. If you want FACENAME to be a symbol that evaluates to a face,
|
|
|
6221 use a form like \"(progn sym)\".
|
|
78
|
6222
|
|
|
6223 OVERRIDE and LAXMATCH are flags. If OVERRIDE is t, existing fontification may
|
|
|
6224 be overwritten. If `keep', only parts not already fontified are highlighted.
|
|
|
6225 If `prepend' or `append', existing fontification is merged with the new, in
|
|
|
6226 which the new or existing fontification, respectively, takes precedence.
|
|
|
6227 If LAXMATCH is non-nil, no error is signalled if there is no MATCH in MATCHER.
|
|
|
6228
|
|
|
6229 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6230
|
|
|
6231 \"\\\\\\=<foo\\\\\\=>\" Discrete occurrences of \"foo\" in the value of the
|
|
|
6232 variable `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6233 (\"fu\\\\(bar\\\\)\" . 1) Substring \"bar\" within all occurrences of \"fubar\" in
|
|
|
6234 the value of `font-lock-keyword-face'.
|
|
|
6235 (\"fubar\" . fubar-face) Occurrences of \"fubar\" in the value of `fubar-face'.
|
|
|
6236 (\"foo\\\\|bar\" 0 foo-bar-face t)
|
|
|
6237 Occurrences of either \"foo\" or \"bar\" in the value
|
|
|
6238 of `foo-bar-face', even if already highlighted.
|
|
|
6239
|
|
|
6240 MATCH-ANCHORED should be of the form:
|
|
|
6241
|
|
|
6242 (MATCHER PRE-MATCH-FORM POST-MATCH-FORM MATCH-HIGHLIGHT ...)
|
|
|
6243
|
|
|
6244 Where MATCHER is as for MATCH-HIGHLIGHT with one exception. The limit of the
|
|
|
6245 search is currently guaranteed to be (no greater than) the end of the line.
|
|
|
6246 PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are evaluated before the first, and after
|
|
|
6247 the last, instance MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER is used. Therefore they can be
|
|
|
6248 used to initialise before, and cleanup after, MATCHER is used. Typically,
|
|
|
6249 PRE-MATCH-FORM is used to move to some position relative to the original
|
|
|
6250 MATCHER, before starting with MATCH-ANCHORED's MATCHER. POST-MATCH-FORM might
|
|
|
6251 be used to move, before resuming with MATCH-ANCHORED's parent's MATCHER.
|
|
|
6252
|
|
|
6253 For example, an element of the form highlights (if not already highlighted):
|
|
|
6254
|
|
|
6255 (\"\\\\\\=<anchor\\\\\\=>\" (0 anchor-face) (\"\\\\\\=<item\\\\\\=>\" nil nil (0 item-face)))
|
|
|
6256
|
|
|
6257 Discrete occurrences of \"anchor\" in the value of `anchor-face', and subsequent
|
|
|
6258 discrete occurrences of \"item\" (on the same line) in the value of `item-face'.
|
|
|
6259 (Here PRE-MATCH-FORM and POST-MATCH-FORM are nil. Therefore \"item\" is
|
|
|
6260 initially searched for starting from the end of the match of \"anchor\", and
|
|
|
6261 searching for subsequent instance of \"anchor\" resumes from where searching
|
|
|
6262 for \"item\" concluded.)
|
|
|
6263
|
|
|
6264 Note that the MATCH-ANCHORED feature is experimental; in the future, we may
|
|
|
6265 replace it with other ways of providing this functionality.
|
|
|
6266
|
|
|
6267 These regular expressions should not match text which spans lines. While
|
|
|
6268 \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] handles multi-line patterns correctly, updating
|
|
|
6269 when you edit the buffer does not, since it considers text one line at a time.
|
|
|
6270
|
|
|
6271 Be very careful composing regexps for this list;
|
|
|
6272 the wrong pattern can dramatically slow things down!")
|
|
|
6273
|
|
|
6274 (make-variable-buffer-local 'font-lock-keywords)
|
|
|
6275
|
|
|
6276 (defvar font-lock-mode nil)
|
|
|
6277
|
|
|
6278 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
|
|
|
6279 Function or functions to run on entry to font-lock-mode.")
|
|
|
6280
|
|
|
6281 (autoload 'font-lock-mode "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6282 Toggle Font Lock Mode.
|
|
|
6283 With arg, turn font-lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
|
|
|
6284
|
|
|
6285 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
|
|
|
6286
|
|
|
6287 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
|
|
|
6288 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
|
|
|
6289 - Documentation strings (in Lisp-like languages) are displayed in
|
|
|
6290 `font-lock-doc-string-face';
|
|
|
6291 - Language keywords (\"reserved words\") are displayed in
|
|
|
6292 `font-lock-keyword-face';
|
|
|
6293 - Function names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6294 `font-lock-function-name-face';
|
|
|
6295 - Variable names in their defining form are displayed in
|
|
|
6296 `font-lock-variable-name-face';
|
|
|
6297 - Type names are displayed in `font-lock-type-face';
|
|
|
6298 - References appearing in help files and the like are displayed
|
|
|
6299 in `font-lock-reference-face';
|
|
|
6300 - Preprocessor declarations are displayed in
|
|
|
6301 `font-lock-preprocessor-face';
|
|
|
6302
|
|
|
6303 and
|
|
|
6304
|
|
|
6305 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according
|
|
|
6306 to the value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
|
|
|
6307
|
|
|
6308 Where modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
|
|
|
6309 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
|
|
|
6310 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
|
|
|
6311 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
|
|
|
6312 To fontify a buffer without turning on Font Lock mode, and regardless of buffer
|
|
|
6313 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
|
|
|
6314
|
|
|
6315 See the variable `font-lock-keywords' for customization." t nil)
|
|
|
6316
|
|
|
6317 (autoload 'turn-on-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6318 Unconditionally turn on Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6319
|
|
|
6320 (autoload 'turn-off-font-lock "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6321 Unconditionally turn off Font Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6322
|
|
|
6323 (autoload 'font-lock-fontify-buffer "font-lock" "\
|
|
|
6324 Fontify the current buffer the way `font-lock-mode' would.
|
|
|
6325 See `font-lock-mode' for details.
|
|
|
6326
|
|
|
6327 This can take a while for large buffers." t nil)
|
|
|
6328
|
|
|
6329 (add-minor-mode 'font-lock-mode " Font")
|
|
|
6330
|
|
|
6331 ;;;***
|
|
|
6332
|
|
|
6333 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-mode) "generic-sc" "packages/generic-sc.el")
|
|
|
6334
|
|
|
6335 (autoload 'sc-mode "generic-sc" "\
|
|
|
6336 Toggle sc-mode.
|
|
|
6337 SYSTEM can be sccs, rcs or cvs.
|
|
|
6338 Cvs requires the pcl-cvs package.
|
|
|
6339
|
|
|
6340 The following commands are available
|
|
|
6341 \\[sc-next-operation] perform next logical source control operation on current file
|
|
|
6342 \\[sc-show-changes] compare the version being edited with an older one
|
|
|
6343 \\[sc-version-diff-file] compare two older versions of a file
|
|
|
6344 \\[sc-show-history] display change history of current file
|
|
|
6345 \\[sc-visit-previous-revision] display an older revision of current file
|
|
|
6346 \\[sc-revert-file] revert buffer to last checked-in version
|
|
|
6347 \\[sc-list-all-locked-files] show all files locked in current directory
|
|
|
6348 \\[sc-list-locked-files] show all files locked by you in current directory
|
|
|
6349 \\[sc-list-registered-files] show all files under source control in current directory
|
|
|
6350 \\[sc-update-directory] get fresh copies of files checked-in by others in current directory
|
|
|
6351 \\[sc-rename-file] rename the current file and its source control file
|
|
|
6352
|
|
|
6353
|
|
|
6354 While you are entering a change log message for a check in, sc-log-entry-mode
|
|
|
6355 will be in effect.
|
|
|
6356
|
|
|
6357 Global user options:
|
|
|
6358 sc-diff-command A list consisting of the command and flags
|
|
|
6359 to be used for generating context diffs.
|
|
|
6360 sc-mode-expert suppresses some conformation prompts,
|
|
|
6361 notably for delta aborts and file saves.
|
|
|
6362 sc-max-log-size specifies the maximum allowable size
|
|
|
6363 of a log message plus one.
|
|
|
6364
|
|
|
6365
|
|
|
6366 When using SCCS you have additional commands and options
|
|
|
6367
|
|
|
6368 \\[sccs-insert-headers] insert source control headers in current file
|
|
|
6369
|
|
|
6370 When you generate headers into a buffer using \\[sccs-insert-headers],
|
|
|
6371 the value of sc-insert-headers-hook is called before insertion. If the
|
|
|
6372 file is recognized a C or Lisp source, sc-insert-c-header-hook or
|
|
|
6373 sc-insert-lisp-header-hook is called after insertion respectively.
|
|
|
6374
|
|
|
6375 sccs-headers-wanted which %-keywords to insert when adding
|
|
|
6376 headers with C-c h
|
|
|
6377 sccs-insert-static if non-nil, keywords inserted in C files
|
|
|
6378 get stuffed in a static string area so that
|
|
|
6379 what(1) can see them in the compiled object code.
|
|
|
6380
|
|
|
6381 When using CVS you have additional commands
|
|
|
6382
|
|
|
6383 \\[sc-cvs-update-directory] update the current directory using pcl-cvs
|
|
|
6384 \\[sc-cvs-file-status] show the CVS status of current file
|
|
|
6385 " t nil)
|
|
|
6386
|
|
|
6387 ;;;***
|
|
|
6388
|
|
149
|
6389 ;;;### (autoloads (gnuserv-edit gnuserv-start) "gnuserv" "packages/gnuserv.el")
|
|
|
6390
|
|
|
6391 (defcustom gnuserv-frame nil "*The frame to be used to display all edited files.\nIf nil, then a new frame is created for each file edited.\nIf t, then the currently selected frame will be used.\nIf a function, then this will be called with a symbol `x' or `tty' as the\nonly argument, and its return value will be interpreted as above." :tag "Gnuserv Frame" :type '(radio (const :tag "Create new frame each time" nil) (const :tag "Use selected frame" t) (function-item :tag "Use main Emacs frame" gnuserv-main-frame-function) (function-item :tag "Use visible frame, otherwise create new" gnuserv-visible-frame-function) (function-item :tag "Create special Gnuserv frame and use it" gnuserv-special-frame-function) (function :tag "Other")) :group 'gnuserv)
|
|
78
|
6392
|
|
|
6393 (autoload 'gnuserv-start "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6394 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
|
|
149
|
6395 This starts a gnuserv communications subprocess through which
|
|
78
|
6396 client \"editors\" (gnuclient and gnudoit) can send editing commands to
|
|
149
|
6397 this Emacs job. See the gnuserv(1) manual page for more details.
|
|
78
|
6398
|
|
|
6399 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
|
|
|
6400
|
|
149
|
6401 (autoload 'gnuserv-edit "gnuserv" "\
|
|
|
6402 Mark the current gnuserv editing buffer as \"done\", and switch to next one.
|
|
|
6403
|
|
|
6404 The `gnuserv-done-function' is used to dispose of the buffer after marking it
|
|
|
6405 as done; it is `kill-buffer' by default.
|
|
|
6406
|
|
|
6407 Files that match `gnuserv-temp-file-regexp' are considered temporary and
|
|
|
6408 are saved unconditionally and backed up if `gnuserv-make-temp-file-backup'
|
|
|
6409 is non-nil. They are disposed of using `gnuserv-done-temp-file-function'.
|
|
|
6410
|
|
|
6411 When all of a client's buffers are marked as \"done\", the client is notified.
|
|
|
6412
|
|
|
6413 If invoked with a prefix argument, or if there is no gnuserv process
|
|
|
6414 running, only starts server process. Invoked with \\[gnuserv-edit]." t nil)
|
|
|
6415
|
|
|
6416 (global-set-key "#" 'gnuserv-edit)
|
|
|
6417
|
|
78
|
6418 ;;;***
|
|
|
6419
|
|
|
6420 ;;;### (autoloads (gopher-atpoint gopher) "gopher" "packages/gopher.el")
|
|
|
6421
|
|
|
6422 (autoload 'gopher "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6423 Start a gopher session. With C-u, prompt for a gopher server." t nil)
|
|
|
6424
|
|
|
6425 (autoload 'gopher-atpoint "gopher" "\
|
|
|
6426 Try to interpret the text around point as a gopher bookmark, and dispatch
|
|
|
6427 to that object." t nil)
|
|
|
6428
|
|
|
6429 ;;;***
|
|
|
6430
|
|
|
6431 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl" "packages/hexl.el")
|
|
|
6432
|
|
|
6433 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6434 \\<hexl-mode-map>
|
|
|
6435 A major mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
|
|
|
6436
|
|
|
6437 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
|
|
|
6438 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
|
|
|
6439
|
|
|
6440 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
|
|
|
6441 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
|
|
|
6442 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6443 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
|
|
|
6444
|
|
|
6445 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
|
|
|
6446 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
|
|
|
6447 periods.
|
|
|
6448
|
|
|
6449 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
|
|
|
6450 in hexl format.
|
|
|
6451
|
|
|
6452 A sample format:
|
|
|
6453
|
|
|
6454 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
|
|
|
6455 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
|
|
|
6456 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
|
|
|
6457 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
|
|
|
6458 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
|
|
|
6459 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
|
|
|
6460 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
|
|
|
6461 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
|
|
|
6462 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
|
|
|
6463 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
|
|
|
6464 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
|
|
|
6465 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
|
|
|
6466 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
|
|
|
6467 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
|
|
|
6468 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
|
|
|
6469
|
|
|
6470 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
|
|
|
6471 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
|
|
|
6472 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
|
|
|
6473
|
|
|
6474 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
|
|
|
6475 also supported.
|
|
|
6476
|
|
|
6477 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
|
|
|
6478
|
|
|
6479 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
|
|
|
6480 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
|
|
|
6481 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
|
|
|
6482
|
|
|
6483 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
|
|
|
6484 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
|
|
|
6485 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
|
|
|
6486
|
|
|
6487 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
|
|
|
6488 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6489
|
|
|
6490 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
|
|
|
6491 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6492
|
|
|
6493 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
|
|
|
6494 into the buffer at the current point.
|
|
|
6495
|
|
|
6496 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6497
|
|
|
6498 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
|
|
|
6499 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
|
|
|
6500
|
|
|
6501 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6502
|
|
|
6503 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
|
|
|
6504
|
|
|
6505 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6506 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
|
|
|
6507 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
|
|
|
6508
|
|
|
6509 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
|
|
|
6510 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
|
|
|
6511 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
|
|
|
6512
|
|
|
6513 ;;;***
|
|
|
6514
|
|
108
|
6515 ;;;### (autoloads (hypropos-popup-menu hypropos-set-variable hyper-set-variable hypropos-get-doc hypropos-read-variable-symbol hyper-describe-function hyper-describe-variable hyper-describe-face hyper-describe-key-briefly hyper-describe-key hyper-apropos) "hyper-apropos" "packages/hyper-apropos.el")
|
|
78
|
6516
|
|
134
|
6517 (defcustom hypropos-show-brief-docs t "*If non-nil, `hyper-apropos' will display some documentation in the\n\"*Hyper Apropos*\" buffer. Setting this to nil will speed up searches." :type 'boolean :group 'hyper-apropos)
|
|
78
|
6518
|
|
|
6519 (autoload 'hyper-apropos "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6520 Display lists of functions and variables matching REGEXP
|
|
|
6521 in buffer \"*Hyper Apropos*\". If optional prefix arg is given, then the value
|
|
|
6522 of `hypropos-programming-apropos' is toggled for this search.
|
|
|
6523 See also `hyper-apropos-mode'." t nil)
|
|
|
6524
|
|
108
|
6525 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6526
|
|
|
6527 (autoload 'hyper-describe-key-briefly "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6528
|
|
|
6529 (autoload 'hyper-describe-face "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6530 Describe face..
|
|
|
6531 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6532
|
|
78
|
6533 (autoload 'hyper-describe-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6534 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6535 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." t nil)
|
|
|
6536
|
|
|
6537 (autoload 'hyper-describe-function "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6538 Hypertext replacement for `describe-function'. Unlike `describe-function'
|
|
|
6539 in that the symbol under the cursor is the default if it is a function.
|
|
|
6540 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-variable'." t nil)
|
|
|
6541
|
|
108
|
6542 (autoload 'hypropos-read-variable-symbol "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6543 Hypertext drop-in replacement for `describe-variable'.
|
|
|
6544 See also `hyper-apropos' and `hyper-describe-function'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6545
|
|
|
6546 (autoload 'hypropos-get-doc "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6547 Toggle display of documentation for the symbol on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6548
|
|
|
6549 (autoload 'hyper-set-variable "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6550
|
|
78
|
6551 (autoload 'hypropos-set-variable "hyper-apropos" "\
|
|
|
6552 Interactively set the variable on the current line." t nil)
|
|
|
6553
|
|
|
6554 (autoload 'hypropos-popup-menu "hyper-apropos" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6555
|
|
|
6556 ;;;***
|
|
|
6557
|
|
|
6558 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "packages/icomplete.el")
|
|
|
6559
|
|
|
6560 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6561 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this emacs session,
|
|
|
6562 or deactivate with negative prefix arg." t nil)
|
|
|
6563
|
|
|
6564 (autoload 'icomplete-minibuffer-setup "icomplete" "\
|
|
|
6565 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
|
|
|
6566 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6567
|
|
|
6568 ;;;***
|
|
|
6569
|
|
100
|
6570 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-igrep-find dired-do-igrep igrep-find-define igrep-find igrep-define igrep) "igrep" "packages/igrep.el")
|
|
|
6571
|
|
|
6572 (autoload 'igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6573 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION in FILES.
|
|
|
6574 The output is displayed in the *igrep* buffer, which \\[next-error] and
|
|
|
6575 \\[compile-goto-error] parse to find each line of matched text.
|
|
|
6576
|
|
|
6577 PROGRAM may be nil, in which case it defaults to `igrep-program'.
|
|
|
6578
|
|
|
6579 EXPRESSION is automatically delimited by `igrep-expression-quote-char'.
|
|
|
6580
|
|
|
6581 FILES is either a file name pattern (expanded by the shell named by
|
|
|
6582 `shell-file-name') or a list of file name patterns.
|
|
|
6583
|
|
|
6584 Optional OPTIONS is also passed to PROGRAM; it defaults to `igrep-options'.
|
|
|
6585
|
|
|
6586 If a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) is given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6587 or if `igrep-read-options' is set, OPTIONS is read from the minibuffer.
|
|
|
6588
|
|
|
6589 If two prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6590 or if `igrep-read-multiple-files' is set, FILES is read from the minibuffer
|
|
|
6591 multiple times.
|
|
|
6592
|
|
|
6593 If three prefix arguments (\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]) are given when called interactively,
|
|
|
6594 or if `igrep-read-options' and `igrep-read-multiple-files' are set,
|
|
|
6595 OPTIONS is read and FILES is read multiple times.
|
|
|
6596
|
|
|
6597 If `igrep-find' is non-nil, the directory or directories
|
|
|
6598 containing FILES is recursively searched for files whose name matches
|
|
|
6599 the file name component of FILES (and whose contents match
|
|
|
6600 EXPRESSION)." t nil)
|
|
|
6601
|
|
|
6602 (autoload 'igrep-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6603 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND as an `igrep' analogue command.
|
|
|
6604 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6605
|
|
|
6606 (autoload 'igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6607 *Run `grep` via `find`; see \\[igrep] and `igrep-find'.
|
|
|
6608 All arguments (including prefix arguments, when called interactively)
|
|
|
6609 are handled by `igrep'." t nil)
|
|
|
6610
|
|
|
6611 (autoload 'igrep-find-define "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6612 Define ANALOGUE-COMMAND-find as an `igrep' analogue `find` command.
|
|
|
6613 Optional (VARIABLE VALUE) arguments specify temporary bindings for the command." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
6614
|
|
|
6615 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6616 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6617 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) files." t nil)
|
|
|
6618
|
|
|
6619 (defalias 'dired-do-grep 'dired-do-igrep)
|
|
|
6620
|
|
|
6621 (autoload 'dired-do-igrep-find "igrep" "\
|
|
|
6622 *Run `grep` PROGRAM to match EXPRESSION (with optional OPTIONS)
|
|
|
6623 on the marked (or next prefix ARG) directories." t nil)
|
|
|
6624
|
|
|
6625 (defalias 'dired-do-grep-find 'dired-do-igrep-find)
|
|
|
6626
|
|
|
6627 ;;;***
|
|
|
6628
|
|
78
|
6629 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-elisp-ref Info-emacs-key Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-emacs-command Info-search Info-visit-file Info-goto-node Info-query info) "info" "packages/info.el")
|
|
|
6630
|
|
|
6631 (autoload 'info "info" "\
|
|
|
6632 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
|
|
|
6633 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
|
|
|
6634 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
|
|
|
6635
|
|
|
6636 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
|
|
|
6637 to read a file name from the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6638
|
|
|
6639 (autoload 'Info-query "info" "\
|
|
|
6640 Enter Info, the documentation browser. Prompt for name of Info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6641
|
|
|
6642 (autoload 'Info-goto-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6643 Go to info node named NAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME.
|
|
|
6644 Actually, the following interpretations of NAME are tried in order:
|
|
|
6645 (FILENAME)NODENAME
|
|
|
6646 (FILENAME) (using Top node)
|
|
|
6647 NODENAME (in current file)
|
|
|
6648 TAGNAME (see below)
|
|
|
6649 FILENAME (using Top node)
|
|
|
6650 where TAGNAME is a string that appears in quotes: \"TAGNAME\", in an
|
|
|
6651 annotation for any node of any file. (See `a' and `x' commands.)" t nil)
|
|
|
6652
|
|
|
6653 (autoload 'Info-visit-file "info" "\
|
|
|
6654 Directly visit an info file." t nil)
|
|
|
6655
|
|
|
6656 (autoload 'Info-search "info" "\
|
|
|
6657 Search for REGEXP, starting from point, and select node it's found in." t nil)
|
|
|
6658
|
|
|
6659 (autoload 'Info-emacs-command "info" "\
|
|
|
6660 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6661 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6662
|
|
|
6663 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6664 Look up an Emacs command in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6665 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6666
|
|
|
6667 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
|
|
|
6668 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6669 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6670
|
|
|
6671 (autoload 'Info-emacs-key "info" "\
|
|
|
6672 Look up an Emacs key sequence in the Emacs manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6673 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6674
|
|
|
6675 (autoload 'Info-elisp-ref "info" "\
|
|
|
6676 Look up an Emacs Lisp function in the Elisp manual in the Info system.
|
|
|
6677 This command is designed to be used whether you are already in Info or not." t nil)
|
|
|
6678
|
|
|
6679 ;;;***
|
|
|
6680
|
|
|
6681 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify) "informat" "packages/informat.el")
|
|
|
6682
|
|
|
6683 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
|
|
|
6684 Create or update Info-file tag table in current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
6685
|
|
|
6686 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
|
|
|
6687 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
|
|
|
6688 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
|
|
|
6689
|
|
|
6690 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
|
|
|
6691 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
|
|
|
6692 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
|
|
|
6693
|
|
|
6694 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
|
|
|
6695 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
|
|
|
6696 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
|
|
|
6697 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
|
|
|
6698
|
|
|
6699 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6700 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
|
|
|
6701 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
|
|
|
6702
|
|
|
6703 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
|
|
|
6704 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
6705 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
6706 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
6707 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
|
|
|
6708
|
|
|
6709 ;;;***
|
|
|
6710
|
|
|
6711 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell ispell-help ispell-word) "ispell" "packages/ispell.el")
|
|
|
6712
|
|
120
|
6713 (defcustom ispell-personal-dictionary nil "*File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.\nIf nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,\nwhere DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary." :type 'file :group 'ispell)
|
|
78
|
6714
|
|
80
|
6715 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-1 '((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex") ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[^a-zA-ZÄÖÜäößü]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1") ("nederlands" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[^A-Za-zÀ-ÅÇÈ-ÏÒ-ÖÙ-Üà-åçè-ïñò-öù-ü]" "[']" t ("-C") nil)))
|
|
|
6716
|
|
126
|
6717 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist-2 '(("svenska" "[A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[^A-Za-z}{|\\133\\135\\\\]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil) ("svenska8" "[A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[^A-Za-zåäöÅÄö]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "svenska") "~list") ("norsk" "[A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[^A-Za-zéæøåÉÆØÅ]" "[']" nil ("-C" "-d" "norsk") "~list") ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil) ("francais" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü]" "[---']" t nil "~list") ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[^A-Za-zÀÂÆÇÈÉÊËÎÏÔÙÛÜàâçèéêëîïôùûü\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex") ("italiano" "[A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[^A-Za-zÀÈÉÌÍÎÒÙÚàèéìíîòùú]" "[']" t ("-d" "italiano") "~list") ("dansk" "[A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "[^A-ZÆØÅa-zæøå]" "" nil ("-C") nil)))
|
|
78
|
6718
|
|
|
6719 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2) "\
|
|
|
6720 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
|
|
|
6721
|
|
|
6722 Each element of this list is also a list:
|
|
|
6723
|
|
|
6724 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
|
|
|
6725 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE)
|
|
|
6726
|
|
|
6727 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible value of variable `ispell-dictionary', nil
|
|
|
6728 means the default dictionary.
|
|
|
6729
|
|
|
6730 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
|
|
|
6731 word.
|
|
|
6732
|
|
|
6733 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
|
|
|
6734
|
|
|
6735 OTHERCHARS is a regular expression of other characters that are valid
|
|
|
6736 in word constructs. Otherchars cannot be adjacent to each other in a
|
|
|
6737 word, nor can they begin or end a word. This implies we can't check
|
|
|
6738 \"Stevens'\" as a correct possessive and other correct formations.
|
|
|
6739
|
|
|
6740 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
|
|
|
6741
|
|
|
6742 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil if many otherchars are to be allowed in a
|
|
|
6743 word instead of only one.
|
|
|
6744
|
|
|
6745 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
|
|
|
6746 subprocess.
|
|
|
6747
|
|
|
6748 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
|
|
|
6749 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
|
|
|
6750 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
|
|
|
6751 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
|
|
|
6752 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
|
|
|
6753 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
|
|
|
6754 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
|
|
|
6755 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
|
|
|
6756
|
|
|
6757 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
|
|
|
6758 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
|
|
|
6759 language.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
|
|
|
6760
|
|
|
6761 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
|
|
|
6762 Key map for ispell menu")
|
|
|
6763
|
|
|
6764 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
|
|
|
6765 Spelling menu for XEmacs.")
|
|
|
6766
|
|
|
6767 (defconst ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (string-lessp "19" emacs-version) (not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version))))
|
|
|
6768
|
|
|
6769 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) name) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) dicts (cdr dicts)) (if (stringp name) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list 'lambda nil '(interactive) (list 'ispell-change-dictionary name))))))))
|
|
|
6770
|
|
|
6771 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag))))
|
|
|
6772
|
|
|
6773 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '("Continue Check" . ispell-continue)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '("Check Word" . ispell-word)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '("Check Region" . ispell-region)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer))))
|
|
|
6774
|
|
|
6775 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '("Check Message" . ispell-message)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help))) (put 'ispell-region 'menu-enable 'mark-active) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
|
|
|
6776
|
|
|
6777 (defvar ispell-local-pdict ispell-personal-dictionary "\
|
|
|
6778 A buffer local variable containing the current personal dictionary.
|
|
|
6779 If non-nil, the value must be a string, which is a file name.
|
|
|
6780
|
|
|
6781 If you specify a personal dictionary for the current buffer which is
|
|
|
6782 different from the current personal dictionary, the effect is similar
|
|
|
6783 to calling \\[ispell-change-dictionary]. This variable is automatically
|
|
|
6784 set when defined in the file with either `ispell-pdict-keyword' or the
|
|
|
6785 local variable syntax.")
|
|
|
6786
|
|
|
6787 (define-key global-map [(meta ?\$)] 'ispell-word)
|
|
|
6788
|
|
|
6789 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6790 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
|
|
|
6791 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
|
|
|
6792 in a window allowing you to choose one.
|
|
|
6793
|
|
|
6794 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
|
|
|
6795 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
|
|
|
6796
|
|
|
6797 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
|
|
|
6798 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
|
|
|
6799 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
|
|
|
6800 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
|
|
|
6801 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
|
|
|
6802
|
|
|
6803 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
|
|
|
6804
|
|
|
6805 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
|
|
|
6806 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process." t nil)
|
|
|
6807
|
|
|
6808 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6809 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
|
|
|
6810
|
|
|
6811 Selections are:
|
|
|
6812
|
|
|
6813 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
|
|
|
6814 SPC: Accept word this time.
|
|
|
6815 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
|
|
|
6816 `a': Accept word for this session.
|
|
|
6817 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
|
|
|
6818 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6819 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
|
|
|
6820 `?': Show these commands.
|
|
|
6821 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
|
|
|
6822 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
|
|
|
6823 the aborted check to be completed later.
|
|
|
6824 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
|
|
|
6825 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
|
|
|
6826 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
|
|
|
6827 `m': Like `i', but allows one to include dictionary completion information.
|
|
|
6828 `C-l': redraws screen
|
|
|
6829 `C-r': recursive edit
|
|
|
6830 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
|
|
|
6831
|
|
|
6832 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6833 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
|
|
|
6834 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
|
|
|
6835
|
|
|
6836 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6837 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) and kill old Ispell process.
|
|
|
6838 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
|
|
|
6839
|
|
|
6840 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
|
|
|
6841
|
|
|
6842 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
|
|
|
6843
|
|
|
6844 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6845 Interactively check a region for spelling errors." t nil)
|
|
|
6846
|
|
|
6847 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6848 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
|
|
|
6849
|
|
|
6850 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" nil t nil)
|
|
|
6851
|
|
|
6852 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6853 Look up word before or under point in dictionary (see lookup-words command)
|
|
|
6854 and try to complete it. If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word
|
|
|
6855 may be a character sequence inside of a word.
|
|
|
6856
|
|
|
6857 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
|
|
|
6858
|
|
|
6859 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6860 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
|
|
|
6861
|
|
|
6862 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6863 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
|
|
|
6864 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
|
|
|
6865
|
|
|
6866 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
|
|
|
6867 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled." t nil)
|
|
|
6868
|
|
|
6869 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
|
|
|
6870 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
|
|
|
6871 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
|
|
|
6872 Don't check included messages.
|
|
|
6873
|
|
|
6874 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
|
|
|
6875 use the `x' or `q' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
|
|
|
6876 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
|
|
|
6877
|
|
|
6878 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
|
|
|
6879 in your .emacs file:
|
|
|
6880 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6881 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6882 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
|
|
|
6883
|
|
|
6884 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
|
|
|
6885 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
|
|
|
6886 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
|
|
|
6887
|
|
|
6888 ;;;***
|
|
|
6889
|
|
|
6890 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-install toggle-auto-compression jka-compr-load) "jka-compr" "packages/jka-compr.el")
|
|
|
6891
|
|
|
6892 (autoload 'jka-compr-load "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6893 Documented as original." nil nil)
|
|
|
6894
|
|
|
6895 (autoload 'toggle-auto-compression "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6896 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
|
|
|
6897 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
|
|
|
6898 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
|
|
|
6899 If the argument MESSAGE is non-nil, it means to print a message
|
|
|
6900 saying whether the mode is now on or off." t nil)
|
|
|
6901
|
|
|
6902 (autoload 'jka-compr-install "jka-compr" "\
|
|
|
6903 Install jka-compr.
|
|
|
6904 This adds entries to `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
|
|
|
6905 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes'." nil nil)
|
|
|
6906
|
|
|
6907 ;;;***
|
|
|
6908
|
|
|
6909 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "packages/lazy-lock.el")
|
|
|
6910
|
|
|
6911 (autoload 'lazy-lock-mode "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
6912 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
|
|
|
6913 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
|
|
|
6914 is at least `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters long.
|
|
|
6915
|
|
|
6916 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification is demand-driven and stealthy:
|
|
|
6917
|
|
|
6918 - Fontification occurs in visible parts of buffers when necessary.
|
|
|
6919 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-continuity-time'.
|
|
|
6920
|
|
|
6921 - Fontification occurs in invisible parts when Emacs has been idle.
|
|
|
6922 Occurs if there is no input after pausing for `lazy-lock-stealth-time'.
|
|
|
6923
|
|
|
6924 If `lazy-lock-hide-invisible' is non-nil, text is not displayed until it is
|
|
|
6925 fontified, otherwise it is displayed in `lazy-lock-invisible-foreground'.
|
|
|
6926
|
|
|
6927 See also variables `lazy-lock-walk-windows' and `lazy-lock-ignore-commands' for
|
|
|
6928 window (scroll) fontification, and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines',
|
|
|
6929 `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose' for stealth
|
|
|
6930 fontification.
|
|
|
6931
|
|
|
6932 Use \\[lazy-lock-submit-bug-report] to send bug reports or feedback." t nil)
|
|
|
6933
|
|
|
6934 (autoload 'turn-on-lazy-lock "lazy-lock" "\
|
|
|
6935 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
|
|
|
6936
|
|
100
|
6937 (when (fboundp 'add-minor-mode) (defvar lazy-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode 'lazy-lock-mode nil))
|
|
78
|
6938
|
|
|
6939 ;;;***
|
|
|
6940
|
|
|
6941 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "packages/ledit.el")
|
|
|
6942
|
|
|
6943 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
|
|
|
6944 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
|
|
|
6945
|
|
|
6946 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
|
|
|
6947 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
|
|
|
6948
|
|
|
6949 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
|
|
|
6950 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
|
|
|
6951
|
|
|
6952 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
|
|
|
6953 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
|
|
|
6954 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
|
|
|
6955 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
|
|
|
6956 for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
6957 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
|
|
|
6958 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
6959 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
|
|
|
6960 and transmit saved text.
|
|
|
6961 \\{ledit-mode-map}
|
|
|
6962 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
|
|
|
6963 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
|
|
|
6964
|
|
|
6965 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
6966
|
|
|
6967 ;;;***
|
|
|
6968
|
|
|
6969 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer) "lpr" "packages/lpr.el")
|
|
|
6970
|
|
134
|
6971 (defcustom lpr-switches nil "*List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.\nSee `lpr-command'." :type '(repeat (string :tag "Argument")) :group 'lpr)
|
|
|
6972
|
|
|
6973 (defcustom lpr-command (if (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix)) "lp" "lpr") "*Name of program for printing a file." :type 'string :group 'lpr)
|
|
78
|
6974
|
|
|
6975 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6976 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
6977 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6978
|
|
|
6979 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6980 Print buffer contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
6981 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6982
|
|
|
6983 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6984 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr'.
|
|
|
6985 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6986
|
|
|
6987 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
|
|
|
6988 Print region contents as with Unix command `lpr -p'.
|
|
|
6989 `lpr-switches' is a list of extra switches (strings) to pass to lpr." t nil)
|
|
|
6990
|
|
|
6991 ;;;***
|
|
|
6992
|
|
|
6993 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "packages/makesum.el")
|
|
|
6994
|
|
|
6995 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
|
|
|
6996 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
|
|
|
6997 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
|
|
|
6998
|
|
|
6999 ;;;***
|
|
|
7000
|
|
|
7001 ;;;### (autoloads (manual-entry) "man" "packages/man.el")
|
|
|
7002
|
|
|
7003 (autoload 'manual-entry "man" "\
|
|
100
|
7004 Display the Unix manual entry (or entries) for TOPIC." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7005
|
|
|
7006 ;;;***
|
|
|
7007
|
|
|
7008 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "packages/metamail.el")
|
|
|
7009
|
|
|
7010 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7011 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
7012 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
7013
|
|
|
7014 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7015 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
|
|
|
7016 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7017 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7018 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7019 redisplayed as output is inserted.
|
|
|
7020 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
|
|
|
7021
|
|
|
7022 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7023 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
|
|
|
7024 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7025 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7026 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
7027 means current).
|
|
|
7028 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7029 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
7030
|
|
|
7031 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
|
|
|
7032 Process current region through 'metamail'.
|
|
|
7033 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
|
|
|
7034 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
|
|
|
7035 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
|
|
|
7036 means current).
|
|
|
7037 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
|
|
|
7038 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
|
|
|
7039
|
|
|
7040 ;;;***
|
|
|
7041
|
|
|
7042 ;;;### (autoloads (blink-paren paren-set-mode) "paren" "packages/paren.el")
|
|
|
7043
|
|
126
|
7044 (defcustom paren-mode nil "*Sets the style of parenthesis highlighting.\nValid values are nil, `blink-paren', `paren', and `sexp'.\n nil no parenthesis highlighting.\n blink-paren causes the matching paren to blink.\n paren causes the matching paren to be highlighted but not to blink.\n sexp whole expression enclosed by the local paren at its mate.\n nested (not yet implemented) use variable shading to see the\n nesting of an expression. Also groks regular expressions\n and shell quoting.\n\nThis variable is global by default, but you can make it buffer-local and\nhighlight parentheses differently in different major modes." :type '(radio (const nil) (const blink-paren) (const paren) (const sexp) (const nested)) :group 'paren-matching)
|
|
78
|
7045
|
|
|
7046 (autoload 'paren-set-mode "paren" "\
|
|
|
7047 Cycles through possible values for `paren-mode', force off with negative arg.
|
|
108
|
7048 When called from lisp, a symbolic value for `paren-mode' can be passed directly.
|
|
78
|
7049 See also `paren-mode' and `paren-highlight'." t nil)
|
|
|
7050
|
|
|
7051 (make-obsolete 'blink-paren 'paren-set-mode)
|
|
|
7052
|
|
|
7053 (autoload 'blink-paren "paren" "\
|
|
|
7054 Obsolete. Use `paren-set-mode' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
7055
|
|
|
7056 ;;;***
|
|
|
7057
|
|
|
7058 ;;;### (autoloads (pending-delete pending-delete-off pending-delete-on) "pending-del" "packages/pending-del.el")
|
|
|
7059
|
|
|
7060 (autoload 'pending-delete-on "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7061 Turn on pending delete.
|
|
|
7062 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7063 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7064
|
|
|
7065 (autoload 'pending-delete-off "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7066 Turn off pending delete.
|
|
|
7067 When it is ON, typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active.
|
|
|
7068 When it is OFF, typed text is just inserted at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7069
|
|
|
7070 (autoload 'pending-delete "pending-del" "\
|
|
|
7071 Toggle automatic deletion of the selected region.
|
|
|
7072 With a positive argument, turns it on.
|
|
|
7073 With a non-positive argument, turns it off.
|
|
|
7074 When active, typed text replaces the selection." t nil)
|
|
|
7075
|
|
|
7076 ;;;***
|
|
|
7077
|
|
82
|
7078 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "packages/ps-print.el")
|
|
|
7079
|
|
124
|
7080 (defcustom ps-paper-type 'letter "*Specifies the size of paper to format for.\nShould be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for\nexample `letter', `legal' or `a4'." :type '(symbol :validate (lambda (wid) (if (assq (widget-value wid) ps-page-dimensions-database) nil (widget-put wid :error "Unknown paper size") wid))) :group 'ps-print)
|
|
|
7081
|
|
|
7082 (defcustom ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "*If non-nil, print the buffer's text in color." :type 'boolean :group 'ps-print-color)
|
|
78
|
7083
|
|
|
7084 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7085 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7086
|
|
|
7087 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
|
|
|
7088 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7089 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7090
|
|
|
7091 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7092 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7093 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7094 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7095
|
|
|
7096 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7097 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7098 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7099 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7100 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7101
|
|
|
7102 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7103 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7104 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
|
|
|
7105
|
|
|
7106 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7107 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
|
|
|
7108 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7109 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7110 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
|
|
|
7111
|
|
|
7112 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7113 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7114 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
|
|
|
7115 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
|
|
|
7116
|
|
|
7117 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7118
|
|
|
7119 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7120 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
|
|
|
7121 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7122 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7123 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7124
|
|
|
7125 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7126
|
|
|
7127 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7128 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7129 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
|
|
|
7130
|
|
|
7131 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7132
|
|
|
7133 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7134 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
|
|
|
7135 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
|
|
|
7136 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
|
|
|
7137 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
|
|
|
7138
|
|
|
7139 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
|
|
|
7140
|
|
|
7141 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7142 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
|
|
|
7143
|
|
|
7144 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompt the user for
|
|
|
7145 the name of a file to save the spooled PostScript in, instead of sending
|
|
|
7146 it to the printer.
|
|
|
7147
|
|
|
7148 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
|
|
|
7149 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
|
|
|
7150 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
|
|
|
7151 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
|
|
|
7152
|
|
82
|
7153 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7154 *Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
|
|
82
|
7155 using the current ps-print setup.
|
|
|
7156 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
|
|
|
7157 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
|
|
|
7158
|
|
|
7159 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7160 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7161 of pages the current buffer would require to print
|
|
|
7162 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7163
|
|
|
7164 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
|
|
88
|
7165 *Display an approximate correspondence between a font size and the number
|
|
82
|
7166 of pages the current region would require to print
|
|
|
7167 using the current ps-print setup." t nil)
|
|
|
7168
|
|
|
7169 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
|
|
|
7170 *Return the current setup" nil nil)
|
|
|
7171
|
|
78
|
7172 ;;;***
|
|
|
7173
|
|
|
7174 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "packages/rcompile.el")
|
|
|
7175
|
|
|
7176 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
|
|
|
7177 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
|
|
|
7178 See \\[compile]." t nil)
|
|
|
7179
|
|
|
7180 ;;;***
|
|
|
7181
|
|
|
7182 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "packages/resume.el")
|
|
|
7183
|
|
|
7184 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
|
|
|
7185 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
|
|
|
7186
|
|
|
7187 ;;;***
|
|
|
7188
|
|
|
7189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "packages/server.el")
|
|
|
7190
|
|
|
7191 (make-obsolete 'server-start 'gnuserv-start)
|
|
|
7192
|
|
|
7193 ;;;***
|
|
|
7194
|
|
|
7195 ;;;### (autoloads (install-shell-fonts) "shell-font" "packages/shell-font.el")
|
|
|
7196
|
|
|
7197 (autoload 'install-shell-fonts "shell-font" "\
|
|
|
7198 Decorate the current interaction buffer with fonts.
|
|
|
7199 This uses the faces called `shell-prompt', `shell-input' and `shell-output';
|
|
|
7200 you can alter the graphical attributes of those with the normal
|
|
|
7201 face-manipulation functions." nil nil)
|
|
|
7202
|
|
|
7203 ;;;***
|
|
|
7204
|
|
|
7205 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer) "spell" "packages/spell.el")
|
|
|
7206
|
|
|
7207 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
|
|
|
7208
|
|
|
7209 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
|
|
|
7210 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
|
|
|
7211 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7212 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
|
|
|
7213 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
|
|
|
7214 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
|
|
|
7215
|
|
|
7216 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
|
|
|
7217 Check spelling of word at or before point.
|
|
|
7218 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
|
|
|
7219 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
|
|
|
7220
|
|
|
7221 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
|
|
|
7222 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
|
|
|
7223 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
|
|
|
7224 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
|
|
|
7225 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
|
|
|
7226
|
|
|
7227 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
|
|
|
7228 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
|
|
|
7229
|
|
|
7230 ;;;***
|
|
|
7231
|
|
|
7232 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "packages/tar-mode.el")
|
|
|
7233
|
|
|
7234 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
|
|
|
7235 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
|
|
|
7236 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
|
|
|
7237 Letters no longer insert themselves.
|
|
|
7238 Type 'e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer.
|
|
|
7239 Type 'c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
|
|
|
7240
|
|
|
7241 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the 'e' command) and
|
|
|
7242 save it with Control-X Control-S, the contents of that buffer will be
|
|
|
7243 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
|
|
|
7244 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
|
|
|
7245
|
|
|
7246 See also: variables tar-update-datestamp and tar-anal-blocksize.
|
|
|
7247 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
|
|
|
7248
|
|
|
7249 ;;;***
|
|
|
7250
|
|
|
7251 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "packages/terminal.el")
|
|
|
7252
|
|
|
7253 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
|
|
|
7254 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
|
|
|
7255 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
|
|
|
7256 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
|
|
|
7257 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
|
|
|
7258 program an keyboard input.
|
|
|
7259
|
|
|
7260 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
|
|
|
7261 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
|
|
|
7262 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
|
|
|
7263 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
|
|
|
7264
|
|
|
7265 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
|
|
|
7266 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
|
|
|
7267 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
|
|
|
7268 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
|
|
|
7269 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
|
|
|
7270
|
|
|
7271 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
|
|
|
7272
|
|
|
7273 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
|
|
|
7274 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
|
|
|
7275 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
|
|
|
7276 terminal-redisplay-interval.
|
|
|
7277
|
|
|
7278 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
|
|
|
7279 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
|
|
|
7280 subprocess started.
|
|
|
7281
|
|
|
7282 Presently with `termcap' only; if somebody sends us code to make this
|
|
|
7283 work with `terminfo' we will try to use it." t nil)
|
|
|
7284
|
|
|
7285 ;;;***
|
|
|
7286
|
|
|
7287 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-texinfo-format texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "packages/texinfmt.el")
|
|
|
7288
|
|
|
7289 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7290 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
|
|
|
7291 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
|
|
|
7292 names specified in the @setfilename command.
|
|
|
7293
|
|
|
7294 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
|
|
|
7295 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
|
|
|
7296 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
|
|
|
7297
|
|
|
7298 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7299 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
|
|
|
7300 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
|
|
|
7301 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
|
|
|
7302 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7303
|
|
|
7304 (autoload 'batch-texinfo-format "texinfmt" "\
|
|
|
7305 Runs texinfo-format-buffer on the files remaining on the command line.
|
|
|
7306 Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion.
|
|
|
7307 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
7308 For example, invoke
|
|
|
7309 \"emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format $docs/ ~/*.texinfo\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
7310
|
|
|
7311 ;;;***
|
|
|
7312
|
|
|
7313 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "packages/texnfo-upd.el")
|
|
|
7314
|
|
|
7315 (autoload 'texinfo-update-node "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7316 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7317 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7318 marked region.
|
|
|
7319
|
|
|
7320 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
|
|
|
7321 keybindings, are:
|
|
|
7322
|
|
|
7323 texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node]
|
|
|
7324 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
|
|
|
7325 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
|
|
|
7326
|
|
|
7327 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
|
|
|
7328 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
|
|
|
7329 texinfo-master-menu ()
|
|
|
7330
|
|
|
7331 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
|
|
|
7332
|
|
|
7333 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
|
|
|
7334 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
|
|
|
7335
|
|
|
7336 (autoload 'texinfo-every-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7337 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
|
|
|
7338
|
|
|
7339 (autoload 'texinfo-sequential-node-update "texnfo-upd" "\
|
|
|
7340 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
|
|
|
7341
|
|
|
7342 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
|
|
|
7343 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
|
|
|
7344 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
|
|
|
7345 `p' takes you straight through the file.
|
|
|
7346
|
|
|
7347 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
|
|
|
7348 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
|
|
|
7349 marked region.
|
|
|
7350
|
|
|
7351 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
|
|
|
7352 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
|
|
|
7353 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
|
|
|
7354 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
|
|
|
7355
|
|
|
7356 ;;;***
|
|
|
7357
|
|
|
7358 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp" "packages/time-stamp.el")
|
|
|
7359
|
|
|
7360 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7361 Update the time stamp string in the buffer.
|
|
|
7362 If you put a time stamp template anywhere in the first 8 lines of a file,
|
|
|
7363 it can be updated every time you save the file. See the top of
|
|
|
7364 `time-stamp.el' for a sample. The template looks like one of the following:
|
|
|
7365 Time-stamp: <>
|
|
|
7366 Time-stamp: \" \"
|
|
|
7367 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes, resulting in
|
|
|
7368 Time-stamp: <95/01/18 10:20:51 gildea>
|
|
|
7369 Only does its thing if the variable time-stamp-active is non-nil.
|
|
|
7370 Typically used on write-file-hooks for automatic time-stamping.
|
|
|
7371 The format of the time stamp is determined by the variable time-stamp-format.
|
|
|
7372 The variables time-stamp-line-limit, time-stamp-start, and time-stamp-end
|
|
|
7373 control finding the template." t nil)
|
|
|
7374
|
|
|
7375 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
|
|
|
7376 Toggle time-stamp-active, setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
|
|
|
7377 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7378
|
|
|
7379 ;;;***
|
|
|
7380
|
|
|
7381 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time) "time" "packages/time.el")
|
|
|
7382
|
|
110
|
7383 (defcustom display-time-day-and-date nil "*Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day,date and time.\nThis affects the spec 'date in the variable display-time-form-list." :group 'display-time :type 'boolean)
|
|
78
|
7384
|
|
|
7385 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
|
|
|
7386 Display current time, load level, and mail flag in mode line of each buffer.
|
|
|
7387 Updates automatically every minute.
|
|
|
7388 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
|
|
|
7389 are displayed as well.
|
|
|
7390 After each update, `display-time-hook' is run with `run-hooks'.
|
|
|
7391 If `display-time-echo-area' is non-nil, the time is displayed in the
|
|
|
7392 echo area instead of in the mode-line." t nil)
|
|
|
7393
|
|
|
7394 ;;;***
|
|
|
7395
|
|
|
7396 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region overstrike-region unoverstrike-region ununderline-region underline-region) "underline" "packages/underline.el")
|
|
|
7397
|
|
|
7398 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7399 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
|
|
|
7400 Works by overstriking underscores.
|
|
|
7401 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7402 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7403
|
|
|
7404 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7405 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
|
|
|
7406 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
|
|
|
7407 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7408
|
|
|
7409 (autoload 'unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7410 Remove all overstriking (character-backspace-character) in the region.
|
|
|
7411 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the
|
|
|
7412 range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7413
|
|
|
7414 (autoload 'overstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7415 Overstrike (character-backspace-character) all nonblank characters in
|
|
|
7416 the region. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which
|
|
|
7417 specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7418
|
|
|
7419 (autoload 'ununderline-and-unoverstrike-region "underline" "\
|
|
|
7420 Remove underlining and overstriking in the region. Called from a program,
|
|
|
7421 takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
|
|
|
7422
|
|
|
7423 ;;;***
|
|
|
7424
|
|
|
7425 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-to-update-copyright update-copyright) "upd-copyr" "packages/upd-copyr.el")
|
|
|
7426
|
|
134
|
7427 (defcustom copyright-do-not-disturb "Free Software Foundation, Inc." "*If non-nil, the existing copyright holder is checked against this regexp.\nIf it does not match, then a new copyright line is added with the copyright\nholder set to the value of `copyright-whoami'." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
|
|
|
7428
|
|
|
7429 (defcustom copyright-whoami nil "*A string containing the name of the owner of new copyright notices." :type '(choice (const nil) string) :group 'copyright)
|
|
|
7430
|
|
|
7431 (defcustom copyright-notice-file nil "*If non-nil, replace copying notices with this file." :type '(choice (const nil) file) :group 'copyright)
|
|
78
|
7432
|
|
|
7433 (autoload 'update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7434 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer
|
|
|
7435 to indicate the current year. If optional arg REPLACE is given
|
|
|
7436 \(interactively, with prefix arg) replace the years in the notice
|
|
|
7437 rather than adding the current year after them.
|
|
|
7438 If `copyright-notice-file' is set, the copying permissions following the
|
|
|
7439 copyright are replaced as well.
|
|
|
7440
|
|
|
7441 If optional third argument ASK is non-nil, the user is prompted for whether
|
|
|
7442 or not to update the copyright. If optional fourth argument ASK-YEAR is
|
|
|
7443 non-nil, the user is prompted for whether or not to replace the year rather
|
|
|
7444 than adding to it." t nil)
|
|
|
7445
|
|
|
7446 (autoload 'ask-to-update-copyright "upd-copyr" "\
|
|
|
7447 If the current buffer contains a copyright notice that is out of date,
|
|
|
7448 ask the user if it should be updated with `update-copyright' (which see).
|
|
|
7449 Put this on write-file-hooks." nil nil)
|
|
|
7450
|
|
|
7451 ;;;***
|
|
|
7452
|
|
|
7453 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-update-change-log vc-rename-this-file vc-rename-file vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-version-diff vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-file-status) "vc" "packages/vc.el")
|
|
|
7454
|
|
|
7455 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
|
7456 *List of functions called after a checkin is done. See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7457
|
|
108
|
7458 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
|
|
|
7459 *List of functions called before a checkin is done. See `run-hooks'.")
|
|
|
7460
|
|
78
|
7461 (autoload 'vc-file-status "vc" "\
|
|
|
7462 Display the current status of the file being visited.
|
|
|
7463 Currently, this is only defined for CVS. The information provided in the
|
|
|
7464 modeline is generally sufficient for RCS and SCCS." t nil)
|
|
|
7465
|
|
|
7466 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
|
|
|
7467 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
|
|
|
7468
|
|
|
7469 For RCS and SCCS files:
|
|
|
7470 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7471 control and then retrieves a writable, locked copy for editing.
|
|
|
7472 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
|
|
|
7473 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
|
|
|
7474 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
|
|
|
7475 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
|
|
|
7476 it performs a revert.
|
|
|
7477 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
|
|
|
7478 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
|
|
|
7479 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
|
|
|
7480 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
|
|
|
7481 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
|
|
|
7482 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
|
|
|
7483 the option to steal the lock.
|
|
|
7484
|
|
|
7485 For CVS files:
|
|
|
7486 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
|
|
|
7487 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
|
|
|
7488 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
|
|
|
7489 If the file has not been changed, neither in your working area or
|
|
|
7490 in the repository, a message is printed and nothing is done.
|
|
|
7491 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
|
|
|
7492 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
|
|
|
7493 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
|
|
|
7494 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
|
|
|
7495 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
|
|
|
7496 merge in the changes into your working copy.
|
|
|
7497
|
|
|
7498 The following is true regardless of which version control system you
|
|
|
7499 are using:
|
|
|
7500
|
|
|
7501 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
|
|
|
7502 it will operate on the file in the current line.
|
|
|
7503 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
|
|
|
7504 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
|
|
|
7505 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
|
|
|
7506 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
|
|
|
7507 lock steals will raise an error.
|
|
|
7508
|
|
|
7509 For checkin, a prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use." t nil)
|
|
|
7510
|
|
|
7511 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
|
|
|
7512 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
|
|
|
7513
|
|
|
7514 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7515 Display diffs between file versions.
|
|
|
7516 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
|
|
|
7517 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
|
|
|
7518 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
|
|
|
7519 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
|
|
|
7520
|
|
|
7521 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
|
|
|
7522 For FILE, report diffs between two stored versions REL1 and REL2 of it.
|
|
|
7523 If FILE is a directory, generate diffs between versions for all registered
|
|
|
7524 files in or below it." t nil)
|
|
|
7525
|
|
|
7526 (autoload 'vc-version-other-window "vc" "\
|
|
|
7527 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
|
|
|
7528 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
|
|
|
7529 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
|
|
|
7530
|
|
|
7531 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
|
|
|
7532 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
|
|
|
7533 Headers desired are inserted at the start of the buffer, and are pulled from
|
|
|
7534 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
|
|
|
7535
|
|
|
7536 (autoload 'vc-directory "vc" "\
|
|
|
7537 Show version-control status of all files in the directory DIR.
|
|
|
7538 If the second argument VERBOSE is non-nil, show all files;
|
|
|
7539 otherwise show only files that current locked in the version control system.
|
|
|
7540 Interactively, supply a prefix arg to make VERBOSE non-nil.
|
|
|
7541
|
|
|
7542 If the optional third argument NESTED is non-nil,
|
|
|
7543 scan the entire tree of subdirectories of the current directory." t nil)
|
|
|
7544
|
|
|
7545 (autoload 'vc-create-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7546 Make a snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7547 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
|
|
|
7548 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
|
|
|
7549 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
|
|
|
7550
|
|
|
7551 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-snapshot "vc" "\
|
|
|
7552 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
|
|
|
7553 This function fails if any files are locked at or below the current directory
|
|
|
7554 Otherwise, all registered files are checked out (unlocked) at their version
|
|
|
7555 levels in the snapshot." t nil)
|
|
|
7556
|
|
|
7557 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7558 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
|
|
|
7559
|
|
|
7560 (autoload 'vc-revert-buffer "vc" "\
|
|
|
7561 Revert the current buffer's file back to the latest checked-in version.
|
|
|
7562 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
|
|
|
7563 to that version.
|
|
|
7564 If the back-end is CVS, this will give you the most recent revision of
|
|
|
7565 the file on the branch you are editing." t nil)
|
|
|
7566
|
|
|
7567 (autoload 'vc-cancel-version "vc" "\
|
|
|
7568 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
|
|
|
7569 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
|
|
|
7570
|
|
|
7571 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
|
|
|
7572 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
|
|
|
7573
|
|
|
7574 (autoload 'vc-rename-this-file "vc" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7575
|
|
|
7576 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
|
|
|
7577 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS logs.
|
|
|
7578 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
|
|
|
7579 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
|
|
|
7580 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all files currently visited.
|
|
|
7581 Otherwise, find log entries for all registered files in the default directory.
|
|
|
7582 From a program, any arguments are passed to the `rcs2log' script." t nil)
|
|
|
7583
|
|
|
7584 ;;;***
|
|
|
7585
|
|
98
|
7586 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "packages/webjump.el")
|
|
|
7587
|
|
|
7588 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
|
|
|
7589 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
|
|
|
7590
|
|
|
7591 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
|
|
|
7592 hotlist.
|
|
|
7593
|
|
|
7594 Feedback on WebJump can be sent to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke <nwv@acm.org>,
|
|
|
7595 or submitted via `\\[webjump-submit-bug-report]'. The latest version can be
|
|
|
7596 gotten from `http://www.cs.brown.edu/people/nwv/'." t nil)
|
|
|
7597
|
|
|
7598 ;;;***
|
|
|
7599
|
|
118
|
7600 ;;;### (autoloads (webster-www) "webster-www" "packages/webster-www.el")
|
|
|
7601
|
|
|
7602 (autoload 'webster-www "webster-www" "\
|
|
|
7603 Look up a word in the Webster's dictionary at http://www.m-w.com using WWW." t nil)
|
|
78
|
7604
|
|
|
7605 ;;;***
|
|
|
7606
|
|
|
7607 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "xscheme" "packages/xscheme.el")
|
|
|
7608
|
|
|
7609 (defvar scheme-program-name "scheme" "\
|
|
|
7610 *Program invoked by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7611
|
|
|
7612 (defvar scheme-band-name nil "\
|
|
|
7613 *Band loaded by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7614
|
|
|
7615 (defvar scheme-program-arguments nil "\
|
|
|
7616 *Arguments passed to the Scheme program by the `run-scheme' command.")
|
|
|
7617
|
|
|
7618 (autoload 'run-scheme "xscheme" "\
|
|
|
7619 Run an inferior Scheme process.
|
|
|
7620 Output goes to the buffer `*scheme*'.
|
|
|
7621 With argument, asks for a command line." t nil)
|
|
|
7622
|
|
|
7623 ;;;***
|
|
|
7624
|
|
|
7625 ;;;### (autoloads (pcl-cvs-fontify) "pcl-cvs-xemacs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs-xemacs.el")
|
|
|
7626
|
|
|
7627 (autoload 'pcl-cvs-fontify "pcl-cvs-xemacs" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7628
|
|
|
7629 ;;;***
|
|
|
7630
|
|
|
7631 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-update-other-window cvs-update) "pcl-cvs" "pcl-cvs/pcl-cvs.el")
|
|
|
7632
|
|
|
7633 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7634 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7635 output to a *cvs* buffer and run cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7636 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7637
|
|
|
7638 (autoload 'cvs-update-other-window "pcl-cvs" "\
|
|
|
7639 Run a 'cvs update' in the current working directory. Feed the
|
|
|
7640 output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the other window, and run
|
|
|
7641 cvs-mode on it.
|
|
|
7642
|
|
|
7643 If optional prefix argument LOCAL is non-nil, 'cvs update -l' is run." t nil)
|
|
|
7644
|
|
|
7645 ;;;***
|
|
|
7646
|
|
|
7647 ;;;### (autoloads (about-xemacs) "about" "prim/about.el")
|
|
|
7648
|
|
|
7649 (autoload 'about-xemacs "about" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7650
|
|
|
7651 ;;;***
|
|
|
7652
|
|
|
7653 ;;;### (autoloads (all-hail-emacs all-hail-xemacs praise-be-unto-emacs praise-be-unto-xemacs) "advocacy" "prim/advocacy.el")
|
|
|
7654
|
|
|
7655 (defvar xemacs-praise-sound-file "sounds/im_so_happy.au" "\
|
|
|
7656 The name of an audio file containing something to play
|
|
|
7657 when praising XEmacs")
|
|
|
7658
|
|
|
7659 (defvar xemacs-praise-message "All Hail XEmacs!\n" "\
|
|
|
7660 What to praise XEmacs with")
|
|
|
7661
|
|
|
7662 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7663 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7664
|
|
|
7665 (autoload 'praise-be-unto-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7666
|
|
|
7667 (autoload 'all-hail-xemacs "advocacy" "\
|
|
|
7668 All Hail XEmacs!" t nil)
|
|
|
7669
|
|
|
7670 (autoload 'all-hail-emacs "advocacy" nil t nil)
|
|
|
7671
|
|
|
7672 ;;;***
|
|
|
7673
|
|
|
7674 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-buffer-case-table) "case-table" "prim/case-table.el")
|
|
|
7675
|
|
|
7676 (autoload 'describe-buffer-case-table "case-table" "\
|
|
|
7677 Describe the case table of the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7678
|
|
|
7679 ;;;***
|
|
|
7680
|
|
108
|
7681 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-remove-old-elc) "cleantree" "prim/cleantree.el")
|
|
|
7682
|
|
|
7683 (autoload 'batch-remove-old-elc "cleantree" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7684
|
|
|
7685 ;;;***
|
|
|
7686
|
|
78
|
7687 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug" "prim/debug.el")
|
|
|
7688
|
|
|
7689 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
|
|
|
7690 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
|
|
|
7691 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
|
|
|
7692 of the evaluator.
|
|
|
7693
|
|
|
7694 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
|
|
|
7695 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
|
|
|
7696 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7697
|
|
|
7698 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7699 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
|
|
|
7700 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
|
|
|
7701 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
|
|
|
7702 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
|
|
|
7703 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
|
|
|
7704 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
|
|
|
7705
|
|
|
7706 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
|
|
|
7707 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
|
|
|
7708 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
|
|
|
7709
|
|
|
7710 ;;;***
|
|
|
7711
|
|
|
7712 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default standard-display-8bit make-display-table describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "prim/disp-table.el")
|
|
|
7713
|
|
|
7714 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7715 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
7716
|
|
|
7717 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7718 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
|
|
|
7719
|
|
|
7720 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7721 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
|
|
|
7722
|
|
|
7723 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7724 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
|
|
|
7725
|
|
|
7726 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7727 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
|
|
|
7728
|
|
|
7729 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7730 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
|
|
|
7731 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
|
|
|
7732 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7733
|
|
|
7734 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7735 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
|
|
|
7736 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
|
|
|
7737 X frame." nil nil)
|
|
|
7738
|
|
|
7739 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7740 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
|
|
|
7741
|
|
|
7742 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
|
|
|
7743 Toggle display of European characters encoded with ISO 8859.
|
|
|
7744 When enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 display not
|
|
|
7745 as octal escapes, but as accented characters.
|
|
|
7746 With prefix argument, enable European character display iff arg is positive." t nil)
|
|
|
7747
|
|
|
7748 ;;;***
|
|
|
7749
|
|
|
7750 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "prim/env.el")
|
|
|
7751
|
|
|
7752 (autoload 'setenv "env" "\
|
|
|
7753 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
|
|
|
7754 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
|
|
|
7755 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
|
|
|
7756
|
|
|
7757 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
|
|
|
7758 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
|
|
|
7759 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
|
|
|
7760
|
|
|
7761 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
|
|
|
7762
|
|
|
7763 ;;;***
|
|
|
7764
|
|
100
|
7765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "itimer-autosave" "prim/itimer-autosave.el")
|
|
78
|
7766
|
|
|
7767 ;;;***
|
|
|
7768
|
|
|
7769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loaddefs" "prim/loaddefs.el")
|
|
|
7770
|
|
|
7771 ;;;***
|
|
|
7772
|
|
98
|
7773 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "prim/macros.el")
|
|
78
|
7774
|
|
|
7775 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
|
|
|
7776 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
|
|
|
7777 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
|
|
|
7778 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
|
|
|
7779 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid
|
|
|
7780 editor command." t nil)
|
|
|
7781
|
|
|
7782 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
|
|
|
7783 Query user during kbd macro execution.
|
|
|
7784 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit,
|
|
|
7785 reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro.
|
|
|
7786 You can give different commands each time the macro executes.
|
|
|
7787 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
|
|
|
7788 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
|
|
|
7789 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
|
|
|
7790 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
|
|
|
7791 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
|
|
|
7792 \\[recenter] Redisplay the frame, then ask again.
|
|
|
7793 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
|
|
|
7794
|
|
|
7795 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
|
|
|
7796 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
|
|
|
7797 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
|
|
|
7798
|
|
|
7799 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
|
|
|
7800 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
|
|
|
7801 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
|
|
|
7802 execute.
|
|
|
7803
|
|
|
7804 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
|
|
|
7805 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
|
|
|
7806
|
|
|
7807 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
|
|
|
7808 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
|
|
|
7809 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
|
|
|
7810 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
|
|
|
7811 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
|
|
|
7812
|
|
|
7813 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
|
|
|
7814 looked like this:
|
|
|
7815
|
|
|
7816 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
|
|
|
7817 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
|
|
|
7818 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
|
|
|
7819
|
|
|
7820 You could enter the names in this format:
|
|
|
7821
|
|
|
7822 foo
|
|
|
7823 bar
|
|
|
7824 baz
|
|
|
7825
|
|
|
7826 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
|
|
|
7827
|
|
|
7828 \\C-x (
|
|
|
7829 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
|
|
|
7830 \\C-x )
|
|
|
7831
|
|
|
7832 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
|
|
|
7833 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
|
|
|
7834 " t nil)
|
|
|
7835
|
|
|
7836 ;;;***
|
|
|
7837
|
|
|
7838 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook) "novice" "prim/novice.el")
|
|
|
7839
|
|
|
7840 (autoload 'disabled-command-hook "novice" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
7841
|
|
|
7842 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7843 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
|
|
|
7844 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
7845 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
7846
|
|
|
7847 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
|
|
|
7848 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
|
|
|
7849 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
|
|
|
7850 to future sessions." t nil)
|
|
|
7851
|
|
|
7852 ;;;***
|
|
|
7853
|
|
|
7854 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "prim/options.el")
|
|
|
7855
|
|
|
7856 (autoload 'list-options "options" "\
|
|
|
7857 Display a list of XEmacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
|
|
|
7858
|
|
|
7859 (autoload 'edit-options "options" "\
|
|
|
7860 Edit a list of XEmacs user option values.
|
|
|
7861 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
|
|
|
7862 in which there are commands to set the option values.
|
|
|
7863 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands." t nil)
|
|
|
7864
|
|
|
7865 ;;;***
|
|
|
7866
|
|
|
7867 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "prim/rect.el")
|
|
|
7868
|
|
|
7869 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7870 Delete (don't save) text in rectangle with point and mark as corners.
|
|
|
7871 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the line
|
|
|
7872 where the region begins and ending with the line where the region ends." t nil)
|
|
|
7873
|
|
|
7874 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7875 Delete contents of rectangle and return it as a list of strings.
|
|
|
7876 Arguments START and END are the corners of the rectangle.
|
|
|
7877 The value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
7878
|
|
|
7879 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7880 Return contents of rectangle with corners at START and END.
|
|
|
7881 Value is list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
|
|
|
7882
|
|
|
7883 (defvar killed-rectangle nil "\
|
|
|
7884 Rectangle for yank-rectangle to insert.")
|
|
|
7885
|
|
|
7886 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7887 Delete rectangle with corners at point and mark; save as last killed one.
|
|
|
7888 Calling from program, supply two args START and END, buffer positions.
|
|
|
7889 But in programs you might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle'." t nil)
|
|
|
7890
|
|
|
7891 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7892 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
|
|
|
7893
|
|
|
7894 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7895 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
|
|
|
7896 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
|
|
|
7897 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
|
|
|
7898 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
|
|
|
7899 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
|
|
|
7900 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
|
|
|
7901
|
|
|
7902 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7903 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark, shifting text right.
|
|
|
7904 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
|
|
|
7905 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle." t nil)
|
|
|
7906
|
|
|
7907 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7908 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
|
|
|
7909 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
|
|
|
7910 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
|
|
|
7911
|
|
|
7912 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
|
|
|
7913
|
|
|
7914 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
|
|
|
7915 Blank out rectangle with corners at point and mark.
|
|
|
7916 The text previously in the region is overwritten by the blanks.
|
|
|
7917 When called from a program, requires two args which specify the corners." t nil)
|
|
|
7918
|
|
|
7919 ;;;***
|
|
|
7920
|
|
|
7921 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "prim/reposition.el")
|
|
|
7922
|
|
|
7923 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
|
|
|
7924 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
|
|
|
7925 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
|
|
|
7926 visibility of comments that precede it.
|
|
|
7927 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
|
|
|
7928 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
|
|
|
7929 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
|
|
|
7930 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
|
|
|
7931 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
|
|
|
7932 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
|
|
|
7933 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
|
|
|
7934 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
|
|
|
7935 the comment lines.
|
|
|
7936 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
|
|
|
7937 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
|
|
|
7938 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
|
|
|
7939 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
|
|
|
7940 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
|
|
|
7941
|
|
|
7942 ;;;***
|
|
|
7943
|
|
|
7944 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields sort-fields sort-float-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "prim/sort.el")
|
|
|
7945
|
|
|
7946 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
|
|
|
7947 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
|
|
|
7948 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
|
|
|
7949
|
|
|
7950 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
|
|
|
7951 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
|
|
|
7952 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
|
|
|
7953 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
|
|
|
7954 contiguous.
|
|
|
7955
|
|
|
7956 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
|
|
|
7957 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
|
|
|
7958 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7959 the sort order.
|
|
|
7960
|
|
|
7961 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
|
|
|
7962 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
|
|
|
7963
|
|
|
7964 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
|
|
|
7965 It moves point to the start of the next record.
|
|
|
7966 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
|
|
|
7967 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
|
|
|
7968 is called.
|
|
|
7969
|
|
|
7970 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
|
|
|
7971 It should move point to the end of the record.
|
|
|
7972
|
|
|
7973 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
|
|
|
7974 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
|
|
|
7975 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
|
|
|
7976 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
|
|
|
7977 starts at the beginning of the record.
|
|
|
7978
|
|
|
7979 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
|
|
|
7980 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
|
|
|
7981 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
|
|
|
7982
|
|
|
7983 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
|
|
|
7984 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7985 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7986 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
7987 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7988 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
7989
|
|
|
7990 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
|
|
|
7991 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7992 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
7993 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
7994 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
7995 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
7996
|
|
|
7997 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
|
|
|
7998 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
|
|
|
7999 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8000 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
|
|
|
8001 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8002 the sort order." t nil)
|
|
|
8003
|
|
|
8004 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8005 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8006 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
8007 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region.
|
|
|
8008 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
8009 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8010 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
|
|
|
8011 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8012 the sort order.
|
|
|
8013 If you want to sort floating-point numbers, try `sort-float-fields'." t nil)
|
|
|
8014
|
|
|
8015 (autoload 'sort-float-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8016 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8017 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. Specified field
|
|
|
8018 must contain a floating point number in each line of the region. With a
|
|
|
8019 negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. Called from a
|
|
|
8020 program, there are three arguments: FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify
|
|
|
8021 region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
8022
|
|
|
8023 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8024 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
|
|
|
8025 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
|
|
|
8026 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
|
|
|
8027 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
|
|
|
8028 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
|
|
|
8029
|
|
|
8030 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
|
|
|
8031 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
|
|
|
8032 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
|
|
|
8033 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
|
|
|
8034 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
|
|
|
8035 is to be used for sorting.
|
|
|
8036 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
|
|
|
8037 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
|
|
|
8038 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
|
|
|
8039 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
|
|
|
8040 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
|
|
|
8041
|
|
|
8042 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
|
|
|
8043
|
|
|
8044 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8045 the sort order.
|
|
|
8046
|
|
|
8047 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
|
|
|
8048 starting with the letter \"f\",
|
|
|
8049 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
|
|
|
8050
|
|
|
8051 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
|
|
|
8052 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
|
|
|
8053 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
|
|
|
8054 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
|
|
|
8055 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
|
|
|
8056 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
|
|
|
8057 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
|
|
|
8058 the sort order.
|
|
|
8059
|
|
|
8060 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
|
|
|
8061 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
|
|
|
8062 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
|
|
|
8063 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
|
|
|
8064 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
|
|
|
8065
|
|
|
8066 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
|
|
|
8067 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
|
|
|
8068 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
|
|
|
8069
|
|
|
8070 ;;;***
|
|
|
8071
|
|
|
8072 ;;;### (autoloads (load-default-sounds load-sound-file) "sound" "prim/sound.el")
|
|
|
8073
|
|
|
8074 (or sound-alist (setq sound-alist '((ready nil) (warp nil))))
|
|
|
8075
|
|
|
8076 (autoload 'load-sound-file "sound" "\
|
|
|
8077 Read in an audio-file and add it to the sound-alist.
|
|
|
8078
|
|
98
|
8079 You can only play sound files if you are running on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8080 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8081 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in.
|
|
|
8082
|
|
124
|
8083 The sound file must be in the Sun/NeXT U-LAW format, except on Linux,
|
|
|
8084 where .wav files are also supported by the sound card drivers." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8085
|
|
|
8086 (autoload 'load-default-sounds "sound" "\
|
|
124
|
8087 Load and install some sound files as beep-types, using
|
|
|
8088 `load-sound-file'. This only works if you're on display 0 of the
|
|
|
8089 console of a machine with native sound support or running a NetAudio
|
|
|
8090 server and XEmacs has the necessary sound support compiled in." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8091
|
|
|
8092 ;;;***
|
|
|
8093
|
|
|
8094 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "prim/tabify.el")
|
|
|
8095
|
|
|
8096 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8097 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
|
|
|
8098 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8099 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8100 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8101
|
|
|
8102 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
|
|
|
8103 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
|
|
|
8104 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
|
|
|
8105 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
|
|
|
8106 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
|
|
|
8107 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
|
|
|
8108 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
|
|
|
8109
|
|
|
8110 ;;;***
|
|
|
8111
|
|
|
8112 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "prim/userlock.el")
|
|
|
8113
|
|
|
8114 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8115 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by USER.
|
|
|
8116 This function has a choice of three things to do:
|
|
|
8117 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE USER))
|
|
|
8118 to refrain from editing the file
|
|
|
8119 return t (grab the lock on the file)
|
|
|
8120 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
|
|
|
8121 You can rewrite it to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do." nil nil)
|
|
|
8122
|
|
|
8123 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
|
|
|
8124 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
|
|
|
8125 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
|
|
|
8126 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
|
|
|
8127 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
|
|
|
8128
|
|
|
8129 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
|
|
|
8130 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
|
|
|
8131
|
|
|
8132 ;;;***
|
|
|
8133
|
|
|
8134 ;;;### (autoloads (style-format) "psgml-fs" "psgml/psgml-fs.el")
|
|
|
8135
|
|
|
8136 (autoload 'style-format "psgml-fs" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8137
|
|
|
8138 ;;;***
|
|
|
8139
|
|
|
8140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "psgml-html" "psgml/psgml-html.el")
|
|
|
8141
|
|
|
8142 (autoload 'html-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8143 HTML mode." t)
|
|
|
8144
|
|
|
8145 (autoload 'html3-mode "psgml-html" "\
|
|
|
8146 HTML3 mode." t)
|
|
|
8147
|
|
|
8148 ;;;***
|
|
|
8149
|
|
|
8150 ;;;### (autoloads (sgml-mode) "psgml" "psgml/psgml.el")
|
|
|
8151
|
|
|
8152 (autoload 'sgml-mode "psgml" "\
|
|
|
8153 Major mode for editing SGML.\\<sgml-mode-map>
|
|
|
8154 Makes > display the matching <. Makes / display matching /.
|
|
|
8155 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
|
|
|
8156
|
|
|
8157 You can find information with:
|
|
|
8158 \\[sgml-show-context] Show the nesting of elements at cursor position.
|
|
|
8159 \\[sgml-list-valid-tags] Show the tags valid at cursor position.
|
|
|
8160
|
|
|
8161 Insert tags with completion of contextually valid tags with \\[sgml-insert-tag].
|
|
|
8162 End the current element with \\[sgml-insert-end-tag]. Insert an element (i.e.
|
|
|
8163 both start and end tag) with \\[sgml-insert-element]. Or tag a region with
|
|
|
8164 \\[sgml-tag-region].
|
|
|
8165
|
|
|
8166 To tag a region with the mouse, use transient mark mode or secondary selection.
|
|
|
8167
|
|
|
8168 Structure editing:
|
|
|
8169 \\[sgml-backward-element] Moves backwards over the previous element.
|
|
108
|
8170 \\[sgml-forward-element] Moves forward over the next element.
|
|
78
|
8171 \\[sgml-down-element] Move forward and down one level in the element structure.
|
|
|
8172 \\[sgml-backward-up-element] Move backward out of this element level.
|
|
|
8173 \\[sgml-beginning-of-element] Move to after the start tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8174 \\[sgml-end-of-element] Move to before the end tag of the current element.
|
|
|
8175 \\[sgml-kill-element] Kill the element following the cursor.
|
|
|
8176
|
|
|
8177 Finding interesting positions
|
|
|
8178 \\[sgml-next-data-field] Move forward to next point where data is allowed.
|
|
|
8179 \\[sgml-next-trouble-spot] Move forward to next point where something is
|
|
|
8180 amiss with the structure.
|
|
|
8181
|
|
|
8182 Folding and unfolding
|
|
|
8183 \\[sgml-fold-element] Fold the lines comprising the current element, leaving
|
|
|
8184 the first line visible.
|
|
|
8185 \\[sgml-fold-subelement] Fold the elements in the content of the current element.
|
|
|
8186 Leaving the first line of every element visible.
|
|
|
8187 \\[sgml-unfold-line] Show hidden lines in current line.
|
|
|
8188
|
|
|
8189 User options:
|
|
|
8190
|
|
|
8191 sgml-omittag Set this to reflect OMITTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8192 sgml-shortag Set this to reflect SHORTTAG in the SGML declaration.
|
|
|
8193 sgml-auto-insert-required-elements If non-nil, automatically insert required
|
|
|
8194 elements in the content of an inserted element.
|
|
|
8195 sgml-balanced-tag-edit If non-nil, always insert start-end tag pairs.
|
|
|
8196 sgml-omittag-transparent If non-nil, will show legal tags inside elements
|
|
|
8197 with omitable start tags and legal tags beyond omitable end tags.
|
|
|
8198 sgml-leave-point-after-insert If non-nil, the point will remain after
|
|
|
8199 inserted tag(s).
|
|
|
8200 sgml-warn-about-undefined-elements If non-nil, print a warning when a tag
|
|
|
8201 for a undefined element is found.
|
|
|
8202 sgml-max-menu-size Max number of entries in Tags and Entities menus before
|
|
|
8203 they are split into several panes.
|
|
|
8204 sgml-always-quote-attributes If non-nil, quote all attribute values
|
|
|
8205 inserted after finishing edit attributes.
|
|
|
8206 sgml-minimize-attributes Determines minimization of attributes inserted by
|
|
|
8207 edit-attributes.
|
|
|
8208 sgml-normalize-trims If non-nil, sgml-normalize will trim off white space
|
|
|
8209 from end of element when adding end tag.
|
|
|
8210 sgml-indent-step How much to increament indent for every element level.
|
|
|
8211 sgml-indent-data If non-nil, indent in data/mixed context also.
|
|
|
8212 sgml-set-face If non-nil, psgml will set the face of parsed markup.
|
|
|
8213 sgml-markup-faces The faces used when the above variable is non-nil.
|
|
108
|
8214 sgml-system-path List of directories used to look for system identifiers.
|
|
78
|
8215 sgml-public-map Mapping from public identifiers to file names.
|
|
|
8216 sgml-offer-save If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before
|
|
|
8217 \\[sgml-validate] is run.
|
|
|
8218
|
|
|
8219 All bindings:
|
|
|
8220 \\{sgml-mode-map}
|
|
|
8221 " t nil)
|
|
|
8222
|
|
|
8223 ;;;***
|
|
|
8224
|
|
|
8225 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-input rmail-mode rmail) "rmail" "rmail/rmail.el")
|
|
|
8226
|
|
|
8227 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
|
|
|
8228 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
|
|
|
8229 A value of nil means exclude your own name only.")
|
|
|
8230
|
|
|
8231 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
|
|
|
8232 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
|
|
|
8233 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
|
|
|
8234 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
|
|
|
8235 value is the user's name.)
|
|
|
8236 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
|
|
|
8237
|
|
|
8238 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
|
|
|
8239 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
|
|
|
8240
|
|
|
8241 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
|
|
|
8242 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
|
|
|
8243 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
|
|
|
8244 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
|
|
|
8245 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
|
|
|
8246
|
|
|
8247 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
|
|
|
8248 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
|
|
|
8249
|
|
|
8250 (defvar rmail-retry-setup-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8251 Hook that `rmail-retry-failure' uses in place of `mail-setup-hook'.")
|
|
|
8252
|
|
|
8253 (defvar rmail-last-file nil)
|
|
|
8254
|
|
|
8255 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8256 Read and edit incoming mail.
|
|
|
8257 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
|
|
|
8258 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
|
|
|
8259 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
|
|
|
8260
|
|
|
8261 May be called with filename as argument; then performs rmail editing on
|
|
|
8262 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8263
|
|
|
8264 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8265 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
|
|
|
8266 All normal editing commands are turned off.
|
|
|
8267 Instead, these commands are available:
|
|
|
8268
|
|
|
8269 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
|
|
|
8270 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
|
|
|
8271 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
|
|
|
8272 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8273 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
|
|
|
8274 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8275 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
|
|
|
8276 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8277 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
|
|
|
8278 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
|
|
|
8279 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
|
|
|
8280 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
|
|
|
8281 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
|
|
|
8282 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
|
|
|
8283 till a deleted message is found.
|
|
|
8284 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
|
|
|
8285 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
|
|
|
8286 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
|
|
|
8287 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
|
|
|
8288 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
|
|
|
8289 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
|
|
|
8290 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
|
|
|
8291 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
|
|
|
8292 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
|
|
|
8293 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
|
|
|
8294 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
|
|
|
8295 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
|
|
|
8296 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
|
|
|
8297 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
|
|
|
8298 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
|
|
|
8299 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
|
|
|
8300 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
|
|
|
8301 (label defaults to last one specified).
|
|
|
8302 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
|
|
|
8303 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
|
|
|
8304 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
|
|
|
8305 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
|
|
|
8306 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
|
|
|
8307 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
|
|
|
8308 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
|
|
|
8309 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
|
|
|
8310 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
|
|
|
8311
|
|
|
8312 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
|
|
|
8313 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
|
|
|
8314
|
|
|
8315 ;;;***
|
|
|
8316
|
|
|
8317 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-file-p) "rmailout" "rmail/rmailout.el")
|
|
|
8318
|
|
|
8319 (autoload 'rmail-file-p "rmailout" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
8320
|
|
|
8321 ;;;***
|
|
|
8322
|
|
|
8323 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "rmail/unrmail.el")
|
|
|
8324
|
|
|
8325 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8326 Convert Rmail files to mailbox files.
|
|
|
8327 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
|
|
|
8328 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
|
|
|
8329 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
|
|
|
8330 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8331
|
|
|
8332 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
|
|
|
8333 Convert Rmail file FILE to mailbox-format file TO-FILE." t nil)
|
|
|
8334
|
|
|
8335 ;;;***
|
|
|
8336
|
|
|
8337 ;;;### (autoloads (mime/editor-mode) "tm-edit" "tm/tm-edit.el")
|
|
|
8338
|
|
|
8339 (autoload 'mime/editor-mode "tm-edit" "\
|
|
|
8340 MIME minor mode for editing the tagged MIME message.
|
|
|
8341
|
|
|
8342 In this mode, basically, the message is composed in the tagged MIME
|
|
|
8343 format. The message tag looks like:
|
|
|
8344
|
|
|
8345 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-2022-JP][7bit]]
|
|
|
8346
|
|
|
8347 The tag specifies the MIME content type, subtype, optional parameters
|
|
|
8348 and transfer encoding of the message following the tag. Messages
|
|
|
8349 without any tag are treated as `text/plain' by default. Charset and
|
|
|
8350 transfer encoding are automatically defined unless explicitly
|
|
|
8351 specified. Binary messages such as audio and image are usually hidden.
|
|
|
8352 The messages in the tagged MIME format are automatically translated
|
|
|
8353 into a MIME compliant message when exiting this mode.
|
|
|
8354
|
|
|
8355 Available charsets depend on Emacs version being used. The following
|
|
|
8356 lists the available charsets of each emacs.
|
|
|
8357
|
|
|
8358 EMACS 18: US-ASCII is only available.
|
|
|
8359 NEmacs: US-ASCII and ISO-2022-JP are available.
|
|
|
8360 EMACS 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8361 XEmacs 19: US-ASCII and ISO-8859-1 (or other charset) are available.
|
|
|
8362 Mule: US-ASCII, ISO-8859-* (except for ISO-8859-5), KOI8-R,
|
|
|
8363 ISO-2022-JP, ISO-2022-JP-2, ISO-2022-KR, BIG5 and
|
|
|
8364 ISO-2022-INT-1 are available.
|
|
|
8365
|
|
|
8366 ISO-2022-JP-2 and ISO-2022-INT-1 charsets used in mule is expected to
|
|
|
8367 be used to represent multilingual text in intermixed manner. Any
|
|
|
8368 languages that has no registered charset are represented as either
|
|
|
8369 ISO-2022-JP-2 or ISO-2022-INT-1 in mule.
|
|
|
8370
|
|
|
8371 If you want to use non-ISO-8859-1 charset in EMACS 19 or XEmacs 19,
|
|
|
8372 please set variable `default-mime-charset'. This variable must be
|
|
|
8373 symbol of which name is a MIME charset.
|
|
|
8374
|
|
|
8375 If you want to add more charsets in mule, please set variable
|
|
|
8376 `charsets-mime-charset-alist'. This variable must be alist of which
|
|
|
8377 key is list of leading-char/charset and value is symbol of MIME
|
|
|
8378 charset. (leading-char is a term of MULE 1.* and 2.*. charset is a
|
|
|
8379 term of XEmacs/mule, mule merged EMACS and MULE 3.*) If name of
|
|
|
8380 coding-system is different as MIME charset, please set variable
|
|
|
8381 `mime-charset-coding-system-alist'. This variable must be alist of
|
|
|
8382 which key is MIME charset and value is coding-system.
|
|
|
8383
|
|
|
8384 Following commands are available in addition to major mode commands:
|
|
|
8385
|
|
|
8386 [make single part]
|
|
|
8387 \\[mime-editor/insert-text] insert a text message.
|
|
|
8388 \\[mime-editor/insert-file] insert a (binary) file.
|
|
|
8389 \\[mime-editor/insert-external] insert a reference to external body.
|
|
|
8390 \\[mime-editor/insert-voice] insert a voice message.
|
|
|
8391 \\[mime-editor/insert-message] insert a mail or news message.
|
|
|
8392 \\[mime-editor/insert-mail] insert a mail message.
|
|
|
8393 \\[mime-editor/insert-signature] insert a signature file at end.
|
|
|
8394 \\[mime-editor/insert-key] insert PGP public key.
|
|
|
8395 \\[mime-editor/insert-tag] insert a new MIME tag.
|
|
|
8396
|
|
|
8397 [make enclosure (maybe multipart)]
|
|
|
8398 \\[mime-editor/enclose-alternative-region] enclose as multipart/alternative.
|
|
|
8399 \\[mime-editor/enclose-parallel-region] enclose as multipart/parallel.
|
|
|
8400 \\[mime-editor/enclose-mixed-region] enclose as multipart/mixed.
|
|
|
8401 \\[mime-editor/enclose-digest-region] enclose as multipart/digest.
|
|
|
8402 \\[mime-editor/enclose-signed-region] enclose as PGP signed.
|
|
|
8403 \\[mime-editor/enclose-encrypted-region] enclose as PGP encrypted.
|
|
|
8404 \\[mime-editor/enclose-quote-region] enclose as verbose mode (to avoid to expand tags)
|
|
|
8405
|
|
|
8406 [other commands]
|
|
|
8407 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-7bit] set transfer-level as 7.
|
|
|
8408 \\[mime-editor/set-transfer-level-8bit] set transfer-level as 8.
|
|
|
8409 \\[mime-editor/set-split] set message splitting mode.
|
|
|
8410 \\[mime-editor/set-sign] set PGP-sign mode.
|
|
|
8411 \\[mime-editor/set-encrypt] set PGP-encryption mode.
|
|
|
8412 \\[mime-editor/preview-message] preview editing MIME message.
|
|
|
8413 \\[mime-editor/exit] exit and translate into a MIME compliant message.
|
|
|
8414 \\[mime-editor/help] show this help.
|
|
|
8415 \\[mime-editor/maybe-translate] exit and translate if in MIME mode, then split.
|
|
|
8416
|
|
|
8417 Additional commands are available in some major modes:
|
|
|
8418 C-c C-c exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8419 C-c C-s exit, translate and run the original command.
|
|
|
8420
|
|
|
8421 The following is a message example written in the tagged MIME format.
|
|
|
8422 TABs at the beginning of the line are not a part of the message:
|
|
|
8423
|
|
|
8424 This is a conventional plain text. It should be translated
|
|
|
8425 into text/plain.
|
|
|
8426 --[[text/plain]]
|
|
|
8427 This is also a plain text. But, it is explicitly specified as
|
|
|
8428 is.
|
|
86
|
8429 --[[text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1]]
|
|
|
8430 This is also a plain text. But charset is specified as
|
|
|
8431 iso-8859-1.
|
|
|
8432
|
|
|
8433 ¡Hola! Buenos días. ¿Cómo está usted?
|
|
|
8434 --[[text/enriched]]
|
|
|
8435 This is a <bold>enriched text</bold>.
|
|
|
8436 --[[image/gif][base64]]...image encoded in base64 here...
|
|
|
8437 --[[audio/basic][base64]]...audio encoded in base64 here...
|
|
78
|
8438
|
|
|
8439 User customizable variables (not documented all of them):
|
|
|
8440 mime-prefix
|
|
|
8441 Specifies a key prefix for MIME minor mode commands.
|
|
|
8442
|
|
|
8443 mime-ignore-preceding-spaces
|
|
|
8444 Preceding white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8445
|
|
|
8446 mime-ignore-trailing-spaces
|
|
|
8447 Trailing white spaces in a message body are ignored if non-nil.
|
|
|
8448
|
|
|
8449 mime-auto-hide-body
|
|
|
8450 Hide a non-textual body message encoded in base64 after insertion
|
|
|
8451 if non-nil.
|
|
|
8452
|
|
|
8453 mime-editor/transfer-level
|
|
|
8454 A number of network transfer level. It should be bigger than 7.
|
|
|
8455 If you are in 8bit-through environment, please set 8.
|
|
|
8456
|
|
|
8457 mime-editor/voice-recorder
|
|
|
8458 Specifies a function to record a voice message and encode it.
|
|
|
8459 The function `mime-editor/voice-recorder-for-sun' is for Sun
|
|
|
8460 SparcStations.
|
|
|
8461
|
|
|
8462 mime/editor-mode-hook
|
|
|
8463 Turning on MIME mode calls the value of mime/editor-mode-hook, if
|
|
|
8464 it is non-nil.
|
|
|
8465
|
|
|
8466 mime-editor/translate-hook
|
|
|
8467 The value of mime-editor/translate-hook is called just before translating
|
|
|
8468 the tagged MIME format into a MIME compliant message if it is
|
|
|
8469 non-nil. If the hook call the function mime-editor/insert-signature,
|
|
|
8470 the signature file will be inserted automatically.
|
|
|
8471
|
|
|
8472 mime-editor/exit-hook
|
|
|
8473 Turning off MIME mode calls the value of mime-editor/exit-hook, if it is
|
|
|
8474 non-nil." t nil)
|
|
|
8475
|
|
|
8476 (defalias 'edit-mime 'mime/editor-mode)
|
|
|
8477
|
|
|
8478 ;;;***
|
|
|
8479
|
|
|
8480 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice) "advice" "utils/advice.el")
|
|
|
8481
|
|
|
8482 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
|
|
|
8483 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
|
|
|
8484 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
|
|
|
8485 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
|
|
|
8486 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
|
|
|
8487 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
|
|
|
8488 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
|
|
|
8489 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
|
|
|
8490 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
|
|
|
8491 interpreted as `error'.")
|
|
|
8492
|
|
|
8493 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
|
|
|
8494 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
|
|
|
8495 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
|
|
|
8496 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
|
|
|
8497 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
|
|
|
8498 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
|
|
|
8499 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
|
|
|
8500 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
|
|
|
8501
|
|
|
8502 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8503 Adds a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
|
|
|
8504 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
|
|
|
8505 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
|
|
|
8506 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
|
|
|
8507 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
|
|
|
8508 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
|
|
|
8509 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
|
|
|
8510 will be overwritten with the new one.
|
|
|
8511 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
|
|
|
8512 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
|
|
|
8513 will clear the cache." nil nil)
|
|
|
8514
|
|
|
8515 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
|
|
|
8516 Defines a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
|
|
|
8517 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
|
|
|
8518
|
|
|
8519 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
|
|
|
8520 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
|
|
|
8521 BODY... )
|
|
|
8522
|
|
|
8523 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
|
|
|
8524 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
|
|
|
8525 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8526 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
|
|
|
8527 see also `ad-add-advice'.
|
|
|
8528 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
|
|
|
8529 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
|
|
|
8530 before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8531 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
|
|
|
8532 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
|
|
|
8533 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
|
|
|
8534 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
|
|
|
8535 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
|
|
|
8536 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
|
|
|
8537
|
|
|
8538 Semantics of the various flags:
|
|
|
8539 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
|
|
|
8540 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
|
|
|
8541 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
|
|
|
8542
|
|
|
8543 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
|
|
|
8544 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
|
|
|
8545
|
|
|
8546 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
|
|
|
8547 advised function should be compiled.
|
|
|
8548
|
|
|
8549 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
|
|
|
8550 during activation until somebody enables it.
|
|
|
8551
|
|
|
8552 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
|
|
|
8553 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
|
|
|
8554 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
|
|
|
8555 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
|
|
|
8556
|
|
|
8557 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
|
|
|
8558 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
|
|
|
8559 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
|
|
|
8560 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
|
|
|
8561 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
|
|
|
8562 during preloading.
|
|
|
8563
|
|
|
8564 Look at the file `advice.el' for comprehensive documentation." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8565
|
|
|
8566 ;;;***
|
|
|
8567
|
|
|
8568 ;;;### (autoloads (all-annotations annotation-list annotations-at annotations-in-region annotation-at annotationp delete-annotation make-annotation) "annotations" "utils/annotations.el")
|
|
|
8569
|
|
|
8570 (defvar make-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8571 *Function or functions to run immediately after creating an annotation.")
|
|
|
8572
|
|
|
8573 (defvar before-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8574 *Function or functions to run immediately before deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8575
|
|
|
8576 (defvar after-delete-annotation-hook nil "\
|
|
|
8577 *Function or functions to run immediately after deleting an annotation.")
|
|
|
8578
|
|
|
8579 (autoload 'make-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8580 Create a marginal annotation, displayed using GLYPH, at position POS.
|
|
|
8581 GLYPH may be either a glyph object or a string. Use layout policy
|
|
|
8582 LAYOUT and place the annotation in buffer BUFFER. If POS is nil, point is
|
|
|
8583 used. If LAYOUT is nil, `whitespace' is used. If BUFFER is nil, the
|
|
|
8584 current buffer is used. If WITH-EVENT is non-nil, then when an annotation
|
|
|
8585 is activated, the triggering event is passed as the second arg to the
|
|
|
8586 annotation function. If D-GLYPH is non-nil then it is used as the glyph
|
|
|
8587 that will be displayed when button1 is down. If RIGHTP is non-nil then
|
|
|
8588 the glyph will be displayed on the right side of the buffer instead of the
|
|
|
8589 left." nil nil)
|
|
|
8590
|
|
|
8591 (autoload 'delete-annotation "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8592 Remove ANNOTATION from its buffer. This does not modify the buffer text." nil nil)
|
|
|
8593
|
|
|
8594 (autoload 'annotationp "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8595 T if OBJECT is an annotation." nil nil)
|
|
|
8596
|
|
|
8597 (autoload 'annotation-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8598 Return the first annotation at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8599 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. POS defaults to point in BUFFER." nil nil)
|
|
|
8600
|
|
|
8601 (autoload 'annotations-in-region "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8602 Return all annotations in BUFFER between START and END inclusively." nil nil)
|
|
|
8603
|
|
|
8604 (autoload 'annotations-at "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8605 Return a list of all annotations at POS in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8606 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used. If POS is nil, point is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8607
|
|
|
8608 (autoload 'annotation-list "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8609 Return a list of all annotations in BUFFER.
|
|
|
8610 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used." nil nil)
|
|
|
8611
|
|
|
8612 (autoload 'all-annotations "annotations" "\
|
|
|
8613 Return a list of all annotations in existence." nil nil)
|
|
|
8614
|
|
|
8615 ;;;***
|
|
|
8616
|
|
|
8617 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directory update-autoloads-here update-file-autoloads generate-file-autoloads) "autoload" "utils/autoload.el")
|
|
|
8618
|
|
|
8619 (autoload 'generate-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8620 Insert at point a loaddefs autoload section for FILE.
|
|
|
8621 autoloads are generated for defuns and defmacros in FILE
|
|
|
8622 marked by `generate-autoload-cookie' (which see).
|
|
|
8623 If FILE is being visited in a buffer, the contents of the buffer
|
|
|
8624 are used." t nil)
|
|
|
8625
|
|
|
8626 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8627 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
|
|
|
8628 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
|
|
|
8629
|
|
|
8630 (autoload 'update-autoloads-here "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8631 Update sections of the current buffer generated by `update-file-autoloads'." t nil)
|
|
|
8632
|
|
|
8633 (autoload 'update-autoloads-from-directory "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8634 Update `generated-autoload-file' with all the current autoloads from DIR.
|
|
|
8635 This runs `update-file-autoloads' on each .el file in DIR.
|
|
|
8636 Obsolete autoload entries for files that no longer exist are deleted." t nil)
|
|
|
8637
|
|
|
8638 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
|
|
|
8639 Update the autoloads for the files or directories on the command line.
|
|
|
8640 Runs `update-file-autoloads' on files and `update-directory-autoloads'
|
|
|
8641 on directories. Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
|
|
|
8642 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
|
|
|
8643 For example, invoke `xemacs -batch -f batch-update-autoloads *.el'." nil nil)
|
|
|
8644
|
|
|
8645 ;;;***
|
|
|
8646
|
|
|
8647 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "utils/browse-url.el")
|
|
|
8648
|
|
134
|
8649 (defcustom browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-w3 "*Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.\nUsed by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and\n`browse-url-of-file' commands." :type 'function :group 'browse-url)
|
|
78
|
8650
|
|
|
8651 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8652 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8653
|
|
|
8654 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
|
|
|
8655 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
|
|
|
8656
|
|
|
8657 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
|
|
|
8658 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
|
|
|
8659 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
|
|
|
8660 the effect of browse-url-new-window-p.
|
|
|
8661
|
|
|
8662 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
|
|
|
8663 used instead of browse-url-new-window-p." t nil)
|
|
|
8664
|
|
|
8665 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8666 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8667 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8668
|
|
|
8669 (autoload 'browse-url-grail "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8670 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8671 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
|
|
|
8672 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
|
|
|
8673
|
|
|
8674 (autoload 'browse-url-iximosaic "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8675 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8676 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8677
|
|
|
8678 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8679 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8680 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
|
|
|
8681
|
|
|
8682 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-xterm "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8683 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8684 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
|
|
|
8685 in an Xterm window." t nil)
|
|
|
8686
|
|
|
8687 (autoload 'browse-url-lynx-emacs "browse-url" "\
|
|
|
8688 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
|
|
|
8689 Default to the URL around or before point. Run a new Lynx process in
|
|
|
8690 an Emacs buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
8691
|
|
|
8692 ;;;***
|
|
|
8693
|
|
|
8694 ;;;### (autoloads (docref-setup) "docref" "utils/docref.el")
|
|
|
8695
|
|
|
8696 (autoload 'docref-setup "docref" "\
|
|
|
8697 Process docref cross-references in the current buffer.
|
|
|
8698 See also \\(f@docref-subst)." t nil)
|
|
|
8699
|
|
|
8700 ;;;***
|
|
|
8701
|
|
|
8702 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "utils/easymenu.el")
|
|
|
8703
|
|
|
8704 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
|
|
|
8705 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
8706 The arguments SYMBOL and DOC are ignored; they are present for
|
|
|
8707 compatibility only. SYMBOL is not evaluated. In other Emacs versions
|
|
|
8708 these arguments may be used as a variable to hold the menu data, and a
|
|
|
8709 doc string for that variable.
|
|
|
8710
|
|
|
8711 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
8712 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
8713
|
|
|
8714 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
8715
|
|
|
8716 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
8717
|
|
|
8718 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
8719 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
8720
|
|
|
8721 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8722 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8723
|
|
|
8724 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
8725
|
|
|
8726 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
8727
|
|
|
8728 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
8729
|
|
|
8730 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
8731
|
|
|
8732 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
8733
|
|
|
8734 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
8735
|
|
|
8736 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
8737 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8738
|
|
|
8739 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
8740
|
|
|
8741 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
8742
|
|
|
8743 :style STYLE
|
|
|
8744
|
|
|
8745 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
8746 defined:
|
|
|
8747
|
|
|
8748 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
8749 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
8750 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
8751 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
8752
|
|
|
8753 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
8754
|
|
|
8755 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
8756 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
8757 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
8758
|
|
|
8759 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
8760 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
8761 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
8762
|
|
|
8763 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
8764 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
8765 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
8766 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
8767
|
|
|
8768 ;;;***
|
|
|
8769
|
|
118
|
8770 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-kbd-macro format-kbd-macro kbd read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "utils/edmacro.el")
|
|
98
|
8771
|
|
|
8772 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
|
|
|
8773
|
|
|
8774 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
|
|
|
8775 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
|
|
|
8776 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
|
|
|
8777
|
|
|
8778 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8779 Edit a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8780 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8781 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
|
|
|
8782 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
|
|
|
8783 its command name.
|
|
|
8784 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
|
|
|
8785
|
|
|
8786 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8787 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
|
|
|
8788
|
|
|
8789 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8790 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
|
|
|
8791
|
|
|
8792 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8793 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
|
|
|
8794 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
|
|
|
8795 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
|
|
|
8796 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
|
|
|
8797 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
|
|
|
8798
|
|
|
8799 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
|
|
|
8800 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
|
|
|
8801 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
|
|
|
8802 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
|
|
|
8803
|
|
118
|
8804 (autoload 'kbd "edmacro" "\
|
|
136
|
8805 Convert KEYS to the internal Emacs key representation." nil 'macro)
|
|
118
|
8806
|
|
98
|
8807 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8808 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
|
|
|
8809 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
|
|
|
8810 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
|
|
|
8811 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
|
|
|
8812 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
|
|
|
8813
|
|
|
8814 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
|
|
|
8815 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
|
|
|
8816 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
|
|
|
8817 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
|
|
|
8818
|
|
|
8819 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
|
|
|
8820 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
|
|
|
8821 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
|
|
|
8822 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
|
|
|
8823 bindings.
|
|
|
8824
|
|
|
8825 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
|
|
|
8826 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
|
|
|
8827
|
|
|
8828 ;;;***
|
|
|
8829
|
|
|
8830 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "utils/eldoc.el")
|
|
|
8831
|
|
134
|
8832 (defcustom eldoc-mode nil "*If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.\n\nFor the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is\nwithin, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.\nThis information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is\nin pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained\nfrom the documentation string if possible.\n\nIf point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring\ninstead.\n\nThis variable is buffer-local." :type 'boolean :group 'eldoc)
|
|
98
|
8833
|
|
|
8834 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
8835 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
|
|
|
8836 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
|
|
|
8837
|
|
|
8838 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
|
|
|
8839 of the mode.
|
|
|
8840 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
|
|
|
8841 the mode, respectively." t nil)
|
|
|
8842
|
|
|
8843 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
|
|
|
8844 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
|
|
|
8845
|
|
|
8846 ;;;***
|
|
|
8847
|
|
78
|
8848 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "utils/elp.el")
|
|
|
8849
|
|
|
8850 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
8851 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
|
|
|
8852 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
8853
|
|
|
8854 (autoload 'elp-restore-function "elp" "\
|
|
|
8855 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
|
|
|
8856 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
|
|
|
8857
|
|
|
8858 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
|
|
|
8859 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
|
|
|
8860 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
|
|
|
8861
|
|
|
8862 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
|
|
|
8863 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
|
|
|
8864 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
|
|
|
8865
|
|
|
8866 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
|
|
|
8867
|
|
|
8868 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
|
|
|
8869 Display current profiling results.
|
|
|
8870 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
|
|
|
8871 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
|
|
|
8872 displayed." t nil)
|
|
|
8873
|
|
|
8874 (autoload 'elp-submit-bug-report "elp" "\
|
|
|
8875 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
|
|
|
8876
|
|
|
8877 ;;;***
|
|
|
8878
|
|
|
8879 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-props facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-make-much-smaller facemenu-make-much-larger facemenu-make-smaller facemenu-make-larger facemenu-set-size-default facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "utils/facemenu.el")
|
|
|
8880
|
|
126
|
8881 (define-key ctl-x-map "F" 'facemenu-keymap)
|
|
|
8882
|
|
78
|
8883 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
|
|
|
8884 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
|
|
|
8885
|
|
|
8886 (defvar facemenu-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Set face"))) (define-key map ?o 'facemenu-set-face) map) "\
|
|
|
8887 Keymap for face-changing commands.
|
|
|
8888 `Facemenu-update' fills in the keymap according to the bindings
|
|
|
8889 requested in `facemenu-keybindings'.")
|
|
|
8890
|
|
|
8891 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8892 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8893 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
|
|
|
8894 will not show through at all will be removed.
|
|
|
8895
|
|
|
8896 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
|
|
|
8897
|
|
|
8898 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
8899 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
8900
|
|
|
8901 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
8902 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8903 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
|
8904
|
|
|
8905 (autoload 'facemenu-set-foreground "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8906 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8907 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
8908 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
8909 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
8910 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
8911 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8912 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
8913
|
|
|
8914 (autoload 'facemenu-set-background "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8915 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8916 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
|
|
|
8917 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
|
|
|
8918 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
|
|
|
8919 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
|
|
|
8920 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
|
8921 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
|
|
|
8922
|
|
|
8923 (autoload 'facemenu-set-face-from-menu "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8924 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
|
|
|
8925 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
|
|
|
8926 is the menu item's name.
|
|
|
8927
|
|
|
8928 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
|
|
|
8929 this command sets the region to the requested face.
|
|
|
8930
|
|
|
8931 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
|
|
|
8932 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
|
|
100
|
8933 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
|
|
78
|
8934
|
|
|
8935 (autoload 'facemenu-set-size-default "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8936
|
|
|
8937 (autoload 'facemenu-make-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8938
|
|
|
8939 (autoload 'facemenu-make-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8940
|
|
|
8941 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-larger "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8942
|
|
|
8943 (autoload 'facemenu-make-much-smaller "facemenu" nil t nil)
|
|
|
8944
|
|
|
8945 (autoload 'facemenu-set-invisible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8946 Make the region invisible.
|
|
|
8947 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8948 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8949
|
|
|
8950 (autoload 'facemenu-set-intangible "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8951 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
|
|
|
8952 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8953 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8954
|
|
|
8955 (autoload 'facemenu-set-read-only "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8956 Make the region unmodifiable.
|
|
|
8957 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
|
|
|
8958 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
|
|
|
8959
|
|
|
8960 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-props "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8961 Remove all text properties that facemenu added to region." t nil)
|
|
|
8962
|
|
|
8963 (autoload 'facemenu-remove-special "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8964 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
|
|
|
8965 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
|
|
|
8966
|
|
|
8967 (autoload 'list-text-properties-at "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8968 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
|
|
|
8969
|
|
|
8970 (autoload 'facemenu-read-color "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8971 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
8972
|
|
|
8973 (autoload 'list-colors-display "facemenu" "\
|
|
|
8974 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
|
|
|
8975 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
|
|
|
8976 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
|
|
|
8977 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
|
|
|
8978
|
|
|
8979 ;;;***
|
|
|
8980
|
|
98
|
8981 ;;;### (autoloads (floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu floating-toolbar) "floating-toolbar" "utils/floating-toolbar.el")
|
|
|
8982
|
|
|
8983 (autoload 'floating-toolbar "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
8984 Popup a toolbar near the current mouse position.
|
|
|
8985 The toolbar instantiator used is taken from the 'floating-toolbar
|
|
|
8986 property of any extent under the mouse. If no such non-nil
|
|
|
8987 property exists for any extent under the mouse, then the value of the
|
|
|
8988 variable `floating-toolbar' is checked. If its value si nil, then
|
|
|
8989 no toolbar will be displayed.
|
|
|
8990
|
|
|
8991 This command should be bound to a button press event.
|
|
|
8992
|
|
|
8993 When called from a program, first arg EVENT should be the button
|
|
|
8994 press event. Optional second arg EXTENT-LOCAL-ONLY specifies
|
|
|
8995 that only extent local toolbars should be used; this means the
|
|
|
8996 `floating-toolbar' variable will not be consulted." t nil)
|
|
|
8997
|
|
|
8998 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
8999 Like floating-toolbar, but if no toolbar is displayed
|
|
|
9000 run popup-mode-menu." t nil)
|
|
|
9001
|
|
|
9002 (autoload 'floating-toolbar-from-extent-or-popup-mode-menu "floating-toolbar" "\
|
|
|
9003 Like floating-toolbar-or-popup-mode-menu, but search only for an
|
|
|
9004 extent local toolbar." t nil)
|
|
|
9005
|
|
|
9006 ;;;***
|
|
|
9007
|
|
78
|
9008 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "utils/flow-ctrl.el")
|
|
|
9009
|
|
|
9010 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
9011 Toggle flow control handling.
|
|
|
9012 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
|
|
|
9013 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
|
|
|
9014
|
|
|
9015 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
|
|
|
9016 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
|
|
|
9017 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
|
|
|
9018 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
|
|
|
9019 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
|
|
|
9020 to get the effect of a C-q.
|
|
|
9021
|
|
|
9022 This function has no effect unless the current device is a tty.
|
|
|
9023
|
|
|
9024 The tty terminal type is determined from the TERM environment variable.
|
|
|
9025 Trailing hyphens and everything following is stripped, so a TERM
|
|
|
9026 value of \"vt100-nam\" is treated the same as \"vt100\"." nil nil)
|
|
|
9027
|
|
|
9028 ;;;***
|
|
|
9029
|
|
|
9030 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode) "forms" "utils/forms.el")
|
|
|
9031
|
|
|
9032 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
|
|
|
9033 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
|
|
|
9034
|
|
|
9035 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
|
|
|
9036 TAB forms-next-field TAB
|
|
|
9037 \\C-c TAB forms-next-field
|
|
|
9038 \\C-c < forms-first-record <
|
|
|
9039 \\C-c > forms-last-record >
|
|
|
9040 \\C-c ? describe-mode ?
|
|
|
9041 \\C-c \\C-k forms-delete-record
|
|
|
9042 \\C-c \\C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
|
|
|
9043 \\C-c \\C-o forms-insert-record
|
|
|
9044 \\C-c \\C-l forms-jump-record l
|
|
|
9045 \\C-c \\C-n forms-next-record n
|
|
|
9046 \\C-c \\C-p forms-prev-record p
|
|
|
9047 \\C-c \\C-r forms-search-backward r
|
|
|
9048 \\C-c \\C-s forms-search-forward s
|
|
|
9049 \\C-c \\C-x forms-exit x
|
|
|
9050 " t nil)
|
|
|
9051
|
|
|
9052 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
|
|
|
9053 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
|
|
|
9054
|
|
|
9055 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
|
|
|
9056 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
|
|
|
9057
|
|
|
9058 ;;;***
|
|
|
9059
|
|
149
|
9060 ;;;### (autoloads (unhide-copyleft-region hide-copyleft-region) "hide-copyleft" "utils/hide-copyleft.el")
|
|
|
9061
|
|
|
9062 (autoload 'hide-copyleft-region "hide-copyleft" "\
|
|
|
9063 Make the legal drivel at the front of this file invisible. Unhide it again
|
|
|
9064 with C-u \\[hide-copyleft-region]." t nil)
|
|
|
9065
|
|
|
9066 (autoload 'unhide-copyleft-region "hide-copyleft" "\
|
|
|
9067 If the legal nonsense at the top of this file is elided, make it visible again." nil nil)
|
|
|
9068
|
|
|
9069 ;;;***
|
|
|
9070
|
|
78
|
9071 ;;;### (autoloads (highlight-headers-follow-url highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape highlight-headers) "highlight-headers" "utils/highlight-headers.el")
|
|
|
9072
|
|
|
9073 (autoload 'highlight-headers "highlight-headers" "\
|
|
|
9074 Highlight message headers between start and end.
|
|
|
9075 Faces used:
|
|
|
9076 message-headers the part before the colon
|
|
|
9077 message-header-contents the part after the colon
|
|
|
9078 message-highlighted-header-contents contents of \"special\" headers
|
|
|
9079 message-cited-text quoted text from other messages
|
|
|
9080
|
|
|
9081 Variables used:
|
|
|
9082
|
|
|
9083 highlight-headers-regexp what makes a \"special\" header
|
|
|
9084 highlight-headers-citation-regexp matches lines of quoted text
|
|
|
9085 highlight-headers-citation-header-regexp matches headers for quoted text
|
|
|
9086
|
|
|
9087 If HACK-SIG is true,then we search backward from END for something that
|
|
|
9088 looks like the beginning of a signature block, and don't consider that a
|
|
|
9089 part of the message (this is because signatures are often incorrectly
|
|
|
9090 interpreted as cited text.)" nil nil)
|
|
|
9091
|
|
|
9092 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-netscape "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9093
|
|
|
9094 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url-mosaic "highlight-headers" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9095
|
|
|
9096 (autoload 'highlight-headers-follow-url "highlight-headers" nil t nil)
|
|
|
9097
|
|
|
9098 ;;;***
|
|
|
9099
|
|
|
9100 ;;;### (autoloads (id-select-double-click-hook id-select-and-kill-thing id-select-and-copy-thing id-select-goto-matching-tag id-select-thing-with-mouse id-select-thing) "id-select" "utils/id-select.el")
|
|
|
9101
|
|
|
9102 (autoload 'id-select-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9103 Mark the region selected by the syntax of the thing at point.
|
|
|
9104 If invoked repeatedly, selects bigger and bigger things.
|
|
|
9105 If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil, the type of selection is displayed in
|
|
|
9106 the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9107
|
|
|
9108 (autoload 'id-select-thing-with-mouse "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9109 Select a region based on the syntax of the character from a mouse click.
|
|
|
9110 If the click occurs at the same point as the last click, select
|
|
|
9111 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9112 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9113
|
|
|
9114 (autoload 'id-select-goto-matching-tag "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9115 If in a major mode listed in `id-select-markup-modes,' moves point to the start of the tag paired with the closest tag that point is within or precedes.
|
|
|
9116 Returns t if point is moved, else nil.
|
|
|
9117 Signals an error if no tag is found following point or if the closing tag
|
|
|
9118 does not have a `>' terminator character." t nil)
|
|
|
9119
|
|
|
9120 (autoload 'id-select-and-copy-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9121 Copy the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9122
|
|
|
9123 (autoload 'id-select-and-kill-thing "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9124 Kill the region surrounding the syntactical unit at point." t nil)
|
|
|
9125
|
|
|
9126 (autoload 'id-select-double-click-hook "id-select" "\
|
|
|
9127 Select a region based on the syntax of the character wherever the mouse is double-clicked.
|
|
|
9128 If the double-click occurs at the same point as the last double-click, select
|
|
|
9129 the next larger syntactic structure. If `id-select-display-type' is non-nil,
|
|
|
9130 the type of selection is displayed in the minibuffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9131
|
|
|
9132 ;;;***
|
|
|
9133
|
|
|
9134 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "utils/loadhist.el")
|
|
|
9135
|
|
|
9136 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
|
|
|
9137 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
|
|
|
9138 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
|
|
|
9139 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
|
|
|
9140
|
|
|
9141 ;;;***
|
|
|
9142
|
|
|
9143 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "utils/mail-extr.el")
|
|
|
9144
|
|
|
9145 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9146 Given an RFC-822 ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
|
|
|
9147 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
|
|
|
9148 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
|
|
|
9149 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
|
|
|
9150 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
|
|
|
9151 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
|
|
|
9152 consing a string.)
|
|
|
9153 If ADDRESS contains more than one RFC-822 address, only the first is
|
|
|
9154 returned. Some day this function may be extended to extract multiple
|
|
|
9155 addresses, or perhaps return the position at which parsing stopped." nil nil)
|
|
|
9156
|
|
|
9157 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
|
|
|
9158 Prompts for a mail domain, and prints the country it corresponds to
|
|
|
9159 in the minibuffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9160
|
|
|
9161 ;;;***
|
|
|
9162
|
|
|
9163 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "utils/mail-utils.el")
|
|
|
9164
|
|
|
9165 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
|
|
|
9166 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
|
|
|
9167 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
|
|
|
9168 often correct parser.")
|
|
|
9169
|
|
|
9170 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9171
|
|
|
9172 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
|
|
|
9173 Return the value of the header field FIELD-NAME.
|
|
|
9174 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the headers of the message.
|
|
|
9175 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last such field if there are several.
|
|
|
9176 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between." nil nil)
|
|
|
9177
|
|
|
9178 ;;;***
|
|
|
9179
|
|
|
9180 ;;;### (autoloads (read-passwd) "passwd" "utils/passwd.el")
|
|
|
9181
|
|
|
9182 (autoload 'read-passwd "passwd" "\
|
|
|
9183 Prompts for a password in the minibuffer, and returns it as a string.
|
|
|
9184 If PROMPT may be a prompt string or an alist of elements
|
|
|
9185 '(prompt . default).
|
|
|
9186 If optional arg CONFIRM is true, then ask the user to type the password
|
|
|
9187 again to confirm that they typed it correctly.
|
|
|
9188 If optional arg DEFAULT is provided, then it is a string to insert as
|
|
|
9189 the default choice (it is not, of course, displayed.)
|
|
|
9190
|
|
|
9191 If running under X, the keyboard will be grabbed (with XGrabKeyboard())
|
|
108
|
9192 to reduce the possibility that eavesdropping is occuring.
|
|
78
|
9193
|
|
|
9194 When reading a password, all keys self-insert, except for:
|
|
|
9195 \\<read-passwd-map>
|
|
|
9196 \\[read-passwd-erase-line] Erase the entire line.
|
|
|
9197 \\[quoted-insert] Insert the next character literally.
|
|
|
9198 \\[delete-backward-char] Delete the previous character.
|
|
|
9199 \\[exit-minibuffer] Accept what you have typed.
|
|
|
9200 \\[keyboard-quit] Abort the command.
|
|
|
9201
|
|
|
9202 The returned value is always a newly-created string. No additional copies
|
|
|
9203 of the password remain after this function has returned.
|
|
|
9204
|
|
|
9205 NOTE: unless great care is taken, the typed password will exist in plaintext
|
|
|
9206 form in the running image for an arbitrarily long time. Priveleged users may
|
|
|
9207 be able to extract it from memory. If emacs crashes, it may appear in the
|
|
|
9208 resultant core file.
|
|
|
9209
|
|
|
9210 Some steps you can take to prevent the password from being copied around:
|
|
|
9211
|
|
|
9212 - as soon as you are done with the returned string, destroy it with
|
|
|
9213 (fillarray string 0). The same goes for any default passwords
|
|
|
9214 or password histories.
|
|
|
9215
|
|
|
9216 - do not copy the string, as with concat or substring - if you do, be
|
|
|
9217 sure to keep track of and destroy all copies.
|
|
|
9218
|
|
|
9219 - do not insert the password into a buffer - if you do, be sure to
|
|
|
9220 overwrite the buffer text before killing it, as with the functions
|
|
|
9221 `passwd-erase-buffer' or `passwd-kill-buffer'. Note that deleting
|
|
|
9222 the text from the buffer does NOT necessarily remove the text from
|
|
|
9223 memory.
|
|
|
9224
|
|
|
9225 - be careful of the undo history - if you insert the password into a
|
|
|
9226 buffer which has undo recording turned on, the password will be
|
|
|
9227 copied onto the undo list, and thus recoverable.
|
|
|
9228
|
|
|
9229 - do not pass it as an argument to a shell command - anyone will be
|
|
|
9230 able to see it if they run `ps' at the right time.
|
|
|
9231
|
|
|
9232 Note that the password will be temporarily recoverable with the `view-lossage'
|
|
|
9233 command. This data will not be overwritten until another hundred or so
|
|
|
9234 characters are typed. There's not currently a way around this." nil nil)
|
|
|
9235
|
|
|
9236 ;;;***
|
|
|
9237
|
|
|
9238 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp" "utils/pp.el")
|
|
|
9239
|
|
|
9240 (defalias 'pprint 'pp)
|
|
|
9241
|
|
|
9242 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9243 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
|
|
|
9244 Quoting characters are printed when needed to make output that `read'
|
|
|
9245 can handle, whenever this is possible.
|
|
|
9246 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
|
|
|
9247
|
|
|
9248 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
|
|
|
9249 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
|
|
|
9250 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
|
|
|
9251 instead. Value is also consed on to front of variable values 's
|
|
|
9252 value." t nil)
|
|
|
9253
|
|
|
9254 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
|
|
|
9255 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
|
|
|
9256 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
|
|
|
9257 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
|
|
|
9258
|
|
|
9259 ;;;***
|
|
|
9260
|
|
|
9261 ;;;### (autoloads (prettyexpand-all-sexp prettyexpand-sexp macroexpand-all-sexp macroexpand-sexp pp-plist pp-variable pp-function) "pretty-print" "utils/pretty-print.el")
|
|
|
9262
|
|
|
9263 (autoload 'pp-function "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9264 Pretty print the function definition of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9265
|
|
|
9266 (autoload 'pp-variable "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9267 Pretty print the variable value of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9268
|
|
|
9269 (autoload 'pp-plist "pretty-print" "\
|
|
108
|
9270 Pretty print the property list of SYMBOL in a separate buffer" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9271
|
|
|
9272 (autoload 'macroexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9273 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion in a
|
|
|
9274 temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9275 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9276
|
|
|
9277 (autoload 'macroexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9278 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9279 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9280 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9281
|
|
|
9282 (autoload 'prettyexpand-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9283 Macro expand the sexpression following point. Pretty print expansion
|
|
|
9284 in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the original
|
|
|
9285 sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9286 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9287 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9288 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9289
|
|
|
9290 (autoload 'prettyexpand-all-sexp "pretty-print" "\
|
|
|
9291 Macro expand recursively the sexpression following point. Pretty print
|
|
|
9292 expansion in a temporary buffer. With prefix argument, replace the
|
|
|
9293 original sexpression by its expansion in the current buffer.
|
|
|
9294 However, calls to macros specified in the variable
|
|
|
9295 `pp-shadow-expansion-list' are not expanded, in order to make the code
|
|
|
9296 look nicer." t nil)
|
|
|
9297
|
|
|
9298 ;;;***
|
|
|
9299
|
|
|
9300 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "utils/reporter.el")
|
|
|
9301
|
|
|
9302 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9303
|
|
|
9304 ;;;***
|
|
|
9305
|
|
|
9306 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ringp) "ring" "utils/ring.el")
|
|
|
9307
|
|
|
9308 (autoload 'ringp "ring" "\
|
|
|
9309 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
|
|
|
9310
|
|
|
9311 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'ring-p 'ringp)
|
|
|
9312
|
|
|
9313 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
|
|
|
9314 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
|
|
|
9315
|
|
|
9316 ;;;***
|
|
|
9317
|
|
|
9318 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "utils/skeleton.el")
|
|
|
9319
|
|
|
9320 (defvar skeleton-filter 'identity "\
|
|
|
9321 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
|
|
|
9322
|
|
|
9323 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9324 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
|
|
|
9325 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
|
|
|
9326 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
|
|
|
9327 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9328
|
|
|
9329 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9330 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9331 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9332 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9333 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9334 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9335 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9336
|
|
|
9337 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9338 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9339 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9340
|
|
|
9341 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9342 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9343 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
|
|
|
9344 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
|
|
|
9345 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
|
|
|
9346 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
|
|
|
9347 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
|
|
|
9348
|
|
|
9349 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
|
|
|
9350 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
|
|
|
9351 ignored." t nil)
|
|
|
9352
|
|
|
9353 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9354 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
|
|
|
9355
|
|
|
9356 With optional third REGIONS wrap first interesting point (`_') in skeleton
|
|
|
9357 around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. If REGIONS is negative,
|
|
|
9358 wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first REGIONS interesting positions
|
|
|
9359 \(successive `_'s) in skeleton. An interregion is the stretch of text between
|
|
|
9360 two contiguous marked points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor)
|
|
|
9361 in alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. But
|
|
|
9362 if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
|
|
|
9363
|
|
|
9364 Optional fourth STR is the value for the variable `str' within the skeleton.
|
|
|
9365 When this is non-`nil' the interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid
|
|
|
9366 skeleton element.
|
|
|
9367
|
|
|
9368 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
|
|
|
9369 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
|
|
|
9370
|
|
|
9371 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
|
|
|
9372 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
|
|
|
9373
|
|
|
9374 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
|
|
|
9375 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
|
|
|
9376 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
|
|
|
9377 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
|
|
|
9378 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
|
|
|
9379 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
|
|
|
9380 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
|
|
|
9381 nil skipped
|
|
|
9382
|
|
|
9383 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
|
|
|
9384 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
|
|
|
9385 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
|
|
|
9386 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
|
|
|
9387 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
|
|
|
9388 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
|
|
|
9389 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also a list of
|
|
|
9390 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
|
|
|
9391
|
|
|
9392 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated evaluated for their side-effect.
|
|
|
9393 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
|
|
|
9394 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
|
|
|
9395 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
|
|
|
9396 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
|
|
|
9397 available:
|
|
|
9398
|
|
|
9399 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
|
|
|
9400 then: insert previously read string once more
|
|
|
9401 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
|
|
|
9402 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
|
|
|
9403 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
|
|
|
9404
|
|
|
9405 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
|
|
|
9406 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
|
|
|
9407
|
|
|
9408 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
|
|
|
9409 Insert the character you type ARG times.
|
|
|
9410
|
|
|
9411 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
|
|
|
9412 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
|
|
|
9413 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
|
|
|
9414 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
|
|
|
9415
|
|
|
9416 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
|
|
|
9417 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
|
|
|
9418 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
|
|
|
9419
|
|
|
9420 ;;;***
|
|
|
9421
|
|
100
|
9422 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "utils/speedbar.el")
|
|
|
9423
|
|
|
9424 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
|
|
|
9425 Enable or disable use of a speedbar. Positive number means turn
|
|
|
9426 on, negative turns speedbar off, and nil means toggle. Once the
|
|
|
9427 speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in `speedbar-mode' will be
|
|
|
9428 displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is supported at a time." t nil)
|
|
|
9429
|
|
|
9430 ;;;***
|
|
|
9431
|
|
86
|
9432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "utils/timezone.el")
|
|
|
9433
|
|
|
9434 (define-error 'invalid-date "Invalid date string")
|
|
|
9435
|
|
|
9436 ;;;***
|
|
|
9437
|
|
78
|
9438 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "utils/tq.el")
|
|
|
9439
|
|
|
9440 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
|
|
|
9441 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
|
|
|
9442 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
|
|
|
9443 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
|
|
|
9444 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
|
|
|
9445
|
|
|
9446 ;;;***
|
|
|
9447
|
|
|
9448 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function) "trace" "utils/trace.el")
|
|
|
9449
|
|
|
9450 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
|
|
|
9451 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
|
|
|
9452
|
|
|
9453 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
|
|
|
9454 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9455 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9456 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9457 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9458 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
|
|
|
9459 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
|
|
|
9460 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
|
|
|
9461
|
|
|
9462 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
|
|
|
9463 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
|
|
|
9464 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
|
|
|
9465 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
|
|
|
9466 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
|
|
|
9467 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
|
|
|
9468 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
|
|
|
9469
|
|
|
9470 ;;;***
|
|
|
9471
|
|
|
9472 ;;;### (autoloads (xbm-button-create) "xbm-button" "utils/xbm-button.el")
|
|
|
9473
|
|
|
9474 (autoload 'xbm-button-create "xbm-button" "\
|
|
|
9475 Returns a list of XBM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9476 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9477 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9478 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9479 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9480
|
|
|
9481 BORDER-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9482 borders on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9483 or 0 to mean no border." nil nil)
|
|
|
9484
|
|
|
9485 ;;;***
|
|
|
9486
|
|
|
9487 ;;;### (autoloads (xpm-button-create) "xpm-button" "utils/xpm-button.el")
|
|
|
9488
|
|
|
9489 (autoload 'xpm-button-create "xpm-button" "\
|
|
|
9490 Returns a list of XPM image instantiators for a button displaying TEXT.
|
|
|
9491 The list is of the form
|
|
|
9492 (UP DOWN DISABLED)
|
|
|
9493 where UP, DOWN, and DISABLED are the up, down and disabled image
|
|
|
9494 instantiators for the button.
|
|
|
9495
|
|
|
9496 SHADOW-THICKNESS specifies how many pixels should be used for the
|
|
|
9497 shadows on the edges of the buttons. It should be a positive integer,
|
|
|
9498 or 0 to mean no shadows on the edges.
|
|
|
9499 FG-COLOR is the color used to display the text. It should be a string.
|
|
|
9500 BG-COLOR is the background color the text will be displayed upon.
|
|
|
9501 It should be a string." nil nil)
|
|
|
9502
|
|
|
9503 ;;;***
|
|
|
9504
|
|
|
9505 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode) "viper" "viper/viper.el")
|
|
|
9506
|
|
|
9507 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
|
|
|
9508 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
|
|
|
9509
|
|
|
9510 (defalias 'vip-mode 'viper-mode)
|
|
|
9511
|
|
|
9512 ;;;***
|
|
|
9513
|
|
|
9514 ;;;### (autoloads (vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps vm-easy-menu-define) "vm-easymenu" "vm/vm-easymenu.el")
|
|
|
9515
|
|
|
9516 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-define "vm-easymenu" "\
|
|
|
9517 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
|
|
|
9518 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
|
|
|
9519 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
|
|
|
9520
|
|
|
9521 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
|
|
|
9522 The rest of the elements are menu items.
|
|
|
9523
|
|
|
9524 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
|
|
|
9525
|
|
|
9526 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
|
|
|
9527
|
|
|
9528 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
|
|
|
9529 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
|
|
|
9530
|
|
|
9531 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9532 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9533
|
|
|
9534 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
|
|
|
9535
|
|
|
9536 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
|
|
|
9537
|
|
|
9538 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbol defined below.
|
|
|
9539
|
|
|
9540 :keys KEYS
|
|
|
9541
|
|
|
9542 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
|
|
|
9543 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
|
|
|
9544 computed automatically.
|
|
|
9545
|
|
|
9546 :active ENABLE
|
|
|
9547
|
|
|
9548 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
|
|
|
9549 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9550
|
|
|
9551 :suffix NAME
|
|
|
9552
|
|
|
9553 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
|
|
|
9554
|
|
|
9555 :style
|
|
|
9556
|
|
|
9557 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
|
|
|
9558 defined:
|
|
|
9559
|
|
|
9560 toggle: A checkbox.
|
|
|
9561 Currently just prepend the name with the string \"Toggle \".
|
|
|
9562 radio: A radio button.
|
|
|
9563 nil: An ordinary menu item.
|
|
|
9564
|
|
|
9565 :selected SELECTED
|
|
|
9566
|
|
|
9567 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
|
|
|
9568 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
|
|
|
9569 Currently just disable radio buttons, no effect on checkboxes.
|
|
|
9570
|
|
|
9571 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
|
|
|
9572 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
|
|
|
9573 as a solid horizontal line.
|
|
|
9574
|
|
|
9575 A menu item can be a list. It is treated as a submenu.
|
|
|
9576 The first element should be the submenu name. That's used as the
|
|
|
9577 menu item in the top-level menu. The cdr of the submenu list
|
|
|
9578 is a list of menu items, as above." nil 'macro)
|
|
|
9579
|
|
|
9580 (autoload 'vm-easy-menu-create-keymaps "vm-easymenu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9581
|
|
|
9582 ;;;***
|
|
|
9583
|
|
118
|
9584 ;;;### (autoloads (x-font-build-cache font-default-size-for-device font-default-encoding-for-device font-default-registry-for-device font-default-family-for-device font-default-object-for-device font-default-font-for-device font-create-object) "font" "w3/font.el")
|
|
108
|
9585
|
|
|
9586 (autoload 'font-create-object "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9587
|
|
|
9588 (autoload 'font-default-font-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9589
|
|
|
9590 (autoload 'font-default-object-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9591
|
|
|
9592 (autoload 'font-default-family-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9593
|
|
118
|
9594 (autoload 'font-default-registry-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9595
|
|
|
9596 (autoload 'font-default-encoding-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9597
|
|
108
|
9598 (autoload 'font-default-size-for-device "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9599
|
|
|
9600 (autoload 'x-font-build-cache "font" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9601
|
|
|
9602 ;;;***
|
|
|
9603
|
|
|
9604 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "w3/url-cache.el")
|
|
102
|
9605
|
|
|
9606 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9607 Store buffer BUFF in the cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9608
|
|
|
9609 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9610 Return non-nil if the URL is cached." nil nil)
|
|
|
9611
|
|
108
|
9612 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
|
|
102
|
9613 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache" nil nil)
|
|
|
9614
|
|
|
9615 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
|
|
|
9616 Return t iff a cached file has expired." nil nil)
|
|
|
9617
|
|
|
9618 ;;;***
|
|
|
9619
|
|
118
|
9620 ;;;### (autoloads (url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "w3/url-gw.el")
|
|
|
9621
|
|
|
9622 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
|
|
|
9623 Attempt to resolve the given HOSTNAME using nslookup if possible." t nil)
|
|
|
9624
|
|
|
9625 ;;;***
|
|
|
9626
|
|
102
|
9627 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve url-popup-info url-get-url-at-point url-buffer-visiting url-normalize-url url-file-attributes) "url" "w3/url.el")
|
|
80
|
9628
|
|
|
9629 (autoload 'url-file-attributes "url" "\
|
|
|
9630 Return a list of attributes of URL.
|
|
|
9631 Value is nil if specified file cannot be opened.
|
|
|
9632 Otherwise, list elements are:
|
|
|
9633 0. t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil.
|
|
|
9634 1. Number of links to file.
|
|
|
9635 2. File uid.
|
|
|
9636 3. File gid.
|
|
|
9637 4. Last access time, as a list of two integers.
|
|
|
9638 First integer has high-order 16 bits of time, second has low 16 bits.
|
|
|
9639 5. Last modification time, likewise.
|
|
|
9640 6. Last status change time, likewise.
|
|
|
9641 7. Size in bytes. (-1, if number is out of range).
|
|
|
9642 8. File modes, as a string of ten letters or dashes as in ls -l.
|
|
|
9643 If URL is on an http server, this will return the content-type if possible.
|
|
|
9644 9. t iff file's gid would change if file were deleted and recreated.
|
|
|
9645 10. inode number.
|
|
|
9646 11. Device number.
|
|
|
9647
|
|
|
9648 If file does not exist, returns nil." nil nil)
|
|
|
9649
|
|
|
9650 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url" "\
|
|
|
9651 Return a 'normalized' version of URL. This strips out default port
|
|
|
9652 numbers, etc." nil nil)
|
|
|
9653
|
|
|
9654 (autoload 'url-buffer-visiting "url" "\
|
|
|
9655 Return the name of a buffer (if any) that is visiting URL." nil nil)
|
|
|
9656
|
|
|
9657 (autoload 'url-get-url-at-point "url" "\
|
|
|
9658 Get the URL closest to point, but don't change your
|
|
|
9659 position. Has a preference for looking backward when not
|
|
|
9660 directly on a symbol." nil nil)
|
|
|
9661
|
|
|
9662 (autoload 'url-popup-info "url" "\
|
|
|
9663 Retrieve the HTTP/1.0 headers and display them in a temp buffer." nil nil)
|
|
|
9664
|
|
|
9665 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
|
|
|
9666 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
|
9667 The document should be specified by its fully specified
|
|
|
9668 Uniform Resource Locator. No parsing is done, just return the
|
|
|
9669 document as the server sent it. The document is left in the
|
|
|
9670 buffer specified by url-working-buffer. url-working-buffer is killed
|
|
|
9671 immediately before starting the transfer, so that no buffer-local
|
|
|
9672 variables interfere with the retrieval. HTTP/1.0 redirection will
|
|
|
9673 be honored before this function exits." nil nil)
|
|
|
9674
|
|
|
9675 ;;;***
|
|
|
9676
|
|
144
|
9677 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-hotlist-add-document w3-use-hotlist w3-hotlist-append w3-hotlist-rename-entry w3-hotlist-delete) "w3-hot" "w3/w3-hot.el")
|
|
|
9678
|
|
|
9679 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-delete "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9680 Deletes a document from your hotlist file" t nil)
|
|
|
9681
|
|
|
9682 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-rename-entry "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9683 Rename a hotlist item" t nil)
|
|
|
9684
|
|
|
9685 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-append "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9686 Append a hotlist to the one in memory" t nil)
|
|
78
|
9687
|
|
|
9688 (autoload 'w3-use-hotlist "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9689 Possibly go to a link in your W3/Mosaic hotlist.
|
|
|
9690 This is part of the emacs World Wide Web browser. It will prompt for
|
|
|
9691 one of the items in your 'hotlist'. A hotlist is a list of often
|
|
|
9692 visited or interesting items you have found on the World Wide Web." t nil)
|
|
|
9693
|
|
144
|
9694 (autoload 'w3-hotlist-add-document "w3-hot" "\
|
|
|
9695 Add this documents url to the hotlist" t nil)
|
|
|
9696
|
|
78
|
9697 ;;;***
|
|
|
9698
|
|
102
|
9699 ;;;### (autoloads (w3-follow-link w3-follow-link-other-frame w3-do-setup w3 w3-preview-this-buffer w3-follow-url-at-point w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame w3-maybe-follow-link w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse w3-fetch w3-fetch-other-frame w3-find-file w3-open-local) "w3" "w3/w3.el")
|
|
78
|
9700
|
|
|
9701 (autoload 'w3-open-local "w3" "\
|
|
|
9702 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9703 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9704 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9705
|
|
|
9706 (autoload 'w3-find-file "w3" "\
|
|
|
9707 Find a local file, and interpret it as a hypertext document.
|
|
|
9708 It will prompt for an existing file or directory, and retrieve it as a
|
|
98
|
9709 hypertext document." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9710
|
|
|
9711 (autoload 'w3-fetch-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9712 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9713 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9714 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9715
|
|
|
9716 (autoload 'w3-fetch "w3" "\
|
|
|
9717 Retrieve a document over the World Wide Web.
|
|
82
|
9718 Defaults to URL of the current document, if any.
|
|
|
9719 With prefix argument, use the URL of the hyperlink under point instead." t nil)
|
|
78
|
9720
|
|
|
9721 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link-mouse "w3" "\
|
|
|
9722 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9723 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9724 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9725
|
|
|
9726 (autoload 'w3-maybe-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9727 Maybe follow a hypertext link under point.
|
|
|
9728 If there is no link under point, this will try using
|
|
|
9729 url-get-url-at-point" t nil)
|
|
|
9730
|
|
|
9731 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9732 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9733
|
|
|
9734 (autoload 'w3-follow-url-at-point "w3" "\
|
|
|
9735 Follow the URL under PT, defaults to link under (point)" t nil)
|
|
|
9736
|
|
|
9737 (autoload 'w3-preview-this-buffer "w3" "\
|
|
|
9738 See what this buffer will look like when its formatted as HTML.
|
|
|
9739 HTML is the HyperText Markup Language used by the World Wide Web to
|
|
|
9740 specify formatting for text. More information on HTML can be found at
|
|
|
9741 ftp.w3.org:/pub/www/doc." t nil)
|
|
|
9742
|
|
|
9743 (autoload 'w3 "w3" "\
|
|
|
9744 Retrieve the default World Wide Web home page.
|
|
|
9745 The World Wide Web is a global hypertext system started by CERN in
|
|
|
9746 Switzerland in 1991.
|
|
|
9747
|
|
|
9748 The home page is specified by the variable w3-default-homepage. The
|
|
|
9749 document should be specified by its fully specified Uniform Resource
|
|
|
9750 Locator. The document will be parsed as HTML (if appropriate) and
|
|
|
9751 displayed in a new buffer." t nil)
|
|
|
9752
|
|
|
9753 (autoload 'w3-do-setup "w3" "\
|
|
|
9754 Do setup - this is to avoid conflict with user settings when W3 is
|
|
|
9755 dumped with emacs." nil nil)
|
|
|
9756
|
|
|
9757 (autoload 'w3-follow-link-other-frame "w3" "\
|
|
|
9758 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point in a new frame.
|
|
|
9759 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9760 to disk." nil nil)
|
|
|
9761
|
|
|
9762 (autoload 'w3-follow-link "w3" "\
|
|
|
9763 Attempt to follow the hypertext reference under point.
|
|
|
9764 With prefix-arg P, ignore viewers and dump the link straight
|
|
|
9765 to disk." t nil)
|
|
|
9766
|
|
|
9767 ;;;***
|
|
|
9768
|
|
|
9769 ;;;### (autoloads (font-menu-weight-constructor font-menu-size-constructor font-menu-family-constructor reset-device-font-menus) "x-font-menu" "x11/x-font-menu.el")
|
|
|
9770
|
|
|
9771 (defvar font-menu-ignore-scaled-fonts t "\
|
|
|
9772 *If non-nil, then the font menu will try to show only bitmap fonts.")
|
|
|
9773
|
|
|
9774 (defvar font-menu-this-frame-only-p nil "\
|
|
|
9775 *If non-nil, then changing the default font from the font menu will only
|
|
|
9776 affect one frame instead of all frames.")
|
|
|
9777
|
|
|
9778 (fset 'install-font-menus 'reset-device-font-menus)
|
|
|
9779
|
|
|
9780 (autoload 'reset-device-font-menus "x-font-menu" "\
|
|
|
9781 Generates the `Font', `Size', and `Weight' submenus for the Options menu.
|
|
|
9782 This is run the first time that a font-menu is needed for each device.
|
|
|
9783 If you don't like the lazy invocation of this function, you can add it to
|
|
|
9784 `create-device-hook' and that will make the font menus respond more quickly
|
|
|
9785 when they are selected for the first time. If you add fonts to your system,
|
|
|
9786 or if you change your font path, you can call this to re-initialize the menus." nil nil)
|
|
|
9787
|
|
|
9788 (autoload 'font-menu-family-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9789
|
|
|
9790 (autoload 'font-menu-size-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9791
|
|
|
9792 (autoload 'font-menu-weight-constructor "x-font-menu" nil nil nil)
|
|
|
9793
|
|
|
9794 ;;;***
|
